You are on page 1of 274

Landscape, Dog Park, and Multipurpose Play area Works for Al Furjan Districts 1 - 6

Table of Contents
Description Annexes

HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT

Health & Safety Plan ……….…………………………….…………… Annexure 1

Emergency plan & Fire Safety Plan ….….……..……….….….….… Annexure 2

Method statement and risk assessment …………………….……. Annexure 3

Proposed HSE staff CV and certificates ……….………………… Annexure 4

Competency details, training, &certification, statutory certificate

…………………………………………….………………………..………..… Annexure 5

SUSTAINABILITY

List of environmentally friendly products …………......….….……..… Annexure 6

Recycling and disposal Procedure of packaging material


…………………………………………………..…………......….….……..… Annexure 7

Are you using any alternative green energy such as Solar


…………………………………………………..…………......….….……..… Annexure 8

Technical Proposal
Landscape, Dog Park, and Multipurpose Play area Works for Al Furjan Districts 1 - 6

Annexure 1

Health & Safety Plan

Technical Proposal
Project Health, Safety and Environment
Plan

Project Name : LANDSCAPE, DOG PARK, AND MULTIPURPOSE PLAY


AREA WORKS FOR AL FURJAN DISTRICTS 1 - 6

Client : NAKHEEL PJSC

Landscaping Contractor : CITISCAPE LLC

Project Location : AL FURJAN DISTRICTS 1 - 6 DUBAI, UAE

Rev Issue Date Prepared by: Reviewed & approved by:

Waqas Muhammad Sadiq


Pooviah Authithan –
00 05/July/2023 CM IOSH/TSP –
Project Manager
HSE Manager
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART A. DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

A.1 INTRODUCTION
A.2 SCOPE
A.3 DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS
A.4 PURPOSE
A.5 REFERENCES
A.6 LEADERSHIP AND COMMITMENT
A.7 HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY, AND STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES

7.1 HSE Policy


7.2 Health and Safety Objectives
7.3 Continuous Improvement

A8 RESPONSIBILITY / IDENTIFICATION OF KEY LINE PERSONNEL


A9 RISK EVALUATION AND MANAGEMENT
A10 HEALTH AND SAFETY INSPECTIONS
A11 AUDITS
A12 SITE SAFETY COMMITTEE
A13 INCENTIVE & PROMOTIONAL SCHEMES
A14 VIOLATION SYSTEM
A15 RECORD KEEPING POLICY
A16 ACCIDENT & INCIDENT REPORTING AND INVESTIGATION

16.1 Incident Notification

16.1.1 Client Notification


16.2 Incident Investigation – background
16.3 Investigation Team
16.4 Investigation Process

16.4.1 Initial Investigation


16.4.2 Detailed investigation process
16.4.3 The Place / Environment
16.4.4 The People
16.4.5 Plant / Equipment
16.4.6 The Process

16.5 Evidence analysis and conclusions


16.6 Recommendations and review
16.7 Final investigation report
16.8 To prevent of reoccurrence of the incident the following points to be followed
16.9 Communications
16.10 Root cause analysis
16.11 Corrective actions

16.12 Implementing corrective actions


16.13 Follow up

Page 1 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

A17 COMMUNICATION FACILITIES


A18 EMERGENCY RESPONSE PROCEDURES

18.1 Responsibilities during an emergency


18.2 Notification of emergency situation
18.3 Emergency response controller
18.4 Assistance during an emergency
18.5 Emergency contact telephone numbers

PART B. SAFE WORKING PRACTICES

B.1 GENERAL SAFE WORK PRACTICES

1.1 Employee conduct


1.2 Dress requirements
1.3 Radios and electronic equipment
1.4 Photographic equipment
1.5 Smoking regulations
1.6 Emergency eyewash / showers
1.7 Temporary heating devices
1.8 Saws
1.9 Exits
1.10 Plant & equipment

B.2 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH PROGRAM


B.3 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE)
B.4 FIRST AID

4.1 General:
4.2 First Aid Boxes / Kits.
4.3 First Aiders

B.5 DRINKING WATER AND WORKERS’ SHADED REST AREAS


B.6 LABOUR ACCOMMODATION
B.7 HEAT STRESS MANAGEMENT
B.8 COVID 19

8.1 Transmission
8.2 Symptoms
8.3 Diagnoses
8.4 Treatment
8.5 Temperature Monitoring of Subcontractor Workers, Staff and Visitors
8.6 Social Distancing
8.7 Provision of Hand Wash and Hand Sanitizer
8.8 Disinfection
8.9 Control and Prevention at Labor Camps
8.10 Prevention and Control within Offices

B.9 HOUSEKEEPING
B.10 MATERIAL MANAGEMENT (STORAGE, STACKING, HANDLING AND TRANSPORTING)

Page 2 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

B.11 FIRE
B.12 FIRE DETECTION & ALARM SYSTEMS
B.13 PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
B.14 FIRE LOG
B.15 PERMIT TO WORK SYSTEM
B.16 EXCAVATION AND TRENCHING
B.17 FALL PREVENTION / WORKING AT HEIGHT
B.18 MOBILE PLANT & EQUIPMENT
B.19 ROAD TRAFFIC SAFETY

19.1 Transport of Project Personnel

B.20 MATERIAL TRANSPORTATION

20.1 Vehicle condition & documents


20.2 Drivers / operators

B.21 MAINTENANCE & INSPECTION OF VEHICLES


B.22 PORTABLE HAND TOOLS / POWER TOOLS SAFETY
B.23 ELECTRICAL SAFETY

23.1 Electrical shock


23.2 Electrical burn

B.24 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS


B.25 ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARDS MONITORING

25.1 The following activities can generate “DUST HAZARD” on project site
25.2 Control Measures for “Dust Hazard”
25.3 The following activities on project site can generate “NOISE HAZARD”
25.4 Control Measures for “Noise Hazard”
25.5 The following activities on project site can cause “SOIL CONTAMINATION HAZARD”
25.6 Control Measure for “Soil Contamination Hazards”

B.26 NOISE & VIBRATION


B.27 ILLUMINATION
B.28 SIGNS & BARRICADES

28.1 Signs
28.2 Barricades

B.29 OFFICE SAFETY


B.30 SITE SECURITY
B.31 APPENDICES

Page 3 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

PART: A
ORGANIZATION RESPONSIBILITIES

Page 4 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

A.1 INTRODUCTION:

Landscape, Dog Park, and Multipurpose Play area Works for Al Furjan Districts 1 – 6
Soft & Hard Landscape including including lighting, signage, Shade Structure and furniture will be
executed by CITISCAPE LLC.
CITISCAPE shall comply with the laws and regulations of the country as well as adopt the
requirements of this HSE Plan.
This Plan will be periodically reviewed and updated to ensure it remains relevant by taking into
account new information or changing circumstances. CITISCAPE shall comply with DEWA,
DM, HSE Policies, HSE guidelines, Procedures and Regulations other than UAE Laws and
Regulations.

A.2 SCOPE:

This HSE Plan has been prepared specifically for Landscape, Dog Park, and Multipurpose
Play area Works for Al Furjan Districts 1 - 6, CITISCAPE scope of work is Soft & Hard
Landscape ,irrigation , Electrical work,Tennis and volley ball court, and Dog equipment ,Project HSE
Plan defines the key elements affecting health, safety and welfare throughout the project.
The HSE Plan shall be reviewed and revised, as agreed with client, in advance of key phases of the
project´s development. Modifications shall also be undertaken following health and safety
regulatory updates, recommendations from the client or corporate requirements.
Ownership of the HSE Plan document rests with the CITISCAPE HSE Department.

A.3 DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS

The following terms are defined to ensure a common understanding of their meaning among the
users of these HSE Regulations.

HAZARD – Anything with the potential to cause harm.

Accident-Un Planned event that can lead to Injury.

Near Miss - an accident that did not result in damage or Injury. Near Miss may be treated as actual
accident.

Risk Assessment-Careful examination of what, in your work, could cause harm to people, so that
you can weigh up whether you have taken enough precautions or should do more to prevent harm.

ACCIDENT PREVENTION – the application of measures designed to reduce accident or accident


potential within a system, organization or activity. An accident prevention procedure is one, which
aims to avoid injury to personnel and/or damage to property.

ACCIDENT INVOLVING DEATH – an on-the-job incident resulting in the death of person(s) employed
to work by the owner, contractors or sub-contractors at workplace
DAMAGE TO PROPERTY – means any incident that causes serious damage to property, i.e.
equipment, materials, other than that caused by fire or explosion that made the equipment
inoperative and required material and structural replacement

Page 5 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

FALLING OBJECT – means any incident involving the falling of material from a higher level that
causes or could cause injury to personnel and/or damage to property, equipment or structure.

FIRE or EXPLOSION – an incident caused by fire or explosion which caused injury to person(s) or/and
damage t o equipment, m materials and permanent or temporary facilities.

HOT WORK – use of open flames, other heat sources and/or spark-producing devices where there
is a potential for explosion or fire.

INCIDENT – means an undesirable event that has the potential to cause a serious accident.

MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET – a summary sheet supplied by the chemical manufacturers
that identifies the hazards, proper procedures and emergency treatment for a particular chemical.

LOSS PREVENTION – a “before loss” procedure designed to identify and correct potential
causes of accidents before they result in actual injuries or financial loss.

DIRECT SUPERVISION – where the supervising worker is present at the job site and is in control of
the activities of the less experienced workers

REGULATION – a rule, ordinance, law, legal regulation or device by which conduct or


performance is controlled.

PERMIT TO WORK – a permit issued as a written record by which the employer or employee in
charge of a unit, equipment, building or area authorizes a worker and/or crew to do a specific job
at that worksite. It identifies the safe work practices required for the type of work to be performed
in the specified job location.

SUB-CONTRACTOR – means a business, firm, partnership, consultant or individual hired by the


Company to perform a specific task or job; or any business, firm, partnership, consultant or
individual, other than employees of the Company, working on or around Company’s property.

VISITOR – any person temporarily on the project worksite who is not regularly involved in the daily
worksite activities. This includes, but is not limited to, delivery personnel, invited guest, the general
public, etc.

WORKER – any person engaged in an occupation at the worksite.

WORKSITE – the entire area required for the performance of the work including rights-of-way and
temporary working space, as designated by the Company.

ABREVIATION

UAE-United Arab Emirates


DM-Dubai Municipality
RTA- Roads & Transport Authority
HSE-Health, Safety and Environment.
MSRA-Method Statement and Risk Assessment.
PPE-Personal Protective Equipment.
PTW-Permit to Work.
COSHH-Control of Substances Hazardous to Health
MSDS-Material Safety Data Sheet

Page 6 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

KPI-Key Performance Indicators.

Other abbreviations are defined within the document.

A. 4 Purpose

The purpose of this Health, Safety and Environment Plan (HSE Plan) is to provide direction and
guidance for Client personnel, contractors, subcontractors and visitors involved with the
Landscape, Dog Park, and Multipurpose Play area Works for Al Furjan Districts 1 – 6
regarding Health, Safety and Environmental expectations and requirements of Landscape, Dog
Park, and Multipurpose Play area Works for Al Furjan Districts 1 – 6 and Citiscape.
The requirements in this document are intended to manage the risk to workers, members of the
public and others who may be potentially impacted as a result of the activities to be executed during
the Project in all its phases.

A.5 REFERENCES

Local & National Regulations:


• Federal Law No 8 - Regulation of Labour Relations.
• Federal Law No 24 – For Protection and Development of the Environment.
• Local Order No 61 - for Waste Management.
• Ministerial Order No 31/1982 Protection of Laborers against Hazards.
• Ministerial Decision No 32/1982 concerning preventing methods to protect employees.
• Ministerial Decision Nº 37/2 of 1982 concerning standards of medical care provided for
employees.
• Ministerial Decision Nº 4/1 of 1981 concerning hazardous works.
• Ministerial Decision N1 21/1 of 1981 concerning remote areas and locations.
• Regulation CS -4.0: Construction Safety Regulations.
• Code of Construction Safety Practice of Dubai Municipality.
• Dubai Municipality (DM) CoPs.
• DEWA Regulations and Procedures
• Dubai south HSE Regulation.
• Citiscape HSEMS
A.6 Leadership and Commitment:

All Employers, Managers and Supervisors have a general duty under United Arab Emirates
legislation to take all reasonably practical steps to protect the health and safety of persons under
their control. In addition to this duty, it is recognized that an effective and meaningful HSE
management programmed, dependents on commitment and observable leadership behaviors,
which support the global vision of safety and requirements of this HSE Plan.
Senior Management is accountable for implementation of HSE Plan on the project activity.
Senior management shall demonstrate leadership and commitment with respect to the HSE
management system by:
• Taking overall responsibility and accountability for the prevention of work-related injury and
ill health, as well as the provision of safe and healthy workplaces and activities.

Page 7 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

• Ensuring that the HSE policy and related HSE objectives are established and are compatible
with the strategic direction of the organization;
• Ensuring the integration of the HSE management system requirements into the
organization’s business processes.
• Ensuring that the resources needed to establish, implement, maintain and improve the HSE
management system are available;
• Communicating the importance of effective OH&S management and of conforming to the
OH&S management system requirements.
• Ensuring that the HSE management system achieves its intended outcome(s);
• Directing and supporting persons to contribute to the effectiveness of the HSE management
system;
• Ensuring and promoting continual improvement;
• Supporting other relevant management roles to demonstrate their leadership as it applies to
their areas of responsibility;
• Developing, leading and promoting a culture in the organization that supports the intended
outcomes of the HSE management system;
• Protecting workers from reprisals when reporting incidents, hazards, risks and opportunities;
• Ensuring the organization establishes and implements a process for consultation and
participation of workers;
• Supporting the establishment and functioning of health and safety committees:

A. 7 Health, Safety & Environmental Policy and Strategic Objectives:

7.1 HSE Policy:

The Policy has the greatest importance to the prevention of any form of loss, in particular to the
Health, Safety and Environment of all Works for the employees of Citiscape as far, as is reasonably
practicable.
We consider no area of our operation or administration as being of greater importance than having
a "Zero fatality Accident Philosophy". We therefore are expecting that each of the employee Works
for the project personnel such as managers; engineers, supervisors and general workforce be held
responsible for Health, Safety and Environment within their respective areas.
The attitude and co-operation of each employee shall ensure that the Health, Safety and
Environment conditions are achieved, and losses minimized.
Everyone, visiting or working on the project shall adhere to our HSE Plans and procedures. Ultimate
target is zero incident with injuries and / or fatalities and to do no harm to anybodies health or
environment.
Successful in HSE is successful in business and Protect people, Assets and the Environment.
HSE policy is attached.

Page 8 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

Page 9 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

7.2 Health and Safety Objectives

There is a project general objective that is the achievement of NO H&S Accidents/Incidents and
Occupational Health Illnesses. The primary objective of Citiscape is to prevent any harm or damage
to people, properties and the environment and to promote the health, safety and well-being of all
persons in the workplace to achieve the ultimate goal of zero injuries, zero occupational illnesses,
and zero negative environmental impact
To support this Goal, a series of HSE Key Performance Indicators will be developed.
These HSE Key Performance Indicators will include both Leading and Lagging Indicators. Citiscape
will focus on the Leading KPIs as a means of improving the overall Site HSE performance with its
sub-contractors.
To promote standards of safety, health and Environment that comply fully with statutory
requirements and approved codes of practice, and which takes into account current developments.
To maintain a safe and healthy workplace, to operate safe systems and methods of works and to
protect employees, clients and others, including the public, by striving to eliminate foreseeable
hazards, which may result in personal injury, fires, security losses or damage to property, through
the systematic identification of hazards and the adequate assessment and control of risk.
To secure the working environment for employees, adequate facilities and arrangements should be
introduced for their health and welfare.
To provide employees with the information, instruction, training and supervision they need to work
safely and to develop people as a key resource.

More specific HSE objectives and goals (Citiscape annual objectives, Project specific
Objectives, objectives depending on the phase of the project…) will be established and
communicated to everybody on site.

The Citiscape HSE Culture is directed at achieving the following HSE Objectives for the project:
• Loss Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR) ≤2
• Zero (0) Occupational illnesses

Page 10 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

Health and Safety performance of the project shall be reviewed in the HSE Meetings chaired by the
Project Manager.
Objective Goal Target Responsible
Monitor
Reduce total
Increase frequency of monthly
recordable Project Manager
awareness training training plan is
injuries
adhered.
Reduce Implement of
Project
Reportable Avoid disturbance to Environmental
Manager/Site
environmental environment Management
Engineer.
incident Plan.
Increase Employees health, safety and
Senior
awareness and environment induction, Mock
Management,
change behavior Drills, awareness Trainings 100%
Site Management,
towards Health accordance with the approved
HSE Department,
and Safety HSE Plan
Project Manager,
Compliance of Compliance with HSE
Site Management
legal Inspection and Audit Plan as 100%
Team,
requirements per Approved HSE Plan.
HSE Team
To reduce
incident and
preventing Reduce incident at the site. 100% All Employee
measure based
on lesson learned
To reduce Adherence of usage of
100% All Employee
incident impact appropriate PPE at work.
Increase
awareness , Safe
work practices To implement safe system of
100% HSE Team
and change in work at workplace.
behavior towards
Health and Safety
Weekly and monthly reports to
Consultant, Main contractor
Weekly &
Dubai south to fulfill Clients 100% Safety Officer
Monthly Reports
and local authorities’
requirements.

7.3 CONTINUOUS IMPROVEMENT

Under the “Continuous Improvement” recommended model, it is important to review the effective
every system implemented so all implemented HSE Manage Systems
(HSE Plan, procedures and processes) within the Project will be subject to regular review to ensure
they are in compliance to Applicable Laws, remain useful, put in practice and are used by the
relevant parties.
Development of all H&S Management System will follow the model shown below:

Page 11 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

For Citiscape and this project is mandatory all management is involved in this process and
participate in the implementation of H&S Policy and Plan, trainings, inspections, take or propose
corrective actions, lead H&S by example; that is, participate in all the HSE Management System
continuous improvement.
• Project activities and H&S actuations will be reviewed at the H&S weekly, meeting and,
deeper, during the monthly H&S committee meeting.
• Project KPI´s (as well as those reported by Subcontractors) will be checked, monitored and
discussed during the monthly H&S meeting. Information and findings will be communicated
(minutes of meetings) and reviewed in progress meetings.
• Audits, Inspections and Reviews
In order see the H&S Management System effectiveness and to monitor the conditions within
the Site, Citiscape will establish an audit/inspection schedule where Contractor and
Management must participate when requested.
The Project will establish a formal scheduled plan for audits and inspections for the Project to:
• Ensure compliance with this H&S Plan and applicable procedures, directives from the Owner,
UAE Federal Laws, Ministerial Orders, , Dubai Municipality Code of Construction Safety
Practice, Technical Guidelines, Regulations and International Standards.
• Focus on the key risks, opportunities and challenges during the various phases of the Project.
Record the findings in order to communicate them and get improvement in H&S development
by putting in practice the corrective or improvement actions.

Page 12 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

A.8 Responsibility / Identification of Key Line Personnel:

Project Site Location: Al Furjan Districts 1 – 6, Dubai

Contractor : Citiscape LLC


Address : Dubai, ABUDHABI U.A.E.
Telephone : 02 633 8228
Fax : 02 633 8010
Contractor’s Representative: Contact No.
1. Projects Manager: Mr. Pooviah +971 557006670
2. Health & Safety Officer
+971 558153263
Mansoor Ali

The aforementioned Citiscape Services personnel have the authority and responsibility for
implementing the provisions of this Health, Safety and Environment Plan (HSEP) and both Employer
and legislative requirements.

This HSE Plan is classified as a live working document and as such, shall be reviewed / revised
periodically in accordance with Project requirements, following changes in legislation, scope of
works or organizational changes to the Management team on the Project.
Reviews will be undertaken by the HSE Officer and checked and approved by the senior
management. It is anticipated that this plan shall be reviewed at least once every 6 months.

Citiscape HSE organization chart showing line of communication is as follow.

CITISCAPE GENERAL
MANAGER
Mr. Talal Alam
(Head Office)
PROJECT MANAGER
Mr. Pooviah Authithan
Operation Manager
Mr. Sheriff
( Head Office) HSE OFFICER
Mr. Mansoor
(+971543074421)

RESPONSIBILITIES

Project Manager:

• Determination of the Project Health, Safety and Environment Policy and Objectives.
• Setting up the organizational structure.
• Ensure “Zero Accident Philosophy” is communicated on all levels.
• Coordinate on safety matters with appointed managers.
• Coordinate the Interfacing with other contractors affected by the Project works.

Page 13 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

• Determination of the methods of meeting Employer as well as statutory and regulatory


requirements.
• Ensures that suitable arrangements are put into place to control any and all Citiscape LLC
subcontractors’ activities so that they are in accordance with the project specific “Health,
Safety Environment Plan”, Client’s requirements / standards and Local authorities’
requirements.
• Approve provisions of personnel, equipment and other resources for the implementation and
maintenance of the Health, Safety and Environment Management system.
• Promotion of an awareness of Health, Safety and Environment to all employees by safety
incentives and award schemes.
• Approval of the HSE Plan and other pertinent documentation.
• Removal of any person from the site who seriously or repeatedly fails to comply with the
Health, Safety and Environment requirements and rules.
• Shall act as Chair person for Site Safety Committee and coordinate all required activities to
include selection of members, site tours and meetings and establishment of Site rules and
regulations
• The Project Manager is the ultimate responsible for the safety on the project and must
demonstrate commitment duties under the Citiscape and support all persons to achieve the
Objectives and Targets of HSE.

Health, Safety and Environment Officer (HSE Officer):

Under the authority of Project Manager, HSE Officer is responsible to;


• Report directly to Project Manager.
• Carry out continuous Project sites inspections to ensure that only safe working methods are
applied, and that Health, Safety and Environment rules are being observed and make proper
recording of such inspections for corrective action.
• Inspect all safety tools, appliances, equipment’s and ensure that they are adequately and
properly maintained.
• Inspect the fire extinguishers expiry date and that it is deployed in easily accessible locations
in line with project safety requirements.
• Inspect jointly with competent person all newly installed scaffolds and ensure they are safe
and properly tagged.
• Carry out inspections jointly with competent person on erected scaffolding, install green tags
on approved scaffolds and carry out weekly inspections.
• Ensure that good housekeeping is maintained throughout the period of work in accordance
with requirement of HSE Plan.
• Regular inspection of lifting tackles and tools to ensure compliance of color coding scheme
and removal from the site of defective ones.
• Regular inspection in project site construction area to ensure provision of First aid kits
available and readily to use in case of need arises.
• Coordinating with subcontractor’s safety inspectors to ensure implementation of H&S
procedures and promoting awareness.

Site Supervisors:

Under the Site Manager Authority, Site Supervisors are responsible to.
• Ensure that all Safety Precautions are being followed prior to starting of project site
construction activities.

Page 14 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

• Ensures that all Citiscape as well as all sub-contractor’s employee comply with the “Health,
Safety, and Environment Plan”, Client’s requirements / standards and Local Authorities’
requirements.
• Be aware of the hazards of their activities and the necessary controls to prevent accidents /
incidents / dangerous occurrence.
• Ensure that all personnel on site have undergone the HSE Induction training courses.
• Ensure that all employees are provided with appropriate personal protective equipment.
• Implement and promote safe working practices.
• Ensure that only trained and competent license holders operate vehicles, plants/equipment.
• Ensure that cranes, lifting equipment and loose slings & tackles have valid test certificates.
• Ensure that all employees are given adequate information, instructions and supervision to
enable them to take care at project site construction work.
• Deliver toolbox talks to working groups in accordance with the toolbox talk program in
presence of Safety Inspectors.
• To report any unsafe acts, incidents or accidents to HSE Department
• Take part in the investigation of accidents and incidents.
• Participate in HSE meetings as required.
• Take part in emergency response exercise.
• Actively support the Safety Committee function through participation in site tours / meetings
and assistance of SM as directed

First Aiders:

CITISCAPE Services will comply with legal requirements for provision of trained and Certified First
Aiders / facilities Under the Authority of HSE Officer; First-Aiders have the following responsibilities:
• Report directly to HSE Officer.
• Maintain First Aid Equipment on site.
• Adhere to local regulation of Ministry of Public Health and with Federal regulations.
• Provide basic first aid treatment for non-serious injuries or illnesses then evaluates the
severity of injuries and determines the need for the patient to be sent to the Hospital
• Escort patient for cases requiring hospital referral (as directed by H & S Engineer).
• Maintain a register of all demands for treatment or First Aider intervention. The register
indicates:
- Date and time of the incident
- Name of the person
- Nature of the sickness or injury
- The treatment given.
• Follow-up medical care of patients on restricted duties following injury Never give on site
injections / Medicine to any employees.
• Responsible for inventory control and ordering of site first aid supplies.
• Maintain full log of all first aid cases and submit to HSE Officer as directed.
• Less than 50 employees one part time first aider shall be deployed and more than 250
employees one full time First aider shall be deployed.

Responsibilities of All Employees:

A key requirement of all employees at whatever level is that they carry out their duties in a safe
manner with due regard to the health and safety of themselves and to others who may be affected
by their acts and omissions.
They should also:
Make themselves familiar with and conform to Citiscape Health & Safety rules and regulations.

Page 15 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

• Contribute to “Zero Accident Philosophy” achievement.


• Have knowledge of the Health & Safety hazards of the equipment, plant, materials, and
project site construction activities with which they are concerned so far as can be reasonably
foreseen.
• Wear appropriate Personnel Protective Equipment (PPE) provided for their protection at all
times.
• Co-operate with their immediate supervisors and conform to appropriate instructions given
by supervisors, and others with a responsibility for health & safety matters.
• Report to their immediate Supervisor and the First Aider any injuries to themselves whilst at
work.
• Report to their immediate supervisor any observed accidents and damage to property or
equipment irrespective of whether persons are injured and co-operate in any subsequent
investigation.
• Report all potential hazards to Health, Safety and Environment of which they observe, know
or learn, including near miss-accidents in the routine of work or arising from faults in
equipment or plant.
• Familiarize themselves with emergency procedures and know how to summon the
emergency services.
• Familiarize themselves with nominated Site Safety Committee members and report any
identified HSE issues

Fire Fighter

• Be familiar with all the exit points for your area(s) of responsibility.
• Adopt the pre-planned fire evacuation procedures.
• Go to the assembly point and make yourself visible.
• Confirm that the fire brigade has been called and a full, accurate address given.
• Get the roll-call completed and identify any absentees.
• Confirm that any necessary shutdowns have been completed, e.g. machinery, production
lines etc.
• Report to the person in charge to confirm whether or not everyone is accounted for.
• Ensure that alarm systems are reset and working prior to re-occupation of the premises.
• Participate in a de-briefing exercise following the evacuation.

VISITORS

Visitors have responsibilities on Site as Site Regulations apply equally to them.


Among their responsibilities and behaviors are the following ones:
• To observe the Site and/or Site activities in relation to the pre-stated purpose of the visit.
• At no times are visitors permitted to engage in any Site work activities.
• In order to get entry authorization, contractors must announce visitors to CITISCAPE one 48
hours prior to the intended visit to the Site.
• All visitors shall successfully complete the Site “Visitor´s HSE Induction” before entry the Site.
• Visitors shall be accompanied at all times while on the Site by a responsible person who shall
ensure that they always wear and use the mandatory PPE.
• Approved visitors will be required to wear hi-vis clothing (vest) of identity each time they
enter the Site.

Page 16 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

Sub-Contractors:

All Citiscape employed sub-contractors shall be expected to follow the same levels of HSE standards
as CITISCAPE themselves. For that purpose, the approved Health and Safety Plan and Contractor’s
Environmental Plan are added as exhibits to all subcontract agreements as means of commitment
of the subcontractor to comply with requirements of approved plans. Subcontractor shall comply
with main contractor approved HSE Plan.
CITISCAPE policy with regard to subcontractor’s involvement in HSE Management is to apply the set
objectives, and this HSE Plan, for the prospective subcontractors assigned to execute portions of
the project.

Subcontractors shall meet all minimum client HSE requirements which include, but are not limited
to:

• Emergency preparedness
• Incident Management
• Reporting requirements of client
• Audits and assessments

Subcontractors are solely responsible for the safety of their employees while working on the
project.

Also total compliance with Citiscape HSE Plan and regulations are demanded from the sub-
contractor who is responsible for his safety performance and of his personnel safety with regards
to the following:

• Conduct toolbox talks for his own personnel and/or take part in the toolbox talk conducted
by CITISCAPE Foremen / Supervisor.
• Attend the CITISCAPE HSE Induction Training.
• Ensure compliance with all mandatory training courses.
• Attend safety meetings and emergency response exercises.
• Form a part of the Project’s Safety Statistics.
• Participate in safety alerts, communication and promotions.
• Submit Safety reports required under this H&S Plan as well as the contract document.
• Carry out inspections and audit and proper recording of such inspections and audit results.
• Participate in Site Safety Committee function

To facilitate subcontractor compliance to expected HSE standards, the following provisions shall be
set aside:
• At the tender stage, all prospective subcontractors shall be invited to meetings where
expected HSE performance shall be a key agenda item
• All prospective subcontractors shall be provided with copies all pertinent HSE documentation
to include Contractors HSE plans and procedures and client HSE specifications
• HSE performance shall form part of the contractual agreement in respect of enforcement and
provision of penalties for non compliance.
• Upon contract award, all subcontractors shall be required to submit for review and approval
detailed work methodologies prior to commencement of site activities.
• Upon contract award, all subcontractor employees shall undergo a full project HSE induction
prior to mobilization
• All Subcontractor employees shall be included in Project HSE training programmed

Page 17 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

• All subcontractors shall comply with HSE documentation requirements in respect of site
inspections, incident reporting, meetings, and performance records.
• All subcontractors shall be required to attend all internal HSE meetings
• As directed by Contractor HSE Officer, subcontractors shall have representation on the Site
• Safety committee and actively participate in tours / meetings
• All subcontractor work areas shall be included in Contractor site Inspection / Safety
committee tours.

Competence Requirements and Training Needs.

CITISCAPE understands COMPETENCE as a sum of:


• Project specific training, (in order to achieve requirements and improve the knowledge and
skills of workers regarding HSE). It depending on the task to be carried out and so it will be
different depending on the worker position.
• Experience and
• Previous qualifications.
Citiscape Project Manager recognizes the importance of employing competent workers and will
therefore ensure that all employees have the knowledge, skills and expertise to carry out their work
safely. The level of knowledge required must be in accordance with the tasks to be performed.
All Sub-contractors are required to provide their employees with appropriate training, information,
instruction and supervision and to ensure that they are competent to perform the duties expected
from them. Each Sub-contractor shall maintain a training plan / training needs matrix at site that
shows, at least, the training needs for each activity on site including legislative (and other) training
needs, training intervals and deadline required to complete/refresh the courses.HSE Department
of Sub-contractors shall keep the updated training record.
Training needs of the Project will be established at the beginning of the project and will include:
• Project H&S Induction.
• Different trainings depending on the works to be carried out.
• Topics to be established by Site and H&S Management.
• What were established in applicable local regulations.
Apart from what is shown below in the training needs table (TAB. 1), included as example, Citiscape
establishes that all Managers and supervisors (all Companies) who work on site and manage
workers should be trained as supervisors (according to UAE legislation) in order to adjust their
competence to ensure compliance with this H&S Plan including, but not limited to:
• Review of agreements for the safety management in their area.
• Appreciate or take into account the law and HSE in the day-to-day decisions taken.
• Contribute to the development of agreements for a more effective management of HSE.
• Ensure that a positive safety culture is developed together with the respective teams.

1) Visitor / Stakeholder Induction Briefing


Designed to outline core requirements for all persons entering Project site

2) Project Specific HSE Induction

Inductions and the alignment program are important tools for the Citiscape projects
Citiscape will carry out the specific project inductions.

Page 18 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

• All inductions will include a questionnaire to ensure that new personnel understand the
project's H&S targets and rules.
• Citiscape must ensure that all employees, consultants, subcontractors, or any other person
(including contractors for the transport of materials) who will be working on or near the
project area have completed the H&S induction before entering the project area.
• A record of inductions must be maintained by the Citiscape H&S Representative and it will be
updated on a regular basis and available to the gate house security workers. The security
guard will instruct anyone without induction to immediately report to the H&S Office for an
induction.
• Citiscape shall provide clear understanding to all parties about who has responsibilities for
ensuring H&S on the project site, and the extent of those responsibilities, via the project H&S
induction.
• Visitors are not permitted to perform any task associated with the contracted works without
having completed the full induction. Until this is carried out, they shall be accompanied at all
times by an authorized fully inducted person within the construction areas of the Project.
• Tourist and Visit Visa Personnel are strictly forbidden to work on site, they will get visitor
induction and limited access up to office area for discussions or meetings only.
• Service Visa Personnel can work on site subject to complete the medical and temporary
labour card formalities.
Citiscape, in control of the project working area, shall carry out a risk assessment to evaluate
whether task specific induction training is needed. It shall consider the nature and complexity of
the tasks, the associated H&S risks as well as the level of supervision and the experience of the
workforce undertaking the task.
Task specific induction training should include but not limited to the following topics:
• Occupational Health, Safety and Environmental Site Policies, CITISCAPE and Main contractor
Dubai south.
• Citiscape & Site safety rules.
• Hazards, risks and control measures related to the work activity.
• Reference to any relevant legal responsibilities, codes of practice or standards.
• Safe working methods to be used.
• Personnel´s H&S responsibilities and prohibitions.
• Authority to stop works.
• Project incident notification and reporting procedures.
• Project emergency response instructions and procedures.
• Information regarding project site facilities.
• Project site-specific information, site rules and landholder requirements.
• Action Plan in case of emergency and evacuation.
• Special contract requirements.
• Brief presentation on first aid and general medical services available on site as well as the
importance of wearing the correct PPE.
• The behavioral expectations for each worker.

3) Task Specific HSE Training

Page 19 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

• Takes the form of more specialized training related to individual tasks covered during
induction process
• Task specific HSE training shall be established whenever new substances, processes,
procedures or equipment are introduced to the workplace and represent a new hazard
• All attendees of task specific HSE training sessions will have their attendance recorded.
• CITISCAPE shall follow its own HSE training plan with the training delivered by HSE Officer.
4) Supervisor HSE Training
• Aims to familiarize supervisory staff with the Health and Safety hazards to which workers
under their immediate direction and control may be exposed.
• Outlines their duties and responsibilities to enable safe working practices

5) HSE Training shall be established to cover the following topics:

1- HSE INDUCTION – GENERAL SITE PRACTICES

1- PERSONAL PROTECTIVE 13- EMERGENCY PROCEDURES


EQUIPMENT
2- EXCAVATION SAFETY 14- COMPRESSED AIR / GASES SAFETY

3- WORKING AT HEIGHT 15- MANUAL HANDLING

4- LADDER SAFETY 16- PERMIT TO WORK SYSTEM

5- USE / INSPECTION OF HARNESSES 17- HEAT STRESS

6- LIFTING OPERATIONS 18- HAZARD COMMUNICATION / STARRT PROCESS

MOBILE PLANT / EQUIPMENT


7- 19- HOUSEKEEPING
SAFETY

CONSTRUCTION TRAFFIC /
8- 20- HAZARDOUS MATERIAL SAFETY
DRIVING RULES

9- ELECTRICAL SAFETY 21- VIOLENCE, DRUG & ALCOHOL AWARENESS

10 22- NOISE & VIBRATION


FIRE SAFETY
-
11 HAND TOOL / POWER TOOL 23- SIGNAGE & BARRICATION AWARENESS
- SAFETY
1 2
2 ABRASIVE WHEELS 4 ENVIRONMENTAL AWARENESS
- -

6) External ( 3rd Party ) HSE Training


• As determined by legislation, specific tasks are only to be completed by trained and
competent persons in possession of relevant certification (eg scaffold inspector )
• As part of continual development of staff’s HSE knowledge, external general HSE courses may
be arranged for key personnel ( OSHA 10, OSHA 30 , IOSH Managing Safely etc)
7) Tool Box Talks

Page 20 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

Tool box talks can prove to be an invaluable tool to communicate pertinent HSE Information and to
reinforce previously cascaded training.
It is expected that all site supervisors on the Project shall conduct routine Tool Box Talks for each of
the workers for which they are responsible at least once a week.
It should be noted that Tool Box Talks are not in themselves accepted as standalone HSE training
courses and shall only be used in conjunction with and to reinforce knowledge from previously
mentioned task specific HSE training courses and STARRT talks (See section A.9 below).

Tool Box Talks can form an integral part of an HSE incident management process as they are a
readily accessible forum for cascading lessons learned and raising awareness of HSE concerns

8) Other HSE Training – (Engineer led Training )


Citiscape shall take advantage of any training courses provided by the Engineer / Main contractor
when requested or where deemed appropriate or beneficial to the either the project or the
employees.

Training Matrix

Page 21 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

Pre Task Safety Briefing Process:

a) Pre-Start briefings:

A pre-start briefing is a process that utilizes employee participation to identify and resolve health,
safety and environmental hazards associated with a specific task prior to performing the task.

Supervisors shall optimize the involvement of employee in the pre-start briefings process by:
• Ensuring that all employees receive training regarding the pre-start briefings process.
• Establishing a system to follow-up and verify that the pre-start briefings process is being
implemented correctly.
• Asking his employees to participate in an individual pre-start briefings review prior to the
start of each shift or each new task.
• Upon completion of the pre-start briefings, supervisors shall review the requirements of the
card with the employees. The employee performing the work and the supervisor shall sign
the card indicating that they understand the contents. The card will be displayed and
available for review in the work area.

b) Re-Briefings:

The Re-briefings process requires personnel involved or affected by an unsafe act/condition to stop
work, be moved to a work free setting and have their supervisors undertake a second STARRT
briefing. This ensures that all employees have existing and potential job hazards readdressed and
required control measures can be incorporated into the work processes before continuation of
work.
The requirements for performing a Re-briefings session are as follows:
• Observe unsafe work in progress.
• Stop the work and send workers to the Re-briefings session.
• Advise direct supervision of the Re-briefings action and require his/her attendance at the
session.
• The workers and supervisors determine the reasons the unsafe work occurred.
• A safe work plan is developed.
• All personnel involved agree to the safe work plan.
• All personnel involved sign the Re-briefings card.
• Personnel thanked by supervisors for attending participating in the process.
• Personnel are allowed to return to work.

Once task is completed, the Re-briefings card shall be sent to the HSE department for review.
Follow-up reviews will be conducted by the HSE department to determine if the Re-briefings
process was effective.

Page 22 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

A.9 Risk Evaluation and Management

List of Potential Hazards / Exposures: (Identified Hazards during Project Execution Activities)
1 Abrasive Wheels 2 Air Compressors / Tools
3 Buried / Overhead Services 4 Concreting Works
5 Site Deliveries / Driving 6 Works at height
7 Electrical Power Tools 8 Surveying
9 Employees ( New ) 10 Electrical Installations
11 Use of excavators 12 Emergency Situations
13 Fire 14 Excavations
15 Fuelling & Oiling of plant 16 Hazardous Materials
17 Manual Handling 18 Irrigation Works
19 Plant / Equipment 20 Soft Landscaping Works

Details of these hazards with necessary preventive measures shall be included in the Risk
Assessment.

RISK ASSESSMENT:

Activities within the site shall be carefully evaluated to identify potential hazards. The procedure
for hazard identification shall be established in coordination between Site Manager, Site Supervisor,
who are aware of the Maintenance activities to be performed, together with HSE Officer.
Maintenance Activities shall be broken down in a detailed Maintenance schedule which shall be
given to HSE Officer as well as method statements of Maintenance Works. A discussion between
the above groups of experienced staff shall be made to establish the following four basic steps in
conducting the activity hazard analysis;
• Selection of the Activity to be analyzed.
• Breaking the Activity down into sequence of steps.
• Identifying potential hazards.
• Evaluating hazards and determining preventive measures to overcome these hazards.
• Record and Review,

The objective of risk management processes is to eliminate hazards or otherwise to reduce risks
by using risk treatment actions. Processes shall include:
• Constructability Risk Assessments – prior to undertaking activities within construction stages
of the project. This process defines the required Work Method Statement (WMS) and reviews
current controls for adequacy and quality within the Construction.
• Listing all types of work during the construction phase and then main steps within each type
of work based on method statements
• Listing the health, safety, environmental and security hazards of each type of work
• Listing any social impact issues that could arise.
• The risk associated will be assessed with each type of work applying the Risk Assessment
Matrix.
• Task Risk Assessments - carried out prior to undertaking any work.
CITISCAPE shall make provision to utilize the HSE hierarchy of control in order to reduce the risk
to as low as reasonably practicable (ALARP).

Page 23 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

Hierarchy of Control

All hazards associated with the works shall be controlled to either eliminate or minimize the risk.
The CITISCAPE Management Team shall ensure that the works address hazards and reduce risk in
line with the hierarchy of control principles listed as follows and in the order of effectiveness, as
depicted in figure.
• Elimination – removing the hazard or hazardous working practice from the workplace. This
is the most effective control measure and should always be considered before anything else.
• If elimination is not viable, the risk must be reduced using other measures to be considered
in the following order:
• Substitution – substituting or replacing a hazard or hazardous working practice with a less
hazardous one.
• Isolation – isolating or separating the hazard or hazardous work practice from people
involved in the work or other people at the site
• Engineering Controls – if the hazard cannot be eliminated, substituted or isolated an
engineering control is the following preferred measure. This may include modifications of
tools or equipment.
• Administration – this includes implementing working practices that will reduce the risk, such
as limiting the amount of time that a person is exposed to a particular hazard
• PPE – (personal protective equipment) this should be considered only when other control
measures are not practicable, or to increase protection

The format included in Exhibit-1 shall be the adopted in Risk Assessment procedure.
For the scope of the project works both a General and Fire Risk assessment can be found in Exhibits
2&3

A.10 Health and Safety Inspections:

CITISCAPE shall conduct Daily and weekly HSE Inspections. Project Manager, Supervisor, Site
Manager other than HSE representatives shall attend Monthly walk down and meeting. CITISCAPE
shall submit their Monthly KPI and Statistical report to Client with one-week time after end of this
meeting.
The health and safety inspection process shall comprise a thorough inspection of the site
installations and general operations and be carried out using a variety of Health and Safety
checklists that include but are not limited to;
Monitoring Description Responsible Reporting

Page 24 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

Physical Monitoring at Observation trend analyse


Daily Health and
the site and reporting to HSE Officer on weekly basis and report
Safety
concerned team for to consultant on monthly
Observation
closeout. basis.
Immediate actions based Trend shall be analyzing on
Hazard
on hazard identify by All weekly report and report to
Observation and
individual and engage Employees project manager on monthly
Correction
and correct it. basis.
Observation trend analysis
Physical monitoring on Project on weekly basis and report
Weekly Safety Tour
site by project manager. Manager to consultant on monthly
basis.
Daily inspection of Physical inspection of
Timekeeper/ Weekly reporting to Project
worker welfare worker welfare facilities
HSE Manager
facilities (Rest Area, Toilets)
Record as per checklist and
submit the checklist to HSE
Physical inspection of
Daily inspection of Officer fortnightly.
plant and machinery Operator
Plant and Machinery Immediate report to
prior to start the work
Workshop department for
rectification.
Inspection shall be
recorded. Defected machine
Monthly Electrical shall be removed from the
Portable Appliances test MEP
hand tools site or Quarantine.
by competent electrician. SUPERVISOR
inspection Inspection Tag shall be
provided.

Monitoring Description Responsible Reporting


Monthly Fire
Through inspection of
Extinguisher Fire Warden Record shall be maintained.
firefighting Equipment
Inspection.
Monthly inspection
of full body harness, Inspection and Color Lifting
Record shall be maintained.
lanyard, Web sling coding Supervisor
and lifting tackles.
Monthly stock
Inspection of first aid Follow checklist of material
checking of first aid First Aider
material as per checklist as per DM COPs.
material
Project
Manager,
Systematic Audit for HSE
HSE Audit Site Submit report to Engineer.
Management System
Engineer,
HSE Officer
Participation of all
Invite consultant/Client as
employees on fire &
Fire Evacuation Drill HSE Officer observer and submit report
emergency evacuation
to consultant.
drill. (Quarterly)
Monthly
Different topic for each
Environmental HSE Officer Invite Consultant
month related to
campaign

Page 25 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

environment include in
TBT
Consultation with worker
Submit report to Project
Monthly Worker for welfare facility,
HSE Officer Manager and CITISCAPE
Consultation Hazard identification and
Head Office.
personal issues.

Associated hazards / risks controls and provide an opportunity to continuously improved feedback.
References and samples of the findings during weekly and monthly audits and inspections carried
out on site.
Findings will be recorded, and records kept with:

• Dates of finding and deadline to sort them out.


• Name of the responsible companies and
• Name of the person to close out open issues to be sorted out.

Safety Inspection Follow-Up:

All recorded deficiencies noted in site observations / inspections shall be logged on an HSE Issues
Tracker with required corrective actions and expected close out dates recorded.
Areas of the site where issues have been identified will be re-inspected daily and when issues are
resolved, the actions taken and date closed out shall be updated on the tracker.

The follow up inspections shall be undertaken by the HSE team in conjunction with:
• Site Supervisor in charge of the activity or area.
• Subcontractor Site Engineer / Supervisor in charge, if the activity is related to subcontracted
work.

A.11 Audits:

11.1 Internal Site Audits:

The Health and Safety Department are responsible for carrying out internal health and safety audits
of the Project. Each audit will be lead by a competent health and safety advisor who is independent
from the work area being audited with the necessary technical knowledge, skills and ability to lead
and carry out the audit. Every workplace within the Project will be audited as per this procedure.
This will ensure the continuous local improvement of health and safety standards and review the
extent of compliance with control measures identified in risk assessments. The audit scoring will be
used as a key performance indicator to management as part of their overall health and safety
management. In order to complete an internal Health and Safety Audit for a workplace within the
project, the following three elements will be undertaken;
• Interviews
• Examination of documents
• Visual inspection of the workplace.

Interviews

As part of the internal health and safety audit process local informal interviews will be undertaken.
The interviews are intended to establish;

Page 26 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

The local working practices for health and safety.


The interviewee’s commitment to health and safety
The interviewees understanding of their responsibilities under health and safety legislation
Monthly HSE audit reports shall be compiled by HSE Officer and any non-conformances shall be
recorded, with required corrective action dates and responsible party notated.

Examining Documents

As part of the internal health and safety audit process a cross section of sample documents will be
examined by the auditor, including operational risk assessments, fire safety precautions, local
health and safety policy etc. The purpose of examining these documents is to ensure the validity
and accuracy of the records. All information will be treated in confidence and with discretion by the
auditor.

Visual Inspection

A visual inspection of the physical conditions, premises and work activities will then be carried out
by auditor to ensure compliance with legal health and safety requirements, policy and procedure
and to assess the extent of compliance with control measures identified in the risk assessments.
Post audit Process On completion of the health and safety audit, the Health and Safety Department
will provide a structured report. The report will;
• Highlight both positive and negative aspects of the audit, including any identified breaches of
health and safety legislation.
• Actions / recommendations made by the report will be prioritized according to the level of
risk.
• Provide advice and guidance to managers on any corrective action/recommendations
required.
• Provide time scales for completion.
• Detail the compliance scores of the previous audit, to verify the effectiveness of any
corrective measures put into place since the previous audit.

The Project Manager with overall responsibility for the department will be responsible for
monitoring and encouraging the progress of any actions / recommendations. Any issues which have
not been resolved will be highlighted for action and escalated to the appropriate senior manager /
department head as required.
The HSE monthly report and HSE Audit report shall be submitted to all concerned including
Engineers and Project Manager.

11.2 Reporting of Results

A thorough and concise report shall be formatted using the CITISCAPE Format.
The results of the audit shall be entered.
All non-conformance and areas of concern are to be recorded in the corrective action section,
ensuring that adequate physical and financial resources are allocated, All non-conformance and
areas of concern will be allocated a realistic and achievable time frame, with a follow up audit taking
place within a allocated time frame, thus ensuring that the corrective actions have been closed out.
Ensure reports, photos etc. are placed on the documents tab within the CITISCAPE management
systems

A.12 Site Safety Committee:

Page 27 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

Upon commencement of site works, a Site Safety Committee shall be established.

The purpose of the Site Safety Committee is to engage the workforce at all levels of the project in
matters pertaining to Health & Safety. The committee shall be chaired by the Project Manager and
be comprised of Construction managers / supervision, Safety Officers and appointed
representatives of the labour force from each working area with an open invitation to the Engineer
to participate in the process.

It is anticipated that the Committee shall be convened for a formal meeting at a minimum frequency
of once per month with a full Site Inspection being completed during the week preceding the
meeting. It is further anticipated that the committee may be convened to assist with the
investigation of any serious Health, Safety and Environment related incident as directed by the
Client Health, Safety and Environment Dept.

Agenda Items to be discussed on a monthly basis:

• Site conditions / Inspection findings


• Review of preceding months Incidents / Accidents ( lessons learned / causes etc)
• Upcoming Safety Promotions / Incentive Award nominations
• Site rules / procedure reviews
• Monthly Safety Talk / Presentation
• Establish future topics for Safety talks / messages of the week
• Future Training requirements

A.13 Incentive & Promotional Schemes:

A variety of techniques shall be adopted, such as poster campaigns, the distribution of health and
safety information sheets, newsletters and bulletins, to generally promote health and safety.

All CITISCAPE employees shall be informed and encouraged to actively participate in any project
related Health & Safety Promotion Programs. Certificates of excellence shall be given.

The Health and Safety Coordinator/Representative shall ensure that a Health and Safety Suggestion
Program is implemented and on a periodical basis the author of the best suggestion that can be
implemented and as decided by the Management team, shall be rewarded.

Outstanding Health and Safety related performances, e.g., Safety Man of the Week/Month by
employees would appropriately be rewarded and certificated.

Health and Safety Posters, Slogans Banners, Videos, Project Health and Safety Alerts and Bulletins
shall be utilized to promote the Health and Safety message with the aim to continually upgrade the
workforce awareness. Seminar and Trainings shall be conducted.

Criteria for selecting the awardees:

• Demonstrated commitment to health and safety in the workplace. Commitment goes beyond
the requirements of the employee(s) role, it is proactive and preventative.
• Works towards continuous improvement of health and safety in the workplace. For example,
activities/actions taken to prevent injuries or illnesses, prevention of unsafe conditions or
practices.
• Promote a work and service environment that is respectful, collegial and supportive
The following topics to be consider when selecting the HSE Man of the Month:

• Contribution to safety programme and 15 Marks

Page 28 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

• Compliance to Rules and regulations


• PPE compliance: 05 Marks
• Participation in meetings, training: 05 Marks
• Outstanding performance in safety: 25 Marks
Total Marks 50 Marks

A.14 Violation System:

A system shall be introduced for the recording of all safety violations and ensuring that disciplinary
actions are being taken against offenders. Safety violations ticket shall be signed by the abider and
records shall be filed. Counseling shall be given by the H & S team and to be witnessed by the
offender’s immediate supervisors/foremen/engineer.

Actions taken will depend on the severity of the breach; first breach could be warned.
The following list illustrates ‘Breaches’ and ‘Serious Breaches’ of Health and Safety Policy.
• Violation of any CITISCAPE procedure´s requirements – as determined by investigation.
• Working at height without adequate use of fall restraint.
• Operate a machine without appropriate certificated training
• Using mobile phone while operating plant.
• Breach of Permit to Work (PTW) system.
• Knowingly use of damaged or faulty equipment.
• Conducting lifting operations without adequate barriers or restricted zone.
• Causing deliberate damage to plant, equipment, buildings or installations.
• Smoking on site in undesignated areas·
• Leaving excavations open without providing barriers.
• Working above others without adequate protection for those working below.
• Carrying passengers on plant designed for driver only.
• Using an un-footed or untied ladder.
• Not using a screen whilst welding or grinding.

A.15 Record Keeping Policy:

All records developing from implementation of H&S Plan shall be communicated and maintained in
Hard Copies & Soft Copies in electronic system adopted for this Project.

The following steps shall be taken to document implementation of this Health & Safety Plan:
• Records of hazard assessment inspections, including the persons conducting the inspection,
the unsafe conditions and work practices that have been identified and the action taken to
correct the identified unsafe conditions and work practices shall be recorded on designated
forms and maintained in filling system under the control of H & S Engineer.
• Documentation of health & safety training for each worker, including the worker’s name,
training dates, types of training, and trainer names shall be recorded on Health & Safety
specially designed training form.

A. 16 Accident & Incident Reporting and Investigation:

Page 29 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

As with all project procedures, the implementation of this Accident Investigation procedure
requires that all the affected persons are suitably trained and briefed to fulfill their duties.
Prior to the implementation of the system on the project site, the processes to be followed have to
be documented and only then, following this, can any required training protocols be established?
The following section outlines the general sequence of activities which will support the process of
effective accident investigation and report preparation.

16.1 Incident Notification

Following any HSE related incident that occurs on the project, it is the responsibility of site
employees to notify their supervisors who shall, in turn, be responsible to notify the HSE Dept
immediately.

16.1.1 Client Notification

HSE related incidents that are required to be reported to the client by telephone / email.
Contractor shall submit both an incident notification report and an incident investigation report as
soon as is practicable but within a maximum of 24 Hrs to client.

16. 2 Incident Investigation – background

Incidents can incur significant costs, both known and unknown, which have a detrimental effect on
the company’s operations, including but not limited to:
• Recruitment of replacement workers
• Re - training of workers after accidents
• Required Overtime / Work Delays or disruption
• Medical Bills / Sick Pay
• Replacement / Repair of Damaged Equipment
• Loss of employee morale
• Damaged reputation / Loss of future business
• Prosecution / Fines / Legal Bills
• Restrictions / Blacklists from Authorities
• Increased insurance costs

Whilst the cost of repeated incidents alone could be considered reason enough, there are multiple
reasons for the completion of a suitable and sufficient incident investigation, however, the
following are the main points for consideration:

• To prevent incident recurrence


• To identify the basic and root causes
• To identify training needs / requirements
• To identify shortfalls with methods of work
• To identify problems with the safety management system
• To demonstrate management commitment to HSE
• To potentially defend against any prosecution

16.3 Investigation Team

Although the size and composition of any incident investigation team may vary based upon the
nature of the incident, each team shall consist of the following:

Page 30 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

• HSE team member, familiar with applicable safety standards and having undergone basic
incident investigation training
• Construction team supervisors, familiar with the construction processes involved.
• Technical consultant, in respect of any plant or equipment (Eg: mechanic, plant supervisor)
• Translator familiar with both English and language of persons involved in incident.

Typical investigation team structure for each incident classification

Type of Incident
First Aid /
Reportable
Dangerous Property Env
Fatality Serious / Major
Occurrence Damage / Incident
Injury
Near Miss
Project
 As requested, As requested,
Manager
Health & As
  
Safety Officer required
HSE Team
    
Member
Engineer /
    
Supervisor
Experts
As
external to the  As required As required
required
organizations

16.4 Investigation Process

All investigations can be helped or inhibited by poor initial incident management.


On the project, following notification of an incident to the HSE team, the following basic incident
management techniques will be adopted.

• Arrive at scene and assess the situation


• Check that area is safe to enter
• Call for help (First Aider etc)
• Preserve the scene – stopping work activities in affected area
• Notify line management
• Start to document / collect initial evidence from scene
• Commence initial investigation

16.4.1 Initial Investigation

The work undertaken as part of the initial investigation may have a significant impact on the final
investigation and thus should be approached in a slow and methodical manner:

• Preserve the incident area / evidence as much as possible


• Take photographs of the incident scene
• Draw sketches to identify relevant positions etc ( in absence of camera)
• Take measurements of area ( as applicable)
• Take note of the site / ambient conditions ( day / night / weather etc)
• Identify who was involved

Page 31 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

• Identify what plant / equipment was involved


• Identify what tasks were being performed
• Identify if there were any witnesses ( any injured person is also a witness)
• Take names and contact details for future reference
• Write down brief statements of all witnesses – use open ended questions
• Do not lead them
• Allow them to speak in own words / time
• Talk to individuals not groups if possible
Note:
Initial statements have to be qualified by detailed statements at a later stage as a person giving an
initial statement may change his version of events etc.
Whilst the statements may change, vital details may be missed if not recorded, even briefly, soon
after the incident.

16.4.2 Detailed investigation process

The required level of detail, depth or length of an incident investigation, including the number and
required skills of the investigation team will be determined on a case-by-case basis. For all
investigations, however, equal focus shall be applied to evidence gathering based on the following
components:
• The Place / Environment
• The People
• Plant / Equipment
• The Process

16.4.3 The Place / Environment

• Where / when?
• Had it been correctly prepared / established?
• Weather / ground conditions
• Ambient conditions
• Eg: Temperature / Lighting / Ventilation?
• Adequate and appropriate signage installed / visible?
• Had the area been inspected?
• When & by whom?
• Any previously identified issues related to the area?

16.4.4 The People

• Who was involved?


• Were there any witnesses?
• What were they doing?
• Before / during / after the event
• What did they see / hear?
• Before / during / after the event
• Were they trained / authorized?
• By whom?
• Check training records
• Were they instructed / supervised?
• By whom?
• Any briefing records ( Eg STARRT )

Page 32 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

• Were they fit for the task?


• Any medical complaint at time of incident?
• Any medical history?
• Check records
• Get formal statements
• Qualifies or revisits initial statements
• Ask their opinion as to causes

16.4.5 Plant / Equipment

• What equipment or plant was being used?


• Was it right for the task?
• Was it correctly installed / adjusted?
• Used according to manufacturer’s recommendations?
• Was it registered / certified?
• Check records
• Was it suitable maintained / inspected?
• Check records
• Any identified fault before / during incident?
• Operator / Witness statements
• Any mechanical investigation required?
• Internal / 3rd party?

16.4.6 The Process

• Was it planned / coordinated?


• Was it communicated?
• Were plans and procedures in place / followed?
• Was a Method Statement in place?
• Was a Risk assessment available?
• Was it subject to inspections?
• Trainings / briefings available / conducted?
• Check records
• Control measures available / in place?
• Were there any applicable legal requirements for the task?
• Were they followed?

For investigations to be deemed suitable and sufficient, they are required to be:
• Proportionate to the incident / levels of risk
• Thorough, systematic and structured
• Carried out with the prevention of recurrence in mind, NOT set out to apportion blame
• Does not jump to conclusions but is based upon facts
• Follows the causal chain all the way up to Management levels
• Provides the basis for the development of effective corrective measures

16.5 Evidence analysis and conclusions

For any investigation to be deemed suitable and sufficient, due care and attention must be made
to the analysis of evidence gathered. By systematically working through the evidence, a list of the
contributory incident root causes will become clearer.

Page 33 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

The more experienced the investigation team, the easier the process becomes, however, care must
be taken to review and analyze the evidence, in an open minded and impartial manner, so as to not
discount its significance. Only once the evidence has been thoroughly reviewed can the point, or
points of any failure, be made clear and thus conclusions can be drawn.

16.6 Recommendations and review

Following the detailed review of the evidence and root causes becoming clear, recommendations
for corrective actions to be implemented, aimed at the prevention of incident recurrence can be
made.
It is vital that recommendations made, are done so, purely on the basis of improving HSE
performance, either influenced or discounted by constraints of time or budget.
The recommendations shall be included in the draft investigation report, to be discussed in an HSE
Management meeting or Site Safety committee meeting as appropriate.
Once the investigation findings have been reviewed, corrective actions, inclusive of agreed
implementation timescales, the final report will be prepared for submission to the Engineer and
relevant authorities as applicable.

16.7 Final Investigation Report

Internal Reporting

Contractor shall record and investigate all HSE related incidents.


Contractor shall utilize Incident Investigation form Incidents so categorized, but requiring to be
captured in Monthly HSE statistics reports shall be notified to the Client within 24Hrs of the event.

Client Submission

For HSE related incidents that are required to be reported and investigation report shall be
submitted to the Engineer for review and comment and provide feedback to Citiscape

16.8 To Prevent of reoccurrence of the incident the following points to be followed:

• Ensure that all items of Plant, equipment and all substances used in its operations, are
properly used, maintained or handled in a manner so as not to constitute a risk to persons or
the environment.
• Ensure that all employees are informed of the operational and safety standards, practices,
and procedures. To train them in the attitudes, skills and knowledge in order to achieve these
requirements.
• Ensure that all employees are made aware of their own responsibilities towards themselves
and others. To encourage all employees to adopt safe, healthy working practices at all times
during the course of their employment.
• Establish feedback procedures and systems and encourage all personnel to participate in
matters of health and safety.
• Carry out regular inspections and surveys of all sites and activities to ensure the compliance
with and adherence to the Company Policy.

16. 9 COMMUNICATIONS:

Page 34 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

• Communicating information from near miss reporting remains a primary obstacle to the
success of most near miss processes. To create a system to transfer near miss information to
EH&S and employees to increase awareness of the condition or hazard the following must be
ensured:
• Information must travel quickly.
• Information must reach all personnel.
• Information must be accurate and presented in a useful and understandable format.

16.10 ROOT CAUSE ANALYSIS:

• When a near miss has occurred the next objective is to determine what action is required to
ensure the near miss could not reoccur.
• Two steps are required in determining the action to be taken:

1. Identify the causes / root cause


2. Identify solutions

• In many instances an informal process between a supervisor and employee can determine
actions taken. In cases where root cause is not apparent an investigation team may be
required to determine the root cause and solutions.

16.11 CORRECTIVE ACTIONS:

It is imperative that a process be in place ensuring that all action items identified are followed until
closure is in place to ensure employees see the benefits of reporting.

16.12 IMPLEMENTING CORRECTIVE ACTIONS:

Action items should be communicated to all employees to ensure that everyone has a through
understanding of the recommendations. This would prevent miss interpretation or “Not viewed as
important”.

16.13 FOLLOW UP:

All near miss reports should be collected in a database. Often near misses are collected but rarely
are the information communicated to address underlying safety issues.

A.17 Communication Facilities:

The communications means during the construction phase are land line phone, mobile phone and
UHF radio, these means shall be applied for all work locations.

• HSE Display Boards / HSE Bulletin Boards:

To communicate any HSE related instructions and information to all levels of employees. HSE
bulletin boards shall be provided at each prominent location where usually employees visit regularly
on project site area and all offices.

Following HSE related information shall be displayed on bulletin boards:


1) HSE Instructions.
2) HSE Related circulars.
3) HSE Alert reports.

Page 35 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

4) HSE Bulletins.
5) Emergency contact numbers. 6) List and numbers of First Aiders
7) Emergency / Fire Response Actions

• HSE Signs:

To communicate hazards existing in the area where workforce is working, sign boards shall be used
to display various signs to make work force aware / cautious /alert / warn.

Some of the HSE signs used are.


1) Regulatory / Mandatory signs. 2) Warning signs.
3) Information signs.
HSE display boards and signs shall be displayed in more than one language (especially those
languages most commonly used amongst workers) and shall include pictures wherever applicable.

• HSE Bulletins / circulars:

Safety bulletins / circulars shall be published regularly by H&S team and displayed on HSE display /
Bulletin boards. Contents shall be related to H&S news, Safety alerts / lesson learnt from other
industrial incidents / Employer / CITISCAPE projects.

• HSE Meetings:

For creating safety culture in workforce, a responsive and proactive approach is must, to percolate
H&S related matter right from top management to shop floor level H&S meetings shall be
considered as best forum to serve the purpose.
• Weekly manager’s review meeting.
• Work progress meeting.
• Daily toolbox talk meeting.
• Weekly HSE Meeting (Within HSE Department).
• Scheduled meeting as required by Engineer / Employer.
• Weekly Subcontractor HSE meetings.

A.18 Emergency Response Procedures:

Training shall be given to all personnel to ensure a thorough understanding of all emergency
arrangements at the in-house induction training course. A clear instruction reminding personal of
the correct action to be taken in the event of an emergency shall be drafted and displayed in all
offices and on all site notice boards.

18.1 Responsibilities during an Emergency:

Supervision staff shall take control of any emergency situation until the emergency response team
comprising of First Aider, Safety Inspector / Site Supervisor in charge arrive on the scene and shall
be supported by HSE Officer.

The HSE Officer’s role in an emergency situation is to support, assist, and provide liaison between
supervision staff and the emergency team. He is assigned the role of Emergency Response
Controller (ERC).
Any area of danger shall be immediately cordoned off. All personnel shall be removed from the area
of danger. All access roads and other entries shall be maintained in a clear state to enable passage
of emergency equipment etc.

Page 36 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

18.2 Notification of Emergency Situation:

In the event of an emergency situation arising on the Project, the HSE Officer shall notify Engineer’s
HSE Dept. (within 60 minutes) using the published emergency contact number:

• Emergency Alarm:

Within restricted areas, alarms / air horns shall be installed and used in the following circumstances;
• Fire or explosion.
• Major Transport Accident / Incident (Fire, leak of flammable liquid, toxic hazard)
Contamination of land.
• Major equipment accident.
• Entrapment of personnel in a hazardous environment i.e. confined space.
The following action shall be taken as instructions from the H & S Engineer in the event of
emergency:
• Make the general workplace area safe, if there is time.
• Give assistance to personnel working in confined spaces.
• Stop all work and report to nearest safe assembly point.
• Stop all equipment / vehicles (except Emergency Services Vehicles) at once (crane operators
shall secure the load), if there is time and it is safe to do so.

18.3 Emergency Response Controller:

In the event of any emergency, HSE Officer is appointed as the Emergency Response Controller
(ERC), who shall have overall responsibility and assumes command control for the effective
management of all emergency incidents related to the project.

Evacuation Routes, Assembly Points, “All Clear” Procedures:

EVACUATION ROUTES:

For all site offices and working areas, emergency escape routes shall be established and drawings
indicating the same shall be clearly posted on notice boards.
It shall be the responsibility of every employee to familiarize themselves with the designated
evacuation routes from their work place

EVACUATION OF PERSONNEL / FLOOR SWEEPS:

Upon the sounding of an alarm, all personnel shall be required to leave their work location and
proceed in an orderly manner along the designated evacuation routes to the nearest emergency
assembly point where a head count shall be conducted. Fire Wardens shall establish that evacuation
routes are safe to use. In the instances of an evacuation route becoming unsafe, for any reason
whatsoever then an alternative route shall be used and evacuees shall be directed accordingly.
As part of the evacuation process- dedicated members of the Emergency response teams shall be
allocated specific areas to conduct physical floor sweeps / room checks to ensure that all personnel
have cleared out of work areas and offices.

ASSEMBLY POINTS:

Page 37 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

For all working areas and site offices, clearly designated Assembly points shall be established and
maintained.
It shall be the responsibility of every employee to familiarize themselves with the nearest available
assembly point to their work place

In the event of an evacuation, each assembly point shall be manned and controlled by a member of
the Emergency response team

ROLL CALLS:

Following any emergency evacuation, it is essential that all persons known to be within the Project
Site are accounted for.
To facilitate this, the timekeepers / supervisors shall each day produce a list of known project
attendees, broken down into working locations. All supervisors shall be given a list of attendees for
their area such in the event of an emergency evacuation arising, a roll call can be taken to verify if
all known persons are accounted for.

ALL CLEAR SIGNAL:

Following all emergency evacuations, prior to persons being allowed to re-enter work areas or office
premises, an all-clear signal shall be given.
Following the completion of roll calls and the accounting for all known attendees, the emergency
alarms shall be silenced.
The ERC shall confirm that the emergency situation requiring evacuation has been resolved /
nullified and no threat to personnel exists and shall direct members of the response team at the
designated assembly points to re sound the alarm in 3 ( three ) short bursts via air horns.

18.4 Assistance during an Emergency:

In the event of the emergency help may be obtained by contacting any of the following:

If external emergency services are required on site, a member of citiscape team will meet services
at project’s entry point.

Page 38 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

18.5 EMERGENCY CONTACT TELEPHONE NUMBERS:

NOTE: Prior to commencement of site activities flow chart of Emergency call numbers shall be
fully populated and posted at working locations

LOCATIONS EMERGENCY TEL. NO.


Civil Defense (Fire) 997
Civil Defense (Ambulance) 998
Police 999
HSE Officer (ERC): Mr. Mansoor +971 557006614

+971557006670
Project Manager: Mr. Pooviah
+971 02 633 8228
CITISCAPE LLC

First Aider
CITISCAPE LLC +971 557006614
Mansoor Ali

This shall be achieved by any combination, radio communication, mobile phones or by messenger.

Emergency contact details, including name of personnel, location and contact telephone numbers
shall be posted at all work place locations on board as well as on back side of issued identification
cards and communicated accordingly to all personnel (particularly during induction training).

The following actions shall be taken in the event of serious injury to personnel.

Page 39 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

• Casualties shall not normally be moved before arrival of emergency medical staff.
• If possible, Casualties may be given First Aid treatment pending arrival of professional medical
aid.
• In the event of fire outbreak, the alarm must be immediately raised. If possible, without
exposure to danger, fight the fire using local fire extinguishers, whilst awaiting the emergency
services.

5.1 Fire Emergency:

Upon hearing the Fire alarm, employees shall immediately (but safely) stop their activities, obtain
their personal firefighting equipment, proceed to the determined assembly point and wait for
instructions from the FIRE FIGHTING TEAM, who shall be the focal point to liaise with the
EMERGENCY RESPONSE CONTROLLER. (ERC).

5.2 Fire Fighting Team:

The fire warden leader / and his team shall assume responsibilities for:
• Being familiar with the Emergency Plan.
• Knowing the location of exit / escape route and all firefighting equipment in the project site
area.
• Fire team are trained and have appropriate firefighting equipment in the project site activity
area to deal with emergencies due to outbreak of fire.
• Immediately stopping their activities up to that moment and obtain their fire extinguisher
upon hearing the emergency alarm.
• Proceeding to the emergency location through emergency vehicle and once they assess
the situation at the scene and decide on the fire fighting technique to be used.
• Checking all fire extinguishers to verify that they are ready for use and report any defect to
HSE department and concerned area supervisor.
• Attending training program, Emergency response team meeting & Emergency response drill.
• Ensuring that each team member has the proper emergency equipment and that is in
operating properly.
• In the event of an emergency evacuation, to conduct physical floor sweep / room checks to
ensure that all work areas and offices.

The members of the Fire Fighting team shall be trained on their duties in case of any fire in worksite
or office area. The team shall be led by a Fire Warden who shall be the focal point to liaise with the
Emergency Response Controller.

5.3 Medical Emergencies:

This team consists of the Project First Aider at the worksites and several competent well trained
First Aiders. The First aider shall be focal point to liaise with the Emergency Response Controller.
• First Aid station is located inside main contractor site office’s compound.
• First Aid trained persons

Page 40 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

• H&S Officer: (TBA)


• The first aid station shall be limited to treatment of minor injuries on site.
• All other cases shall be forwarded to Hospital in close proximity to site area.
• In instances where an injured person requires referral to an outside hospital then a hospital
referral form shall be used.
• Case manager will be appointed, and the patient will be escorted to the hospital by an
appointed person.

5.4 Medical Team:

• In case of any emergency upon hearing the emergency alarm, they shall immediately stop
their activities up to the moment, obtain their personal first aid equipment and proceed to
emergency location through emergency response vehicle and provide medical help as
needed.
• Minor cuts and bruises shall be treated by the project site male nurse by taking affected
person himself along to the project site first room.
• The project site male nurse shall decide whether a patient can be adequately treated at the
site first aid room, or whether he shall be transferred to a hospital for further treatment.

5.5 Responsibilities of HSE Officer in Emergency Response Plan:

The HSE Officer shall ensure that the provisions for adequate emergency response are in place. This
shall include but is not limited to:
• Establishing Assembly Points.
• Identify the emergency response teams and training them.
• Set up drills and exercises.
• Arrange to procure fire fighting and medical equipment, evaluate and decide whether
additional resources may be required to deal with possible future incidents.

5.6 Training of Emergency Response Team:

It is the Emergency Response Controller’s responsibility to provide the resources and ensure that
all members of the emergency response teams are fit and trained to carry out their duties within
the framework of the Emergency Response Plan.
Personnel joining the project shall be instructed in the Fire Prevention / Protection measures and
‘Emergency Response Procedures’. Fire fighting team shall be trained by CITISCAPE LLC in-house
training.
In addition, during the daily tool box talk, the possible hazards during the activity, Control and
Recovery measures are informed to each work team.

5.7 Communication:

Page 41 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

Managers, Supervision team, inspectors shall be issued with Mobile Telephone. Such information
with contact numbers shall be updated by the Commercial & Administrative Office and issued for
information to all concerned.
• Always radios/mobile phones shall be carried by head of the department and response team
when they are on site.
• A dedicated emergency response vehicle shall be on standby for response operation during
project site activities.
• Communication must be made available in all offices & emergency response team members
/ emergency response vehicle.
• Mobile phones and Radio contact list shall be issued to all supervisory personnel.

5.8 General Actions on Emergency Situations arising:

NOTE: Prior to commencement of site activities flow chart of Emergency call numbers shall be
fully populated and posted at working locations.

CITISCAPE will establish an Emergency Procedure and nominate an Emergency Rescue Team with
people from CITISCAPE and Subcontractors (proportional to each subcontractor headcount) and
Emergency drills will be conducted at regular/established intervals (with prior site notice) to ensure
the effectiveness of the procedures and the name and telephone numbers of the person(s)
responsible(s) of the Emergency Response plan.

SR Emergency Scenario Frequency of Drill Responsible Person


1. Chemical Spillage One Time in 3 Months HSE Officer
2. Fire One Time in 3 Months HSE Officer
3. Evacuation Drill Once Every Quarter HSE Officer
4. Heat Stroke Summer Season HSE Officer
5. Emergency Medical Once every Quarter HSE Officer

In the instance of site emergencies, the following actions shall be taken:


AIN CASE OF NEAR MISS INCIDENTS: Phone No.
)
1. Notify Supervisor on site of incident HSE Officer:
2. Supervisor calls HSE Officer to attend scene giving details +971557006614
of:
Location Site Manager Duty
Person involved Phone:
Any knowledge of incident TBA

3. HSE Officer assess incident location and stops activity as


required
4. HSE Officer initiate preliminary investigation of incident
5. HSE Officer follow up with Incident Report

Page 42 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

BIN CASE OF OTHER INCIDENTS : Phone No.


)Property Damage / Personal Injury / Medical:
First Aider :
1. Stop the Work in affected area and clear personnel out. +971 557006614
2. Identify if there are any injured persons
3. Report incident to Supervisor Posted in site locations
4. Call for First Aid / Ambulance (If req’d)
Give details of:
Location HSE Officer:
Persons involved +971557006614
Any knowledge of injuries
ENGINEER Duty Phone:
Note: Do NOT move casualty unless in imminent danger +971 557006670
Only First Aiders may administer First Aid to casualty
Medical cases can be taken directly to clinic if able Civil Defense:
5. Supervisor informs HSE Officer of incident Ambulance:
6. Construction / Project Manager informed 998
7. First Aider administers First Aid at scene
8. Casualty moved to First Aid room / Clinic or stabilized for
ambulance transport
9. ENGINEER HSE Dept notified within 60 mins
10. Area of incident barricaded off
11. HSE Officer liaise with Security team to facilitate
emergency vehicle access / escort
12. HSE Officer initiate preliminary investigation of incident
12. Assessment made - if safe to, resume work activity in
affected area
13. HSE Officer follow up with First Aiders / Incident Report

Page 43 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

CIN CASE OF VEHICLE ACCIDENTS / INCIDENTS: Phone No.


)No Casualties:
1. Switch off affected vehicles First Aid :
2. Turn on Hazard warning lights if fitted +971 557006614
3. Report Incident to HSE Team
4. Stay with vehicle – Posted in site locations
Note: Do not remain in vehicle but stay out of road
5.Await HSE Officer / Traffic Controller arrival
6. HSE Officer shall call for Police as required HSE Officer :
+971 557006614
Casualties:
1. Switch off affected vehicles
2. Turn on Hazard warning lights if fitted ENGINEER Duty Phone:
3. Report Incident to HSE Team +971 557006670
4. Call for First Aid / Ambulance as required
5. Stay with vehicle – nearby in a place of safety Civil Defense:
Ambulance:
Note: Do not stay in vehicle 998

6. Await HSE Team / Traffic Controller arrival


7. HSE Officer shall call for Police as required

DIN CASE OF FATALITY ( ALL AREAS):


)
1. Immediately call HSE Officer. HSE Officer:
2. Stop the Work in affected area and clear personnel out +971 557006614
3. HSE Officer shall call Police / Project Manager
4. HSE Officer shall call ENGINEER Duty Phone Project Manager:
5. Isolate / establish barriers around the immediate area +971 557006670

NOTE: Do NOT move body until Police have attended scene ENGINEER Duty Phone:
+971 505598614
Police:999

Page 44 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

FIN CASE OF FIRE:


)
1.Shout “Fire Fire Fire” to alert others
2.If Safe to do so and suitable trained - attack Fire with Fire
Extinguisher HSE: +971 543074421
Site Manager Duty
If untrained or Fighting Fire might block escape: Phone:
+971 505598614
1. Shout “Fire Fire Fire” and proceed to nearest Fire Exit /
Assembly point Civil Defense:
2. Set off Fire Alarm if near a fixed call point Fire Department- 997
3. Report Fire Incident to Supervisor
4. HSE Officer Team called
5. Fire Team mobilized / Civil defense called
Give details:
Type of Fire (e.g. Chemical / Fuel)
Specific location
6. Area swept and cleared of personnel by Fire Team
(if safe to do so)
7. Any known casualties initially treated by First Aider before
transfer to clinic for follow up
8. Security Team informed to facilitate access to Emergency
services
9. Construction / Project Manager informed
10. Main Contractor / ENGINEER notified
11. Stay at assembly point
12. Roll call taken
13. All clear given
GIMPORTANT CONTACT DETAILS OF EMERGENCY SERVICES Phone No:
)Hospitals:
1. (Nearest) Hospital +9714 881 4000

2. First Aid Facility (Nurse )

3. Police 999

4. Civil Defense: Ambulance 998

5. Civil Defense: Fire 997

1. Liaison with Local Emergency Services:

The HSE Officer shall liaise with:


• Dubai Police.
• Nearby Hospital.

Page 45 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

• Fire Services. / Civil Defense.


Once on site any emergency service vehicle will be met at the main site gate by a member of the
security / response team and guided to the scene of the emergency or to the emergency response
control point (site office meeting room) this will be via the internal site roads

5.9 Project Site Facilities Available In Case of Emergency:

First Aid Facility:


First Aid facility is located inside site offices composed in a proximity to the project work with
provisions for transferring casualties from place of accident to first aid clinic and ambulance access.
Alarm:

Effective alarm systems shall be made with persons instructed in its correct use and the actions to
be taken when alarm sounds.

Lighting:

Project site area shall be illuminated at night so that victims or injured can be seen and constantly
watched while awaiting rescue.

Communication:

Telephone numbers for the ambulance, hospitals & other emergency service shall be placed on
backside of each employee Identification Card, inside emergency plan and publicized on bulletin
boards on project site area.

Response Equipments:

Response equipment comprise of fire extinguishers, first aid kit & stretcher shall be properly
maintained and never relied upon as a primary safeguard against accidents always check before
use. The fire extinguishers shall be periodically inspected and tagged by third party and inspection
certificates will be kept available.

Clothing:

High visibility vests shall be worn to assist in keeping the casualty in view while the response
operation is being mounted.

Checking Personnel:

Periodic checks shall be made to ensure nobody is missing. Personnel shall be working in insight of
each other to enable one person to raise the alarm in event of an emergency.

Page 46 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

PART: B
SAFE WORKING PRACTICES

Page 47 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

B.1 General Safe Work Practices

1.1 Employee conduct:

Citiscape will instigate a zero tolerance policy for following types of behavior:

• Fighting
• Horseplay
• Gambling
• Vandalism
• Willful non-compliance to Safety requirements
• Use / Abuse of Alcohol or Unauthorized Drugs
• Possession of Firearms or other weapons

1.2 Dress requirements:

All CITISCAPE employees and subcontractors shall conform to the minimum project requirements
as established by the CLIENT/ENGINEER.
Sleeveless shirts or similar shall not be permitted
Clothing soiled by grease, oil, and paint or other such chemicals will not be worn
All persons on the Project site shall wear appropriate project minimum standard PPE except in
designated PPE free zones

1.3 Radios and Electronic Equipment:

Radios, CD and cassette players or similar devices are prohibited


Battery powered devices are not permitted in designated ‘hazardous’ areas without written
authorization from the employer
Mobile phone use is prohibited whilst operating machinery or otherwise engaged in hazardous
activity

1.4 Photographic Equipment:

The use of photographic equipment is prohibited without the prior consent of Client

1.5 Smoking Regulations:

Smoking is permitted only in designated areas. These areas shall be clearly signed and kept away
from sources of ignition and provided with Fire points.
All Project Offices will enforce a No Smoking policy.
It is strictly prohibited to smoke in construction areas and a Zero tolerance policy for violations will
be adopted

1.6 Emergency Eyewash / Showers:

Page 48 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

Suitable facilities shall be provided in instances where employees may be exposed to corrosive
materials

1.7 Temporary Heating Devices:

Fresh air shall be supplied in sufficient quantities to maintain the Health & Safety of workers
No solid fuel heaters shall be permitted within buildings / on scaffolds
Flammable/combustible materials shall be removed from immediate areas of temporary heaters

1.8 Saws:

In general terms, employees shall be specifically trained to operate each and any type of saw in use
on the project site.
All saws shall have suitable guarding arrangements
All saws shall be employed in accordance with their designed usage

1.9 Exits:

All buildings designed for human occupancy shall have suitable number and type of emergency exits
In all cases where a risk of fire and or smoke exists two independent exits shall be provided
Exits shall lead to public rights of way
Emergency signage in multiple languages shall be posted at all exits with suitable emergency
illumination

1.10 Plant & Equipment:

All mobile plant shall be fitted with an orange flashing beacon


All mobile plant will be fitted with an audible reversing alarm
All operators shall hold valid licenses / certification for the class of vehicle operated
All plant & Equipment must be authorized and inspected prior to mobilization
Post inspection, all plant must display a vehicle sticker confirming approval for use

B.2 Occupational Health Program:


Citiscape is committed to preserving the Health of its employees working on the Project and shall
instigate a series of surveillance and conservation programs to reduce instances of occupational
health related injuries, illness or absences.
A Risk assessment shall be conducted with regards to all workplace tasks to ascertain the impact to
employees on their occupational health.
Specific care shall be taken to significantly reduce or eradicate occupational exposure to the
following:

• High Noise Levels


• Vibration
• Hazardous Fumes / Chemicals

Page 49 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

• Radiation
• Blood Borne Pathogens

In addition to these, procedures shall be developed to ensure Approved Codes of Practice (ACOP’s)
are adopted in relation to selection and use of Personal Protective Equipment including respiratory
protective equipment.
CITISCAPE shall ensure that employees are not exposed to poor working conditions that may have
either an acute or chronic effect on health. This commitment will take the form of the provision of
adequate Welfare, ergonomically friendly offices, Air surveillance and Hearing conservation
programs and suitable job rotation for those employees engaged in processes or in conditions
known to cause Occupational Health concerns (eg Vibration White finger, Workplace Upper limb
disorders)
The project shall have regular training sessions for the workforce where the good Occupational
Health practices are identified and shared.

B.3 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)

Equipment for the protection of persons, including head protection, eye protection, protective foot
wear, overalls and gloves shall be provided by CITISCAPE for all personnel under its direct
responsibility and for visitors. Subcontractors shall be responsible to provide suitable PPE for their
personnel.
Citiscape shall source all of its PPE requirements from trusted suppliers and all stocks shall conform
to applicable legislation and internationally recognized Safety Standards (eg. ANSI Nos, EN Nos., BS
Nos). All equipment shall be stamped / labeled accordingly to confirm compliance.

The minimum standard level for personnel issue shall include:


• Safety shoe or boots.
• Overalls for all site workers.
• High Visibility Reflective vest.
• Safety Glasses for all workers requiring such protection as well as in open air dusty conditions.
• Gloves are required and suitable for the allocated work.
• Hearing Protectors (in Designated Areas which shall be identified by Safety Signs).
• Any additional PPE as required/verified by risk assessment on site
• All subcontractors should follow the same procedures.

Note- Client’s minimum standard requirements are high visibility reflective vest, steel-toed boots,
and Safety glasses (clear or dark) for all site activities.
Personnel moving within site offices area and associated parking areas are exempted from the basic
PPE requirements.
The storekeeper shall maintain a register of the minimum stock requirements that must be available
at the store at all times. If and when the number of P.P.E. available approaches the minimum
requirements mark, the storekeeper is authorized to proceed ordering the necessary P.P.E.

B.4 First Aid

Page 50 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

4.1 General:

For all areas of the project including work locations, site offices and temporary facilities First Aid
facilities shall be established to provide immediate, localized management of any First Aid Incidents.
Provisions for the management of First Aid incidents for the contract shall be established by way of
a First Aid Station, localized First Aid boxes, and trained First Aiders.

4.2 First Aid Boxes / Kits.

First Aid boxes / kits shall be established for all working locations including offices and temporary
facilities and shall be clearly accessible and marked in a highly visible manner. They shall be marked
with ‘FIRST AID” in English and the predominant language of the labour on site.

The required nature, size and content of First aid boxes/ kits established shall be determined by the
number of personnel working in a given area and the level of risk of personal injury. In the instances
where site office facilities are not established due to space restrictions or limits of work, the
supervisor of the works shall have a First Aid kit in his vehicle.
In all cases the contents of First Aid Boxes shall be in accordance with applicable UAE legislation
required minimum standards and the requirements of applicable CLIENT HSE Procedures.
As a minimum, all First Aid Kits shall comprise:
NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES

1-5 6-10 11-50 51-100 101-500


GUIDANCE CARD (multi language) 1 1 1 1 1
WRAPPED STERILE ADHESIVE
1 2 4 4 4
DRESSINGS
STERILE EYE PADS 1 2 4 6 8

TRIANGULAR BANDAGES 1 2 4 6 8

STERILE COVERING FOR SERIOUS


1 2 4 6 8
WOUNDS

SAFETY PINS 6 6 1 1 1
MEDIUM SIZE STERILE
1 2 4 6 1
UNMEDICATED DRESSINGS
LARGE STERILE UNMEDICATED
1 2 4 6 1
DRESSINGS
EXTRA LARGE STERILE
1 2 4 6 1
UNMEDICATED DRESSINGS
STERILE WATER OR SALINE IN
1 1 3 6 6
300 ML.DISPOSABLES

For all work locations, First Aid boxes / kits shall be under the charge of an assigned First Aider for
the area. They shall be responsible for conducting inventory checks weekly and restocking of

Page 51 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

supplies as required. All medical supplies shall be ordered through the First Aider assigned to the
First Aid Station.

4.3 First Aiders

First aiders shall be provided for the project in accordance with applicable UAE legislation and in
accordance with Client HSE Procedures.

In general terms the following ratios shall apply:

Category Of Risk Number of Employees Number of Appointed Persons


or First Aiders
Low Risk Fewer than 50 persons At Least one Appointed Person
OFFICES 50 – 100 persons At Least One First Aider
More than 100 1 x additional First Aider per 50 persons.
persons
Medium Risk Less Than 20 persons At Least one Appointed Person
Workshops, 20 – 100 persons 1 x First Aider for every 50 or part there
Assembly works. of.
100 and above 1 x For every additional 100
High Risk 2 - 50 persons 1 x First Aider and one appointed person.
Construction More than 50 1 x Additional for every 50 or part there
of.

All First Aiders shall hold current certification and shall be identified through Helmet stickers.
For each working location, names and contact details of First Aiders shall be posted in prominent
positions.

B.5 Drinking Water and Workers’ Shaded Rest Areas


Shaded Areas for Drinking Water:

• Shaded areas along with potable water supply shall be made readily available to all workers
and wherever work activities are in operation at locations indicated in layout to be provided.
All welfare facilities shall be in accordance with Dubai Municipality regulations (e.g. number
of ablutions).
• Only potable water will be used for drinking water. Drinking water shall be distributed using
only approved potable water systems.
• Testing of drinking water supplied to site shall be carried out on a monthly basis to ensure
compliance with Dubai Municipality regulations.
• Coolers used to dispense drinking water shall be cleaned and disinfected on a regular basis.
The outer surface of the cooler shall be scrubbed with a brush and wiped with a clean sponge.
While cleaning and disinfecting, employees shall wear proper P.P.E., safety goggles and
gloves.

Page 52 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

• Fixed Water coolers shall be tamper proof in design with break seals affixed after filling.
• Ice making machines will be provided to site upon need.

• Temporary breaks or rest periods within any work area, e.g. inside trenches, confined spaces,
on scaffolding, etc. are not allowed.
Workers’ Rest Area:
CITISCAPE shall provide a shaded rest area or utilize main contractor rest area for workers to rest
and take their meals.

B.6 Labour Accommodation:

Citiscape Workers will be accommodated in labor facilities.

All camp operations shall be the responsibility of the camp management and all Citiscape workers
accommodated within these facilities shall be fully briefed and required to comply with all requisite
rules of the facility.

B.7 Heat Stress Management

To avoid heat related occupational health hazards summer time duty hours will be scheduled in
accordance with the DM regulations and local orders (Ministry of Labour U.A.E.). As per the Ministry
of Labour circular the mid –day break (1230Hrs to 1500 Hrs) will be started from 15th of June to 16
of September. During this period no worker will be allowed to work under the direct sun. Cool Rest
areas with safe distance of 6 feet as per COVID19 safety precautions, shall be provided during the
mid-day break between 12:30 Hrs to 1500 Hrs. No worker shall be allowed to take rest in open areas
or at worksite during the restricted period.

Symptoms and treatment of various levels of Heat Stress:-


Sun Burn:
Skin redness, swelling, pain, blisters, fever and headache. Ointment helps mild cases; more severe
sun burns should receive medical treatment.

Cramping:
Occurs in legs and occasionally in the abdomen. Gentle massage may help. Sips of mild (one tea
spoon of salt to 8 Glass of water). If symptoms persist consult a doctor.

Heat Exhaustion/ Dehydration:-


Profuse sweating, weak pulse, and severe fatigue. Skin may appear pale and feel cold and clammy.
Greater severity marked by fainting and vomiting. Move the person to cool location, preferably air-
conditioning and apply cool compress. If symptoms continue, seek medical attention immediately.
3.5 Sunstroke.
Very high temperature (106º F), rapid and strong pulse, and hot dry skin. Move victim immediately
to cool location, apply cool/wet compress and seek medical help immediately. This condition can
be fatal.

Page 53 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

Awareness:
All employees shall be briefed about the hazards associated with working in the heat and heat
related disorders during their Site Safety induction. In addition to this, specific training for all
employees shall be given during the months of April, May and June to prepare them for summer
working when heat related disorders can become more prevalent.

Site Facilities:
Site shall be provided with sufficient amount of cold drinking water. Water dispenser with coolers
shall be fitted at various locations and maintained from time to time. Shaded rest areas shall be
developed at site for the employees during the break time. During summer the re-hydrate solutions
will be provided to the employees. Rehydrate solutions shall be distributed to the respective
foremen at the beginning of each day as per the manpower working under him.

Break Time:
Summer Break Rule addressed in the local regulations shall be implemented during the summer or
if needed the work schedule shall be changed from day shift to night shift. If required the employees
shall be rotated so that exposure time to heat shall be reduced.

Preventive Measures to avoid Heat Stress cases

• Block out direct sun light or other heat sources as much as possible and temporary shaded
areas shall be provided. Job rotation shall be provided and DM Heat index matrix to be
followed.
• Avoid exposure to direct sun light as much as possible.
• Use cooling fan/ air-conditioning and take rest regularly.
• Drink lots of water and adequate ORS shall be provided to substitute dehydration.
• Adequate welfare facilities shall be provided at site (Cool drinking water, dining areas and
well ventilated shaded rest areas etc...). Rest areas, accommodation and dining halls shall be
air-conditioned.
• Cold drinking water shall be provided near the workers and they shall be instructed to drink
a cup of water after every 20 minutes. All employees shall be suggested to drink ½ litter of
water before beginning work in the morning and after the lunch.
• Cool water bottles shall be provided for each individuals to avoid waste generation at the
site.
• Confined space or other critical activities where required air movement shall be increased by
using the Fan etc.
• Avoid alcohol, caffeinated drinks, or heavy meals
• Provide/ take rest breaks depending upon conditions.
• Keep all first aid/emergency arrangements ready for heat stress and First aiders shall be
appointed as per DM COPs.
• Provide additional supervision to work force.
• Do not deploy a worker who is unfit to work in such climates.
• Give regular training and awareness on heat stress to all individual.
• Seek immediate medical advice once the symptoms found.

Page 54 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

• Periodically HSE Walk-down audits shall be conducted and Heat Stress requirements will be
incorporated within these audits.
• Employees responsibilities during working in heat shall be communicated signed and
recorded.
• Take additional care and precautions for infrastructure work and external work activities.
• Well ventilated and shaded areas with heat proof cloth shall be provided.

Heat Exposure

• The two main heat related illnesses are called heat exhaustion and heat stroke; they are quite
different and must be recognized since the treatment of the two conditions differs.
• For example, a person with heat stroke has a very high skin and the body becomes dry and
unable to control its temperature, in this case this person need shower and continuous
ventilation until his body temperature is reduced.
• The person who has heat exhaustion is heavily sweating, losing water and salt. In this case
this person needs to drink large amount of salty water to compensate the amount lost by
sweating.

Heat Illness Prevention and Precaution

• All employees working in locations where they are exposed to extreme heat shall be
instructed on heat hazards. Different heat related illnesses; accompanying symptoms for
each type and methods of prevention and treatment.
• Proper warning signs shall be placed.
• Make sure the availability of cold water and sweating adequate quantity of cold water to
compensate losses of water by sweating. This may be 5 liter to 8 liter per day for each worker
during summer month.
• Eat sparingly during the day.
• Avoid over exposure to direct sun light and all activities carried out in direct sun light during
summer time as per the instructions and regulations of the concerned authority.
• Provide shades over the task area if possible.
• Wear light, loose clothing, a hat and sun glass.
• Provide adequate ventilation in confined work places.
• Carry out heavy jobs in the coolest part of the day.
• Heat Stress index monitoring shall be done on daily basis and records to be maintained and
posted on site at prominent locations.
• Heat index Matrix shall be followed as per below table.

Page 55 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

Training

All project personnel, including subcontractors those are or may be exposed to potential heat
related illnesses will receive training on the following:

• The environmental and personal risk factors that cause heat related illnesses;
• The employer’s procedures for identifying, evaluating and controlling exposures to the
environmental and personal risk factors for heat illness;
• The importance of frequent consumption of small quantities of water, up to 4 cups per hour
under extreme conditions of work and heat;
• The importance of acclimatization;
• The different types of heat illness and the common signs and symptoms of heat illness;
• The importance of immediately reporting to the employer, directly or through the
employee’s supervisor, symptoms or signs of heat illness in themselves, or in co-workers.
• The employer’s procedures for responding to symptoms of possible heat illness, including
how emergency medical services will be provided should they become necessary;
• Procedures for contacting emergency medical services, and if necessary, for transporting
employees to a point where they can be reached by an emergency medical service provider;
• How to provide clear and precise directions to the work site.
• Daily checklist shall be maintained.

B.8 COVID 19

Page 56 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

Corona virus disease (COVID-19) is an illness that can affect the lungs and airways. It's caused by a
virus called corona virus. As a type of virus and as a group, corona viruses are common across the
world. The current type, COVID-19, is a new strain of corona virus first identified in Wuhan City,
China in December 2019.
The current understanding about how the COVID-19 virus spreads is largely based on what is known
about similar corona viruses. As COVID-19 is a new disease, there is more to learn about how it
spreads, the severity of illness it causes, and to what extent it may spread globally.
Similar to other types of corona viruses, the incubation period of COVID-19 disease is between 2 to
14 days. This means that if a person remains well 14 days after contact with someone with
confirmed corona virus, they have not been infected.

8.1 Transmission

For the moment the virus is thought to spread mainly from person-to-person who are in close
contact with one another (within about 1 meter). It is furthermore likely that the risk increases the
longer someone has close contact with an infected person.
Respiratory droplets produced when an infected person coughs or sneezes containing the virus are
most likely to be the main means of transmission.
There are 2 main routes by which people can spread COVID-19 disease:
• Infection can be spread to people who are nearby or possibly could be inhaled into the lungs;
and
• It is also possible that someone may become infected by touching a surface, object or the
hand of an infected person that has been contaminated with respiratory droplets and then
touching their own mouth, nose, or eyes (i.e. touching door knob or shaking hands then
touching own face). From the 2 main routes of transmission this is not thought to be the main
way the virus spreads
There is currently little evidence that people who are without symptoms are infectious to others.
There is no perceived increase in risk for handling mail, items or packages.
8.2 Symptoms
The following symptoms may develop in the 14 days after exposure to someone who has COVID-19
infection:

• Fever;
• Cough; and
• Difficulty breathing
Generally, these infections can cause more severe symptoms in people with weakened immune
systems (i.e. elderly people, and those with long-term conditions like diabetes, cancer and chronic
lung disease).

8.3 Diagnoses

Page 57 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

A nose swab, carried out by a certified medical institution, can be done as early assessment of the
virus. The nose swab is then analyzed in a laboratory. Result can be readily available within 48 hours.
8.4 Treatment
At present, there is no treatment vaccine available to cure for COVID-19 disease. Instead, the best
treatment for the virus is by providing good nutrition and hospital care to let the patient recover.
This is likely to work for a vast majority of patients.
8.5 Temperature Monitoring of Subcontractor Workers, Staff and Visitors:

The temperature of all Subcontractor workers must be checked every day prior to entering site.
The temperature of all staff and visitors entering site shall be checked by security, regardless of
their status or employer.
The temperature of all staff entering at site shall be checked along with any visitors.
Trained persons shall be available at the offices or security gates to conduct these checks.
Any person showing a temperature of 37.8C or above shall immediately be sent to the site Nurse
for further assessment. On confirmation of symptoms, the patient shall be isolated, provided with
gloves and a mask and referred to a testing centre.

8.6 Social Distancing

The principles of Social Distancing shall be trained to all workers and staff and shall include
instruction to try to keep 2m distance from other persons wherever possible.
• Working groups shall be minimized to 5 workers and a gap of a minimum of 2m shall be
maintained between each worker.
• Workers break timings shall be split and additional rest areas provided to prevent close
crowding of workers where necessary.
• Workers shall be instructed to keep a safe distance between themselves and others when
eating.
• The number of persons allowed in hoists or lifts at any one time shall be reduced so far as
possible.
• Floor markings shall be marked on the floor in heavily populated areas such as rest areas or
hoist landing areas to remind people of the requirement to stand 2m apart.
• Social Distancing shall be considered in any future Method Statements and Risk Assessments
in order to minimize contact and close working proximity and reduce risk of infection.

8.7 Provision of Hand Wash and Hand Sanitizer

CITISCAPE L.L.C shall ensure to:


• Provide adequate hand-washing station with water and soap or an alcohol-based hand
sanitizer (min. 60% alcohol).
• Provision of water and soap are topped up regularly;
• Clean the hand washing facilities regularly during the day, establishing a clear cleaning plan;
• Tools, reusable PPE and frequently touched surfaces should be cleaned and disinfected
frequently (at least daily);

Page 58 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

• If possible, appropriate latrine facilities should be made available inside the compound and
be kept cleaned. In any case, workers should be encouraged to wash their hands before and
after using the latrines;
• Dedicated eating, break and prayer areas should be identified on site and access should be
staggered to reduce risk of congestion. Workers should keep physical distance while eating,
praying and having a break;
• Provide safe drinking water dispensers and provide a personal drinking bottle to each
individual;
• All solid waste (excluding construction materials) should be put immediately in closed bins or
closed bags and not left for someone else to clear up;
• Separate and collect all solid waste that could serve as transmission vector. To avoid contact
with waste bags, use double plastic bags (for instance when removing a filled waste bag,
cover tightly and wrap with a second plastic bag).

8.8 Disinfection

Preferably, every worker should be provided with a basic set of tools needed for the tasks they are
assigned to. Using of the same tool by multiple workers should be avoided. If tools are shared or
stored for later use by another person, they need to be disinfected/cleaned;
All site offices shall be disinfected on a regular basis in accordance with local requirements.
All toilets, stores, equipment and tools shall be disinfected on a daily basis.
Reusable PPE and frequently touched surfaces should be cleaned and disinfected frequently (at
least daily);

All workers shall ensure that they are using their own towels and are not sharing with any other
persons. It is advised that each worker bathes on returning from work to remove any germs which
may have been encountered during the working day.
Workers should leave toilets and showers clean after use.

8.9 Control and Prevention at Labor Camps


• The Camp Boss shall ensure that the kitchens are managed to encourage social distancing
and shall display posters require employees to follow the legal guidelines.
• All employee’s transportation shall be managed to ensure social distancing in accordance
with current government guidelines which shall be monitored continuously.
• The Camp Boss shall ensure that enough persons are assigned to control bus access.
• The Operation Manager shall ensure all drivers disinfect vehicles after every trip. This shall
include: -
Seats
Seat Belts
Handles and Door Handles
• The Camp Boss shall ensure all buses are cleaned thoroughly and a checklist is maintained
within each bus documenting the cleaning having been conducted after each trip.
• Camp Boss shall ensure that Health monitoring within the camp includes the following: -
- All workers newly joined or returning from leave are monitored by camp medical staff for a
period of 15 days whilst staying in designated isolation rooms prior to returning to work

Page 59 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

- The temperature of all workers is checked every day prior to entering buses / company
transport for transportation to site. Any worker showing a temperature of 37.8C or above
shall not be allowed to enter the bus and shall be sent to the Camp Medical Staff for further
assessment.
• The Camp Boss shall ensure that all cleaning is carried out using chemicals listed in Dubai
Municipality Health and Safety Department document; DM-PH&SD-L2-APB List of approved
professional use / B2B biocides and this shall be done at the frequency advised by the
authorities.
• Checklist shall be maintained, detailing the chemicals used for the cleaning of the various
facilities within the accommodation, including: -
- Staff/Labor Rooms, Furniture & Door Handles
- Office & First Aid Room
- Ladder Handles
- Prayer Room
- Control Devices for Electronic Devices (TV/AC/Lighting)

8.10 Prevention and Control within Offices

The temperature of all staff entering offices shall be checked along with any visitors.
• Trained persons shall be available at the offices to conduct these checks.
• Any person showing a temperature of 37.8C or above shall immediately be sent to the Clinic
for further assessment by their Manager.
• Provision of Information and Training.
• Posters and signage shall be displayed in offices to communicate the key factors of Covid-19
prevention and control.
The information shared shall communicate as a minimum: -
- The Symptoms
- Hygiene and prevention of contracting or spreading the virus
- Reporting cases of illness / signs of symptoms to camp Nurse or Government Clinic rather
than travelling to site where symptoms are known in the morning.
- The importance of temperature monitoring
- Encouragement of workers to discuss their concerns and communication that there is no
need to panic as the risk to our generally fit and healthy workforce is minimal and most
infected persons only suffer minor symptoms.
• All staff in offices shall always wear masks.
• The principles of Social Distancing shall be maintained wherever possible with all staff aiming
to keep 2m distance from other persons.
• Managers shall review the seating arrangements to ensure people are sitting at least 2m
apart.
• Employees shall be encouraged to eat meals at their desk rather than congregating in rest
areas and numbers of people shall be limited within rest areas to maintain the 2m rule.
• Hand soap must always be available in washrooms and pantrys.
• Hand Sanitizer dispensers shall be fixed at regular intervals throughout the office.
• All offices shall be disinfected on a regular basis in accordance with local requirements.
• Where any Positive cases are identified within offices; the office shall be sterilized by an
approved company.

Page 60 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

General requirements

All employees, subcontractor, suppliers, employers, and visitors shall be briefed on the following:
• Maintain a distance of 2 meters from sick persons and refrain from shaking hands.
• Wash hand properly before and after taking meals.
• Use mask always. Reduced exposure from large gatherings.
• Ensure that any concerned person is placed in quarantine / isolated from other employees.
• Conduct awareness trainings about the symptoms of Covid-19 disease for all workers and
staff both at site and in the labor camps.
• Display awareness signages of Covid-19 disease in all site offices, project sites and labor
camps in multiple languages.
• Initiate deep sanitization and air disinfection through professional and experienced outfits at
site offices, labor rest areas in project sites and labor camps. This must be carried out bi-
weekly every week.
• Maintain workers welfare facilities such as drinking water, toilets, rest area, eating area clean
and tidy.
• Ensure you provide them face mask and gloves which shall be used at all times during working
hours.
• Provide hand sanitizer dispensers to all site offices and throughout the site and ensure they
are refilled regularly per day.
• All staff buses shall be disinfected on daily basis.
• Reconsider non-essential travel plans, especially to the countries majorly affected by
• Covid-19. This should be applicable across the board within your organization and at all levels
and includes travel for personal reasons, vacation for all staff and labors, business travel, etc.
• For employees who are already on leave, their travel history will be checked and notified to
Main Contractor HSE in case there are people who travelled to high risk countries it should
be coordinated with them measures to be taken in terms of screening and/or quarantine
before allowing them to return to the workplace.
• A Travel Declaration Form must be completed by employees who have visited any of the high-
risk countries or any other country in last 25 days and submitted to Main Contractor HSE.
• Any case related to COVID 19 will be shared with Main Contractor HSE as per Emergency
preparedness plan.

B.9 Housekeeping

All efforts shall be made to ensure that the working sites and offices are kept clean and free from
debris and waste.

Sufficient and suitable waste collection units shall be provided for the day to day disposal of waste
and located in accessible places near offices, workshops, rest areas and site working locations in
accordance with Employer’s sustainability protocols.

Effective housekeeping at project work sites will enable us to:


• Eliminate or significantly reduce the frequency of slip trip, fall incidents.

Page 61 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

• Significantly reduce Site Fire Risks


• Reduce the chances of harmful material exposure. (Dust, Fumes).
• Improve site productivity, through the provision of safe and easy access to work fronts, tools
and materials.
• Improve Site Emergency Responses through the maintenance of clear access points.
• Make the best use of available space in restricted work areas.
• Provide a more hygienic work place and reduce the chance of pest infestation problems.

The non hazardous waste that shall be generated during the Project are: paper, wood, kitchen/food
wastes, office rubbish, cardboard, scrap metal, cement, concrete left over, and waste water runoff
from kitchens & wash basins.

The hazardous wastes that shall be generated are human waste, oil and lubricants, batteries, cans
and drums. Waste, shall be collected, stored and disposed outside site through arrangement made
by site management with specialized services agencies.

For all site locations, effective housekeeping shall be included as part of daily work schedule and
shall be the responsibility of the supervisor in charge of the work location to maintain the expected
standard.

B.10 Material Management (Storage, Stacking, Handling and Transporting)

Materials required in construction operations shall be stored and handled in a manner to prevent
deterioration and damage to the materials, ensure safety of workmen in handling operations and
non-interference with public life including safety of public, prevention of damage to property and
natural environment. Materials shall be stored and placed so as not to endanger the public, the
workers or the adjoining property. Materials shall be stacked on well-drained, flat and unyielding
surface. Material stacks shall not impose any undue stresses on walls or other structures. Materials
shall be separated according to kind, size and length and placed in neat, orderly piles. All
passageways shall be kept clear of greasy substance and debris. For any site, there should be proper
planning of the layout for stacking and storage of different materials, components and equipments
with proper access and proper maneuverability of the vehicles carrying the material. While planning
the layout, the requirements of various materials, components and equipments at different stages
of construction shall be considered. Stairways, passageways and gangways shall not become
obstructed by storage of construction materials, tools or accumulated rubbish. Materials stored at
site, depending upon the individual characteristics, shall be protected from atmospheric actions,
such as rain, sun, winds and moisture, to avoid deterioration. Special and specified care should be
taken for inflammable and destructive chemicals and explosive during storage.
Inflammable materials shall be kept in properly cool and shaded containers with drip trays. The
containers shall be kept in a well-ventilated location, free from excessive heat, smoke, sparks or
flame. Inflammable Material should be stored within fire-preventive confines, furnished with fire
fighting provisions. Buckets containing sand shall be kept ready for use.
Cement shall be stored at the work site in a shed which is dry, leak proof and moisture proof.
Cement received in bags shall be prevented from coming into contact with any dampness or

Page 62 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

moisture. Cement bags shall be stacked on wooden planks maintaining a minimum clearance of 200
mm from the floor.
When heavy materials have to be handled manually each workman shall be instructed by his
foreman or supervisor for the proper method of handling such materials. Each workman shall be
provided with suitable equipment for his personal safety as necessary. Supervisors shall also take
care to assign enough men to each such job depending on the weight and the distance involved.
Materials constantly in use shall be relatively nearer the place of use. Appropriate types of fire
extinguishers shall be provided at open sites where combustible materials are stored and for each
storage shed room where flammable/combustible materials are stored. For guidance regarding
selection of the appropriate types of fire extinguishers reference may be made to good practice. It
is desirable that a minimum of two extinguishers are provided at each such location.
Each workman shall be instructed for the proper method of loading and unloading from Vehicles
and provided with necessary equipment for safety. Supervisors shall ensure that the required
number of workmen based on the weight and the distance involved in each job is available and
engaged for the job. Warning signals shall be displayed to indicate that the vehicle must not be
coupled or moved while loading and unloading are carried out.
Wherever possible, manual handling tasks should be avoided, by redesigning the workplace or by
introducing mechanical equipment. If manual handling cannot be avoided, a risk assessment of the
task shall be carried out taking into consideration

CITI SCAPE Procedures:


• The task
• The load
• The working environment
• The individual’s capacity

B.11 Fire:

The outbreak of a fire on a working site, including offices, rest areas and stores can have a
devastating effect on plant , equipment, materials and can be life threatening to project personnel.
To safeguard against the potential effects of fire, an effective strategy to reduce the likelihood of
one occurring is paramount to the construction of project integrity. To minimize the potential for
any fire outbreak, stringent controls shall be applied for the use
and storage of flammable or combustible materials, Hot Work activities and the control of Smoking.

The Fire strategy adopted by CITISCAPE on the Project is to ensure that for all works, the risk of fire
outbreak shall be kept as low as is reasonably practicable.
As part of their HSE induction, all personnel will be briefed on common fire prevention best
practices and will be provided with a working knowledge of the use of Fire Extinguishers and Fire
Emergency response requirements.
As part of the overall fire management strategy, a team of trained Fire Wardens will be established
as a minimum in the ratio of one per twenty five employees ( 1:25 ) to ensure that for every working
location, including stores and offices there are always persons available with specific Fire Training.
Fire Marshalls shall be identified by the affixing of a helmet sticker.

Page 63 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

Fire Evacuation Drills will be conducted at a minimum frequency of once every 6 months throughout
the duration of the project.
The overall strategy shall be complimented by the completion of fire risk assessments for all parts
of the project site including offices and stores.

GENERAL PROJECT REQUIREMENTS

• Smoking is only to be permitted in designated areas, clearly demarked with adequate signage
and fire suppressing equipment
• The Project shall enforce a Zero Tolerance policy for violation of smoking rules
• All Fire Points, Fire Exits and Assembly Points are to be clearly signed.
• All personnel to know the location of their nearest FIRE EXITS, FIRE POINTS and ASSEMBLY
POINTS.
• Keep Fire Fighting Equipment, Fire Exits and passage-ways clear and ready for immediate use.
• Report all fire hazards to your supervisors immediately
• Anyone found tampering with fire detection / fighting equipment will be removed from the
project
• All work areas are to have dedicated Evacuation route plans posted clearly
• All personnel are required to actively maintain good housekeeping by removing combustible
scrap and debris from work areas at least once each day.
• Solvents and other flammable/combustible materials are to be stored or transported in
approved and properly labeled containers
• Shut off engines of petrol driven vehicles and other equipment before adding fuel.
• Hot Work Activities performed under Permit conditions with suitable fire precautions in place
• Chemical storage areas shall be located sufficiently far away from other structures and shall
be provided with Fire points
• All flammable materials to be stored and used in compliance with their respective MSDS
• All oily, greasy or paint soaked rags to be disposed of in approved and properly labeled metal
containers.

B.12 Fire Detection & Alarm Systems

It shall be required that all project offices and stores are fitted with smoke detectors, each
conforming to a recognized international standard.
Such smoke detectors shall be hard wired to prevent disarmament through removal of batteries.
Where possible smoke detectors shall be used in tandem with heat detectors which again shall
conform to
All fixed offices shall be fitted with fixed break glass fire alarm / call points hard wired into Fire alarm
Control Panels ( FACP’s) where possible and in all other locations either hand operated sirens or air
horns will be kept available in prominent locations such that alarm can be raised as required.
Fire alarm systems shall be tested on a weekly basis with smoke detectors inspected bi-weekly
internally and at a frequency of at least once every 3 months by a 3rd party. All such inspections shall
be recorded in the Project fire log

Page 64 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

Note: As per CITISCAPE Zero tolerance policy, the tampering with or abuse of safety devices shall
result in disciplinary action to include removal from project

B.13 Portable Fire Extinguishers:

The quantity and type of extinguishers installed shall be appropriate to the work area. They shall be
installed so that they shall not be exposed to the danger of damage by heat, corrosion, objects or
materials and shall be quickly accessible. All extinguishers shall be labeled, inspected once in a
month internally, with annual 3rd party inspection dates clearly visible.
Site offices, workshops, warehouses, generators, diesel filling areas shall be equipped with
appropriate fire extinguishers.
Locations of all Fire Points and Fire Exits shall be plotted on layout drawings and posted within the
building as the Project progresses
No one type of extinguishers can deal with all types of fire, but a general guideline is shown in
the Table below:
Class “A” Fire involving solid material usually of organic nature in which combustion
normally taken place with the formation of glowing embers: wood, paper,
textiles etc.
Class “B” Fires involving liquids or liquefiable solids: burning liquids, oil, fat, paint, etc.
Class “C” Fires involving gases
Class “D” Fires involving metals: magnesium, sodium, titanium, zirconium.
Class “ E “ Fires involving energized electrical circuits

For works on this project the following types of fire Extinguishers shall be available:

DCP Powder Fire Extinguishers– General use Fire Extinguisher for all locations
CO2 Fire Extinguishers – For Flammable liquids / Electrical Fires
Foam Fire Extinguishers – For Flammable liquids

B.14 Fire Log:

As part of the Project Emergency File, a detailed Project Fire Log shall be maintained by the HSE
Officer.
Within the Project Fire Log, records of the following shall be maintained:

Fire Extinguisher Monthly Inspections ( Internal )


Fire Extinguisher Annual Inspections ( 3rd party )
Fire Alarm Weekly testing ( Internal )
Fire Alarm Panel Inspection & Testing – quarterly ( 3rd party )
Smoke / Heat Detector Inspections – Bi Weekly ( Internal )
Smoke / Heat Detector Inspections –Quarterly ( 3rd party )
Fire Risk Assessment – (Internal)
Fire Response Drills
Evacuation Drills
Training (Internal & 3rd party)

Page 65 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

Emergency Responder Details


Fire Point / Emergency Exit / Evacuation Routes / Assembly Point Layout Drawings

Records for the Project Site, Offices and Camps shall be kept independently as part of the overall
Fire Log

B.15 Permit to Work System:

CITISCAPE shall devise and implement a Permit to Work system for the Project.
A robust Permit to Work system allows for the effective management of potentially high risk
activities where specific hazard mitigation controls are required.
The works to be conducted under Permit control shall be defined by the Health & Safety Engineer
in consultation with the Project Manager and in accordance with CLIENT and legal requirements.

All employees will be briefed on typical works conducted under Permit control during their HSE
Induction. All Construction supervision and Safety team members shall be specifically trained in
respect of their roles and responsibilities towards the Permit to Work system.

The following Permits to Work shall be used on the Project:

• Excavation Permit
• Hot Works Permit
• Cold Works Permit
• Lifting Permit

Typical Permitting Process on Project:

• The Site Manager or appointed nominee responsible for the area of works shall request Work
Permit from the HSE Officer Permit Issuing Authority.
• HSE Officer shall confirm that Method statement and Risk assessment are in place to cover
related task.
• HSE Officer shall identify safety requirements and Construction team make necessary
arrangements for work location
• HSE Officer shall conduct physical inspection of work area with Construction Manager or
nominee
• HSE Officer shall sign and issue permit if satisfied all requisite Safety precautions are in place.
• Copy of permit issued to Site team. Original kept in Permit Office
• Following completion of works, copy of Permit is brought back to Permit Issuing Authority.
• Area of works re-inspected by H & S Officer or nominee to confirm that normal working
conditions have been restored
• Permit copy and original are signed as closed by Permit issuing authority and kept on file.

B.16 Excavation and Trenching:

Page 66 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

Prior to starting any trench or excavation work, the proposed works shall be adequately assessed
and planned to ensure that they are executed safely and without risks to health and safety. The
factors to be considered include:

• A thorough survey of the area to determine the presence of any underground or overhead
services. The survey shall include a review of drawing provided by the relevant statutory
undertakings and the Employer, and a physical survey using service locating equipment.
• The nature and stability of the material being excavated and the need for temporary support
of walls and/or roof.
• Availability of water table in the surroundings, and if it will be exposed by the excavation,
consideration shall be given if it may affect the excavation stability.
• The effect of excavation of nearby structures.
• The foreseeable presence of hazardous contaminants.
• The proximity of mobile plant.
• Sloping or benching of excavation edges
• The provision of edge protection to prevent materials, plant and personnel falling into the
excavation.
• Access and egress.
• Flooding.
• Ventilation.

All excavations on Project shall be conducted under Permit to Work conditions and subject to Daily
inspections.
Following completion of any trial trenching activities, which shall be completed via manual
excavation only, permits for any excavation outside of utility free / cleared co-ordinates shall be
subject to a pre-issue checklist which requires the existence of buried services in the subject area
to be identified and requisite controls, such as manual excavation to be established.

B.17 Fall Prevention / Working at Height:

The Fall of personnel / Materials from height is the single biggest cause of Fatalities and Lost Time
Incidents in the construction Industry worldwide and in the UAE, they account for approximately
40% of recorded annual statistics. For all works on this Project, CITISCAPE shall introduce a series of
key controls to reduce the potential for such incidents. The following section identifies the basic
elements for the control of works at height

General Requirements:

• Manpower shall be kept to as low as is reasonably practicable for all works at height
• All persons required to work at height shall be assessed as medically fit to do so
• All persons required to work at heights shall receive all requisite training prior to starting
work
• A 100% fall arrest harness policy shall be adopted across the entire project

Page 67 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

• Exclusion zones with suitable barricades and signage will be created around all temporary
structures / work platforms on which overhead works may be required
• Emergency response plans shall be briefed to all
• Suitable safe means of access shall be provided for all employees required to work at height
• All working areas where a vertical fall of 2M is possible shall be protected by fixed double
guard rails
• Where guard rail systems are not possible to be erected, load tested steel wire lifelines shall
be in place affixed to suitable anchorage points
• Where a fall from height of less than 2M may be possible and such a fall may result in an
impalement injury (such as over rebar) fixed guard rails shall be in place.
• All works at height shall be adequately always supervised
• No lone working shall be permitted
• All plant / equipment designed as working platforms shall be selected on their suitability for
task (terrain, tyre type, required heights etc)
• All such equipment shall be certified by a 3rd party as mechanically sound
• All such equipment shall be inspected daily by competent person prior to use
• All such equipment will be operated by trained /certified persons only

B.18 Mobile Plant & Equipment:

• All operators shall have appropriate UAE licenses and be 3rd party certified for the class of
vehicle / type of equipment operated
• All equipment shall be 3rd party inspected and certified as required by legislation
• All plant / equipment shall be inspected prior to mobilization and shall have a Project
Inspection sticker affixed
• All drivers / operators shall complete a daily pre-use inspection of their equipment
• Any equipment with identified deficiencies shall be removed from service
• All mobile plant shall be fitted with audible reverse alarms
• All mobile plant shall be fitted with rotating flashing roof lights / beacons
• No mobile equipment shall be permitted to carry passengers unless cabs are fitted with
passenger seats
• All operators shall be required to wear seat belts if fitted
• All mobile plant shall be fitted with fire extinguishers
• Reversing plant / equipment shall be escorted / guided by trained banksmen
• All drivers / operators shall be required to wear full PPE when outside of cab
• All mobile plant / equipment shall be switched off with keys removed when driver / operator
leaves the cab
• Use of mobile phones whilst operating plant / equipment shall be prohibited
• All loads shall be adequately secured
• Only approved and certified lifting attachments shall be permitted to be used on the project
All plant and equipment used by either CITISCAPE or its subcontractors shall be included in a
program of planned preventative maintenance in line with both statutory requirements (in respect

Page 68 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

of maintenance, inspection and certification) and the respective plant or equipment manufacturers'
recommendations.
To facilitate this maintenance, Citiscape shall establish workshop facilities at its project offices.
Workshop facilities shall be established in accordance with the Site temporary facilities Method
Statement and managed by the Plant Supervisor.
All such maintenance shall be performed by competent persons. Records of all equipment
maintenance shall be kept for audit purposes

B.19 Road Traffic Safety:

19.1 Transport of Project Personnel:


General Rules:

• All persons driving vehicles or supervising activities involving vehicle movements must be
subject to competency checks to ensure that they have the necessary training, experience
and qualification required.
• Vehicle access to the main site shall be restricted to vehicles required for construction work
and deliveries. Other vehicles that shall be permitted to enter construction areas are those
such as plant service & repair or similar activates if carrying material and only with the
agreement of the H&S Officer/CITISCAPE Management.
• Circulation of mobile equipment and pedestrians must be separated by segregated areas,
one-way routes where possible, pedestrian crossing zones and designated parking areas, and
be made visible through signage and delineation zoning or barriers when necessary.
• Vehicle drivers (when outside of their vehicle) and pedestrians shall wear high visibility
clothes and all other Site Mandatory PPE´s.
• Where there is no segregation of traffic, all people not directly involved in the work of the
operating vehicle shall maintain a safety distance of at least 2 meters from the vehicle.
• Traffic rules must be made visible through signage and traffic signs (such as stop, give way,
speed limits, parking areas, access prohibited, junctions, pedestrian crossings, vehicle
crossings, blind corners, steep gradient, road works) and consistent with those used on public
roads of the country.
• All vehicles on the construction site shall require a flashing light and audible reversing devices.
• All vehicles on site with restricted rear vision shall be fitted with visual and audible warning
devices and must reverse with the aid of a banksman.
• Vehicles such as excavators must be fitted with rear convex mirrors or CCTV and demonstrate
good all-round vision.
• Personnel shall not travel on external parts of a working vehicle, (when not intended to by
design) on the side or on top in any manner. Mobile working equipment, firefighting and
ambulances must not be used for transportation of personnel other than those uses for which
the equipment is intended.
• When driving a forklift, forks must be lowered, the mast tilted back, and seatbelt shall be
fastened.
When the vehicle is parked, it must be ensured that:

Page 69 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

➢ The engine is stopped with starter key removed, brake applied and with wheels chocked for
heavy vehicles (or other equivalent measure as described in the manufacturer’s instructions)
➢ All raised parts are lowered to the ground (like forks) or put in a safe position (cranes)
➢ No parked vehicle is obstructing emergency exits, other routes, fire equipment or electricity
panels.
➢ Reverse parking will be preferred, and signs will be posted for reinforcement.

B.20 Material transportation:

Material transportation is to be done by vehicles designed for that purpose only.

20.1 Vehicle condition & documents:

All project assigned vehicles shall be maintained in a good state of repair and comply with all
applicable UAE legislation. Copies of relevant documentation (insurance, registration etc) shall be
always kept with vehicles and available for inspection by authorities.

20.2 Drivers / operators:

All Drivers / Operators used on the project shall be in possession of valid UAE driving licenses for
the class of vehicle they are operating.
All drivers will undergo in house defensive driver awareness training.
All plant operators shall be required to have 3rd party certification specific to the class of plant they
are operating, in addition to valid UAE driving licenses.
Their health shall be regularly checked and records maintained.

B.21 Maintenance & Inspection of vehicles:

• An inspection shall be made by the operator before the vehicle is taken from the garage or
store area to begin a day’s work. Drivers and operators shall inspect vehicles / equipment
before the start of their shift as per the checklists elaborated under Form and checklist,
operator shall report immediately any damage to, or failure of parts and accessories.
Standard equipment shall be on the vehicles at all times.
• Vehicles shall not be fuelled from open can or by the other makeshift methods, as there is a
great danger of flash fire from hot engines.
• Engines shall be shut off while fuelling.

B.22 Portable Hand Tools / Power Tools Safety:

The following sections detail the generally accepted best practices that shall be enforced on the
Project. CITI SCAPE shall, in addition to the routine STARRT briefings and Tool box talks, conduct
specific training related to the safe use of hand / power tools as required.

Page 70 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

Hand Tools – General Rules:

• Do not continue to work if your safety glasses become fogged; stop work and clean the
glasses until the lenses are clear and defogged.
• Use tied off containers to keep tools from falling off of scaffolds and other elevated work
platforms.
• Carry all sharp tools in a sheath or holster
• Tag worn, damaged or defective tools "Out of Service" and do not use them.
• Do not use a tool if its handle has splinters, burrs, cracks, splits or if the head of the tool is
loose.
• Do not use impact tools such as hammers, chisels, punches or steel stakes that have
mushroomed heads.
• When handing a tool to another person, direct sharp points and cutting edges away from
yourself and the other person.
• When using knives, shears or other cutting tools, cut in a direction away from your body.
• Do not chop at heights above your head when you are working with a hand axe.
• Do not perform "make-shift" repairs to tools.
• Do not carry tools in your hand when you are climbing; carry tools in tool belts or hoist the
tools to the work area using a hand line.
• Do not throw tools from one location to another, from one employee to another, from
scaffolds or other elevated platforms.
• Transport hand tools only in toolboxes or tool belts; do not carry tools in your clothing.

Electrically Powered Tools – General Rules:

• Do not use power equipment or tools on which you have not been trained.
• Keep power cords away from the path of drills, saws, vacuum cleaners, floor polishers,
mowers, slickers, knives, grinders, irons and presses.
• Do not use cords that have splices, exposed wires, or cracked or frayed ends.
• Do not carry plugged in equipment or tools with your finger on the switch.
• Do not carry equipment or tools by the cord.
• Disconnect the tool from the outlet by pulling on the plug, not the cord.
• Do not handle or operate electrical tools when your hands are wet or when you are standing
on wet floors.
• Only operate spark inducing tools such as grinders under Hot Work Permit control and in
combustible material free areas.
• Only authorized and trained persons may complete repairs or services to power tools
• Turn off the electrical tool and unplug it from the outlet before attempting repairs or service
work.
• All damaged tools should be removed from use and tagged " Damaged – Do Not Use".
• Only use Power tools with approved plugs
• Do not plug multiple electrical cords into a single outlet.
• Do not run extension cords through doorways, through holes in ceilings, walls or floors.
• Do not drive over, drag, step on or place objects on a cord.

Page 71 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

• Do not stand in water or on wet surfaces when operating power hand tools or portable
electrical appliances.
• Do not operate a power hand tool or portable appliance that has a frayed, worn, cut,
improperly spliced or damaged power cord.

B. 23 Electrical Safety:

Electricity is a versatile energy, but it has to be safely used. Failure to take precaution
against electrical hazards may result in injuries or property damage or both. Control of electrical
hazards is neither difficult nor expensive but ignoring them may lead to serious accidents such as
electric shocks and electrical burns which can or may prove fatal.

23.1 Electrical shock:

Flow of electrical current through human body is the cause of electrical shock. Voltage, resistance
of the body to electricity, and time of current flow are important. Alternating current (AC) causes
involuntary grip, which prolongs time of contact, and therefore is more dangerous.
The electrical current flows through nerves, muscles causing disturbances their normal functions. If
its path is through the heart the accident can be fatal.
A person may fall from height as he may lose his balance on receiving shock.

23.2 Electrical burn:

Burns are caused by electrical flashes if a body part comes within flashing distance of a high voltage
current.

Burns may be caused due to short circuit also. Short circuit may lead to Electrical fires causing burns.

General Requirements for Electrical works on Project:

• Only trained and qualified persons may work on, near or with energized electrical supply
installations.
• All electrical circuits are to be treated as live unless suitable tested as otherwise
• No employee shall work near energized power circuits unless they are protected from shocks
by the circuit being de-energized or suitably insulated or earthed
• No manual excavation works may be permitted in areas of electrical cables unless employees
are wearing insulated protective gloves
• Electrical panels shall be kept closed and locked at all times unless being worked on by a
qualified electrician
• All electrical tools shall be in good working condition and regularly inspected
• GFIC (Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters) shall be provided and used on site for all outdoor
power feed units and regularly inspected
• No ‘hot works shall be permitted on any system rated at 50V or more

Page 72 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

• Suitable Fire Extinguishers shall be provided for all temporary site distribution panel locations
• All electrical installations shall be routinely inspected by a competent person
• For any ‘Hot Works’ suitable permitting shall be in place with First Aiders available

Testing and Inspection of Portable Electric Apparatus:

All portable electrical apparatus is subject to a regular test and inspection procedure by Electrical
Department. If it is found safe for service then it is tagged accordingly.
Only equipment bearing a current validity shall be used.
The frequency of testing and inspection is determined by the Electrical Engineer who shall take
suitable account of duty and environment in deciding the frequency.
Portable electrical apparatus, by nature of its mobility is vulnerable to mechanical damage. Its safety
is therefore the responsibility of all who might wish to use it. Such equipment should be handled
with care to avoid unnecessary damage. Users should periodically check each item visually to ensure
that it is serviceable (e.g., that it is free of corrosion, that there is no outward sign of mechanical
damage to the appliance, the flexible cable or the plug). It is the responsibility of the user to report
any apparent defects to his supervisor.

B. 24 Hazardous Material:

• All causes of ignition shall be prohibited in areas where flammable and combustible liquids
and gases are stored and handled. Suitable no smoking signs shall be posted in such areas.
• Enough fire extinguishers of adequate capacities shall be made available in stores, offices,
caravans, etc. and where LPG/HFL material is present or where any welding or cutting is being
carried out.
• Adequate ventilation shall be provided.
• Containers shall be kept tightly capped.
• Access shall only be available to authorized persons.
• Gas cylinders are to be protected from extremes of temperature and damage.
• All gas cylinders shall be kept outside where applicable and all gas appliances are to be
properly fitted with taps. Jubilee clips or crimped fittings shall be used for properly securing
the connections with the gas pipes or tubes.
• All gas cylinders should be fitted with adequate safety guards.
• Color Gas Warning notices shall be displayed on all caravans’ huts, etc. which are equipped
with gas appliances especially when these appliances are in use.
• All oxygen and acetylene regulators shall be fitted with flashback arrestors.

B. 25 Environmental Hazards Monitoring:

During project execution CITISCAPE is committed to protect environment in accordance with


applicable legislation and protect personnel involved in the project site activities including own
employees, employees of sub-contractors and community from the effect of environmental hazard
effect.
• Due to construction and other activities being taken up on project site can generate dust,
debris, waste & harmful garbage that may carry microorganism (food waste).

Page 73 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

• Following environmental hazards associated with project execution activities can cause
adverse effect on the personnel involved in the activities on project site.

25.1 The following activities can generate “DUST HAZARD” on project site:

• Surface cleaning to prepare for repair / painting of new construction.


• Removal floor covering.
• Ducting for electrical work in ceiling.
• Cabling.
• Vehicle movement

25.2 Control Measures for “Dust Hazard”:

• Water spray.
• Spreading gavels, on roads wherever vehicle / equipment movement is frequent.
• Controlling vehicle speed limit on project site internal movement (20 Km/hr).
• Use of dust mask, filter cartridge respirator mask.
• Regular area monitoring.

25.3 The following activities on project site can generate “NOISE HAZARD”

• Use of machinery, equipment’s, tools.


• Vehicle movement. Mobile equipment.
• Use of vibrators,
• Generator, welding machine and other rotating machine operation on site.

25.4 Control Measures for “Noise Hazard”.

• Regular inspection of the vehicle, mobile equipment’s and machinery.


• Proper lubrication, repairing, servicing greasing of the equipments
• Proper barricading of workshop. Area.
• Selection of standard machine / equipment confirming to standards which give low noise.
• Usage of PPE like earmuffs / ear plugs.
• Regular monitoring of noise level in project site activity area.

25.5 The following activities on project site can cause “SOIL CONTAMINATION HAZARD”:
• Leak / spill during storage, transportation, fueling the vehicles, equipment’s, generators,
welding machines.
• Leak from generators / welding machines / portable diesel / petrol operating machines,
unloading of the diesel from tanker to storage tank.

25.6 Control Measure for “Soil Contamination Hazards”:

Page 74 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

• Proper storage area for fuel tank, Concrete flooring with containment bund wall with rain
water drain valve.
• Drip pan / Spill tray below all generator / welding machine, / Oil drum storage area.
• Portable fueling tanks for fueling crawler cranes, generators, welding machines on various
locations at project site area.
• Standard fueling pump at fuel storage tank to fill diesel in vehicles, mobile equipments.
• Regular monitoring of the fuel storage area by competent person.
• Regular monitoring / inspection / maintenance of the fueling equipments, hose etc.

B.26 Noise & Vibration:

Noise and vibration levels resulting from construction activities have a potentially detrimental
health effect on both the work force, stakeholders and members of the public and can also be of
considerable nuisance value. To combat these effects, the works shall be adequately controlled in
accordance with applicable legislation.

Ambient Noise levels shall be kept to within acceptable tolerances as detailed below:

Allowable Limits for Noise Levels ( dB )


Location Day Night
( 7am – 8 pm ) ( 8pm – 7am )
Residential Areas with Light Traffic 40-50 30-40
Residential Areas in the Downtown 45-55 35-45
Residential Areas which include some
workshops, commercial business or 50-60 40-50
residential areas near highways
Commercial Areas and downtown 55-65 45-55
Industrial Areas (Heavy Industry) 60-70 50-60

• Work Methods and plant used shall be selected to limit noise and vibration levels
• Contractor shall erect and maintain hoardings / temporary fencing to act as a noise barrier
where required.
• Barriers, hoarding and fencing shall comply with applicable legislation
• All plant and equipment shall be subject to a regime of planned preventative maintenance to
ensure noise level are kept as low as is reasonably practicable
• Noise and Vibration levels shall be monitored using calibrated and appropriate British
standard compliant monitoring equipment with records maintained
• Contractor shall wherever possible substitute plant and equipment used if it is unable to
adequately annul any unnecessary disturbances caused by excessive noise or vibration.
• All workers required to use / operate noisy equipment shall be suitably trained and provided
with and be required to wear suitable hearing protection.
• To help prevent instances of Hand Arm Vibration syndrome developing, all workers required
to work with vibrating tools shall be frequently job rotated to reduce vibration exposure

Page 75 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

times and allow for recovery. In addition, they shall be fully trained in the identification of
symptoms and be always provided with suitable PPE

B.27 Illumination:

During poor day lighting it is difficult to work, however it is still possible to perform certain activities
only is proper illumination is provided. Site lighting is always necessary if work is being carried out
in project site area shafts, enclosed stairways/ enclosed storage area. Apart from permitting
workers to see, adequate lighting helps to reduce potential hazards & it safeguards men, machinery
and material and makes for efficient, economic production. Sight lighting must be sufficient, well
planned, of the right type and in the right place for it to be more effective.

• Illumination level: Illumination levels on any part of a site can easily be checked visually by
daily observation the level of illumination required to provide the visibility in which work can
be carried out without any risk or fatigue.
• While planning for site lighting the effect of dust / dirt depreciation, low contrast areas must
be taken care of.
• The purpose of area lighting shall be to produce a level of illumination sufficient for men and
vehicles/equipments to move safely.
• Every part of the area shall receive light from at least two directions to prevent dense
shadows.
• Area lightings must be mounted on poles, towers or static crane towers moving supports are
not acceptable at all.
• If two lights are very far away from each other, illumination shall be patchy, confusing, and
ineffective.
• Beam flood lights are used to give concentrated light over an area from a relatively far
distance.
• Narrow beam flood is only used on sites with large open areas and they are usually mounted
on temporary tower at least 30m high.
• Narrow beam light to be mounted as high as possible and beam to be directed down wards
on the work to reduce glaring hazards as far as possible.
• Lightings shall be spaced to provide an even spread of light.

• Lights shall be arranged on the TC mast and boom, fixed light posts, and movable light posts
• Light intensity shall be managed in a way not to cause vision disturbance.
• All points of exit, pathways and muster pointes shall be clearly illuminated.
• Ladder access and egress shall be clearly illuminated.
• Tower lighting shall be sited to illuminate the whole area where work is being done
• Generators shall be inspected prior to use to ensure they meet the standards.

Cables employed for the purpose of temporary lighting shall be routed to ensure that they do not
present a trip hazard or other obstruction.

B.28 Signs and Barricades:

Page 76 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

The primary function of signs and barricades to be employed on the Project is to assist in the
identification, communication and isolation of hazards that may otherwise affect the workforce,
other stakeholders or members of the public. The requirements of Client HSE procedures shall be
adhered to:

28.1 Signs:

• Used to provide information and or instruction according to the following groups:

Prohibition (eg: No smoking)


Mandatory (eg: Wear PPE beyond this point)
Warning (eg: Deep Excavation)
Safe Condition (eg: Emergency Exit )
Fire (eg: Fire point)

• Care shall be taken to establish suitable location and number of signs of the appropriate size
to suitably inform the intended information recipients.
• Site signage shall be prepared in English, Arabic and applicable other languages as
determined by the workforce
• Suitable arrangements for the repair, maintenance and cleaning of all signage shall be
established

28.2 Barricades:

• Shall be established to isolate / identify hazards or suitable prevent access to the areas where
hazards exist.
• May consist of soft barriers or hard barriers ( eg: hazard tape / fixed railing systems )
• Hard barriers only shall be used for edge protection for excavations or floor penetrations
• Guard rails systems may be either of wooden or metal construction and in either case be
capable of withstanding a 200lb 0r 90.7kg force from any direction.
• Barriers shall be always sited sufficiently far away from the immediate hazard and the
required distance will be dependent upon the nature of the hazard
• Barricades shall suitably enclose the hazard to prevent unauthorized access to the area.
• Suitable lighting / flashing beacons shall be established for barricades used to warn of
hazards that may exist after dark
• Barricades will be established in conjunction with appropriate warning signage.

B.29 Office Safety:

Slips, trips and falls account for most of the accidents in offices, many of them when staff are moving
or carrying loads. They happen because of the condition of floors, poor lighting, or untidiness.
Taking note of the following points can easily prevent such accidents:
• Do not allow trailing leads to create a tripping hazard.
• Do clear up spills quickly.

Page 77 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

• Do replace or repair torn or damaged floor coverings.


• Do provide handrails on stairways and ensure stairs are well lit.
• Do not block passageways or corridors.
• Do not run in the building.

Basic Office Requirements:

The basic office requirements to promote good working conditions and safety are as follows:
• Suitable toilets should be provided for all employees. The toilets should be kept clean and in
good order.
• Hot and cold running water should be provided, together with soap and towels, or some
other means of drying like hot air blowers, these are considered to be more hygienic.
• A suitable supply of good drinking water should be supplied.
• The temperature in rooms where people work sitting down should be maintained at 23C.
• The workplace should be always kept clean.
• Adequate light, preferably natural light, should be provided to prevent problems associated
with eye fatigue.
• A minimum space of 11 cubic metres should be provided for each person permanently
occupying a workplace.
• General ergonomic requirements are to be adhered to by way of HSE risk assessment.
• Noise levels should not exceed 55 db.

B.30 Site Security;

• Security Access shall have security personnel full time on site while works were being carried
out (24h).
• Suitable fence is installed around the site where it is not already in place.
• The only entrance to the site will be through the security gate.
• The security gate will be kept either locked or manned by security personnel at all time.
• Randomly all staff will be subject to alcohol and drug testing.
• Any plant and machinery to be delivered/removed at/from site will be authorized after
CITISCAPE or Security inspection.
• All private cars are subject to security inspections.
• All entry/exit of any employee, visitor or vehicle shall be recorded and records kept.

B.31 APPENDICES

Page 78 of 79
Ref: CIT.DS.HSEP.23
HEALTH, SAFETY AND Rev.00
ENVIRONMENT PLAN Date: 05.07.2023

DOC. NO. Document Title Form/Template Owner


001 Daily H&S Report
002 H&S Induction Register
003 Methods Statement Briefing form
004 Permit Register
005 PPE Records
006 Site Visitors Register
007 Hot Works Permit
008 HSE Audit Form
009 Tool Box Record
010 Risk Assessment Register
011 First Internal Violation Notice
012 Second Warning Fine
013 Induction Attendance Certificate
014 Permit To Excavate

Page 79 of 79
Landscape, Dog Park, and Multipurpose Play area Works for Al Furjan Districts 1 - 6

Annexure 2

Emergency plan & Fire


Safety Plan

Technical Proposal
Landscape, Dog Park, and
Multipurpose Play area Works for Al
Furjan Districts 1 - 6
Document No: Revision: 00
CIT.DPMPWA.HSEP.2023 Fire & Emergency Plan
Date: 06 July 2023

FIRE AND EMERGENCY


PLAN

PREPARED REVIEWED APPROVED

Waqas Muhammad Sadiq Mohamad Al Sheikh Pooviah Authithan


HSEM Construction Manager Project Manager

Revision: 0
Fire & Emergency Plan Date : July 2023
Issue No: 00 Page : Page 1 of 21
Landscape, Dog Park, and
Multipurpose Play area Works for Al
Furjan Districts 1 - 6
Document No: Revision: 00
CIT.DPMPWA.HSEP.2023 Fire & Emergency Plan
Date: 06 July 2023

Table of Contents:

No. Title Page

01 Introduction 3

02 Scope 3

03 Emergency Scenarios 3

04 Abbreviations 3

05 Emergency Response Team 4

06 Emergency Procedure Flow Chart 6

07 Note when reporting an emergency 6

08 Fire Fighter Training and Duties 6

09 The Defined Role For Each Member of ERT 6-8

10 Visitors Control 9

11 Local Emergency Numbers 9

12 Emergency Preparedness 9-20

13 Emergency Control Centre 20

14 Emergency Evacuation and Assembly Point 20

15 EMERGENCY CONTROL MOCK DRILL / TRIAL EXERCISE 21

16 Emergency Evacuation Diagram Plan

Revision: 0
Fire & Emergency Plan Date : July 2023
Issue No: 00 Page : Page 2 of 21
Landscape, Dog Park, and
Multipurpose Play area Works for Al
Furjan Districts 1 - 6
Document No: Revision: 00
CIT.DPMPWA.HSEP.2023 Fire & Emergency Plan
Date: 06 July 2023

1. INTRODUCTION

This plan defines the procedures to follow when an emergency occurs on Landscape,
Dog Park, and Multipurpose Play area Works for Al Furjan Districts 1 – 6 to
minimize injury to people, damage to the environment, damage to assets and harm to
CITISCAPE and CONTRACTOR reputation.
Proper preparation helps ensure safety and survival. A written emergency response or
action plan is the best preparation tool for handling emergencies.

2. SCOPE

The scope of this plan covers all the CIT/CONTRACTORS construction site locations.
This procedure is prepared & implemented in line with the CITISCAPE emergency
response procedure & Emergency Response Team and covers detailed steps of response
for various identified Emergency Scenarios within Al Furjan Districts 1-6.

EMERGENCY SCENARIOS

The types of Undesired Event and the level of seriousness, which would constitute an
emergency scenario in the PROJECT, are:

▪ Fire
▪ Explosion
▪ Medical Emergency
▪ Environmental Pollution
▪ Vehicular Accident
▪ Electrocution
▪ Sandstorm
▪ Earthquake
▪ Bomb Scare/Threat
▪ Flood
▪ Emergency due to an emergency situation inside the operational carpark

3. ABBREVIATIONS

ECC Emergency Control Centre


ERT Emergency Response Team
HSE Health, Safety and Environment

Revision: 0
Fire & Emergency Plan Date : July 2023
Issue No: 00 Page : Page 3 of 21
Landscape, Dog Park, and
Multipurpose Play area Works for Al
Furjan Districts 1 - 6
Document No: Revision: 00
CIT.DPMPWA.HSEP.2023 Fire & Emergency Plan
Date: 06 July 2023

05.EMERGENCY RESPONSE TEAM (ERT)

5.1 EMERGENCY CONTACT DETAILS

ROLE IN ERT POSITION NAME CONTACT NO.


TEAM LEADER PROJECT MANAGER Pooviah Authithan 055 700 6670

ADMINISTRATOR Dept. HSEM Waqas Md Sadiq 055 800 4325

SITE INCHARGE Construction Manager Mohamad Al Sheikh 055 700 6779

HSEO Safety Officer Mansoor Ali 055 700 6614

Nurse TBA TBA

First Aider First Aider Mansoor Ali 055 700 6614

Emergency Vehicle Driver Mohamad Ilyas 055 700 6529

Revision: 0
Fire & Emergency Plan Date : July 2023
Issue No: 00 Page : Page 4 of 21
Landscape, Dog Park, and
Multipurpose Play area Works for Al
Furjan Districts 1 - 6
Document No: Revision: 00
CIT.DPMPWA.HSEP.2023 Fire & Emergency Plan
Date: 06 July 2023

6. EMERGENCY PROCEDURE FLOWCHART

Accident/Incident

Engineer/Foreman

First Aider/Nurse
Safety Officer/Engineer

Call Emergency Notify Security


Police Required?
Service

Consultant/Client
To notify Project Manager

HSE Department

OD/GM

Revision: 0
Fire & Emergency Plan Date : July 2023
Issue No: 00 Page : Page 5 of 21
Landscape, Dog Park, and
Multipurpose Play area Works for Al
Furjan Districts 1 - 6
Document No: Revision: 00
CIT.DPMPWA.HSEP.2023 Fire & Emergency Plan
Date: 06 July 2023

7. NOTE WHEN REPORTING AN EMERGENCY, GIVE THE FOLLOWING


INFORMATION:

▪ Exact nature of the emergency (describe as clearly and accurately as


possible).
▪ Exact location or building, floor, and area or department.
▪ Your full name.
▪ Do not hang up, as additional information may be needed.

8. FIRE FIGHTER TRAINING AND DUTIES

Firefighting team should initiate the action for controlling the fire. They are the
trained fire fighters having knowledge of various types of fires. Their sole
responsibility is to assist the ERT in the event of fire emergency procedures, and to
ensure that the following are being maintained daily:

• Fire escapes are clear of obstructions.


• Emergency service vehicle routes are clear.
• Fire points are clear and extinguishers in place.
• All flammable gases / materials are correctly stored.
• Rubbish is not accumulated.
• Assist the response team with any other duties, which may arise.

9. THE DEFINED ROLE FOR EACH MEMBER OF ERT:

9.1 Team Leader


Project Manager has been identified as the “Emergency Response Team Leader”. In
his absence, Assistant Team Leader will be identified as the alternate Emergency
Response Team Leader.

▪ Sets the objectives and priorities.


▪ Is responsible for all site control of the Emergency situation.
▪ Acts as the single point of contact with the project site.
▪ Makes decisions on all actions to be taken.
▪ Maintains contact with CITISCAPE Head Office & COMPANY.
▪ All people on the Emergency Response Team report to him.
▪ The sole point of contact for receiving notification of Emergencies.
▪ Must be available on base during office hours and have phone contacts
during periods out with normal office hours.

Revision: 0
Fire & Emergency Plan Date : July 2023
Issue No: 00 Page : Page 6 of 21
Landscape, Dog Park, and
Multipurpose Play area Works for Al
Furjan Districts 1 - 6
Document No: Revision: 00
CIT.DPMPWA.HSEP.2023 Fire & Emergency Plan
Date: 06 July 2023

9.2 Assistant Team Leader

HSE Manager will be the Assistant Team Leader; he will carry out the duties of
Team Leader in his absence.

▪ Coordinate all the activities.


▪ Provide support and information needed by Emergency Control Team Manager /
Members.
▪ Co-ordinate with and guide the Abu Dhabi Fire Brigade Team on arrival at the
site, through the site roads.
▪ Provide guidance / assistance in starting Trailer mounted Fire water pump (if
required)
▪ Function as the facilitator of the site team investigating on the causes of the
incident so that such incidents are not repeated in future.
▪ Ensure the proper proceedings of EMERGENCY operation.

9.3 Administrator

Construction Manager will act as the administrator in an emergency scenario. He


keeps the list of persons who are on duty during the shift, with a view to facilitate
Roll Call at Assembly Points.

▪ Responsible for confirming evacuation of all people on Project and facilities,


communicating with line managers to ensure the evacuation of Project, and
coordinating all logistics needs such as transport etc.
▪ Responsible for establishing and coordinating all communication with the
relevant regulatory agencies (such as police, civil defense, medical & rescue
agencies).
▪ Arranges all the welfare activities required at the time of emergency.
▪ Organize to use Public Address system to warn the local population about the
emergency and actions to be taken by them, for example: - “DO NOT PANIC” or
“STAY INDOORS” or “FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS OF CITISACAPE
▪ ” or “WAIT FOR INSTRUCTIONS”
▪ Facilitate effective Public Relations with a view to contain / prevent
misinformation about the incident.

Revision: 0
Fire & Emergency Plan Date : July 2023
Issue No: 00 Page : Page 7 of 21
Landscape, Dog Park, and
Multipurpose Play area Works for Al
Furjan Districts 1 - 6
Document No: Revision: 00
CIT.DPMPWA.HSEP.2023 Fire & Emergency Plan
Date: 06 July 2023

9.4 Site in charge

Engineer will be the Site in Charge in time of Crisis.

▪ Responsible for providing technical support, advice and information to the


emergency worksite in accordance with the nature of the emergency and their
relevant area of experience.
▪ Switched off the power in order to control emergency.
▪ Facilitate conducting “ROLL CALL” of site personnel by checking against Head
count in coordination with the administrator.
▪ Provide advice on and initiate technical corrective actions depending on the type
of emergency.
▪ Give instructions to discontinue / shutdown operations in a planned phased
manner.
▪ Render necessary support services to the Project Manager.

9.5 Safety Officer

Safety Officer will be the security and responsible for:

▪ The main function of his team is to cordon off the site and control the mob. The
team members also help the firefighting team. The team members should
guide external agencies like Fire Brigade to the place of emergency.
▪ Ensuring that electricians isolate the electric source of the area of emergency.
▪ Make sure that plant and machineries do not obstruct the movement of Fire
Brigade vehicles, Ambulances, etc.
▪ Make sure that all plant and machineries are shut down.

9.6 First Aider

The team members should know how to give the first aid. Their main function is to
give first-aid till the victims get external medical help.

10. VISITOR CONTROL

▪ All visitors must report to the Security Station.


▪ The guard shall proceed the following.
▪ To request identification.
▪ To request visitor’s signature in the Visitor’s Register.
▪ To request the name of the person that the visitor wishes to visit.
▪ All visitors shall be provided with appropriate PPE, and will be inducted in HSE
Office.
▪ Attend the Project Safety Induction
▪ Follow the site emergency procedure

Revision: 0
Fire & Emergency Plan Date : July 2023
Issue No: 00 Page : Page 8 of 21
Landscape, Dog Park, and
Multipurpose Play area Works for Al
Furjan Districts 1 - 6
Document No: Revision: 00
CIT.DPMPWA.HSEP.2023 Fire & Emergency Plan
Date: 06 July 2023

11. LOCAL EMERGENCY NUMBERS:

RELEVANT AUTHORITY
AUTHORITY TELEPHONE NUMBER
Ambulance 998

General Directorate of Abu Dhabi Police 999


Fire 997
DEWA 991

DUBAI MUNCIPALITY 800900

DUBAI HOSPITAL 04 219 5000

RASHID HOSPITAL 04 219 2000

FIRE STATION, AL MARSA DUBAI 04 7052623

12. EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS

Description

To function effectively and efficiently during emergencies, the following actions should be
taken immediately:

12.1 On discovering a fire:

1. Remain calm – Assess the situation.


2. Immediately call for help and report location of fire to any of ERT as per site
procedures.
3. Activate fire alarm/call point or shout “Fire” and ensure someone is sent to
summon the ERT.
4. Alert others; move everyone away from area of fire.
5. Use fire extinguisher on small fires ONLY if it is safe to do so. Ensure that
you are using appropriate fire extinguishers for the type of fire.

Class A – solid materials (ordinary combustibles)


Class B – flammable liquids
Class C – Electrical
Class D – Combustible metals

Use dry chemical powders on A, B, C type fires Fire extinguishers have limited
operation time – 8 to 10 seconds.
Revision: 0
Fire & Emergency Plan Date : July 2023
Issue No: 00 Page : Page 9 of 21
Landscape, Dog Park, and
Multipurpose Play area Works for Al
Furjan Districts 1 - 6
Document No: Revision: 00
CIT.DPMPWA.HSEP.2023 Fire & Emergency Plan
Date: 06 July 2023

Fire Extinguisher Instructions: PASS

1. PULL safety pin from handle.


2. AIM (nozzle, cone, and horn) at base of fire.
3. SQUEEZE the trigger handle.
4. SWEEP from side to side (watch for re-flash).
5. For larger fires or if there is any danger, leave immediately.
6. Keep doors and windows shut to confine fire as much as possible and reduce the
supply of oxygen.
7. If clothing catches fire, STOP, DROP, ROLL.
8. Make your way to the ASSEMBLY POINT and report to your leader. The leaders
will conduct a role call and report back to the Fire Coordinators.

12.2 On hearing the alarm:

1. Turn off any equipment, which, if left on, may become a source of danger
2. Leave the premises by the shortest safest route.
3. Stay low when moving through smoke; walk down to the ground floor and exit.
4. Report immediately to your leader at the correct allocated ASSEMBLY POINT.
5. Do not leave the Assembly Point until you have been checked as present and
given full instruction to leave the area.
6. Do not return to area until instructed to do so by emergency personnel.

12.3 FIRE IN OFFICE/ ROOM

1. Try to put out fire only if it is small and tame, if not proceed to nearest safe exit
2. Disconnect Electrical connections
3. Place cloth material around / under door to prevent smoke from entering.
4. Move back. Close as many doors as possible between you and the fire.
5. Be prepared to signal from window but DO NOT BREAK GLASS unless absolutely
necessary (outside smoke may be drawn in).
6. If caught in smoke, Drop to hands and knees and crawl or crouch low with head
15 to 20" above floor, watching the base of the wall as you go.
7. Hold your breath as much as possible; breathe shallowly through nose using
clothing as filter.
8. If forced to advance through flames, hold your breath. Move quickly, covering
head and hair.
9. Keep head down and close eyes as often as possible.

Revision: 0
Fire & Emergency Plan Date : July 2023
Issue No: 00 Page : Page 10 of 21
Landscape, Dog Park, and
Multipurpose Play area Works for Al
Furjan Districts 1 - 6
Document No: Revision: 00
CIT.DPMPWA.HSEP.2023 Fire & Emergency Plan
Date: 06 July 2023

12.4 ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN IN CASE OF ELECTROCUTION

On observing victim:

▪ Call for help.


▪ Disconnect the current supply immediately.
▪ Do not touch the electrocuted victim with bare hands.
▪ If possible, drag the individual or separate him with the help of wooden stick.
▪ While tackling this accident, make sure you are wearing safety shoes/rubber sole
shoes, if not stand on wooden platform or rubber/synthetic mat.
▪ If victim is breathing keep him as such and call for medical assistance.
▪ If victim is not breathing, give him artificial breathing.
▪ Provide resuscitation or artificial breathing device.

12.5 ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN IN CASE OF SPILLAGE OF PETROCHEMICAL/OIL ON SOIL:

▪ The individual responsible for, or who discovers the petrochemical spillage/Oil


spillage (here in after referred as Spillage), shall report the incident to the ERT
Team Leader immediately.
▪ The Team Leader and his team in consultation with the concerned parties will assess
the problem and act as required.
▪ In all cases immediate response is to control /contain the spillage; apply Peat sorbs.
▪ All the details of the petrochemical/oil spillage and remediation actions shall be
recorded.

12.6 VEHICULAR ACCIDENT:

If in any case such as collision of plant and machineries,

▪ Inform ERT immediately


▪ Security Team will cordon the area.
▪ Put flagman till the area is cleared.
▪ If Driver not injured
▪ Driver if not injured or has sustained minor injury, then the driver shall switch
off the engine, open the door if possible, come out of cabin, if passengers are
present, and assess the condition.
▪ Provide necessary help to prevent further aggravation.
▪ Help them to come out of vehicle if they are not injured.
▪ If serious injury is sustained, then do not disturb.
▪ Contact emergency number 999 and give correct information such as your
name, company, from where you are speaking, what kind of help you need e.g.
ambulance, fire engine etc.,
▪ Inform local office and other local person on head office.

Revision: 0
Fire & Emergency Plan Date : July 2023
Issue No: 00 Page : Page 11 of 21
Landscape, Dog Park, and
Multipurpose Play area Works for Al
Furjan Districts 1 - 6
Document No: Revision: 00
CIT.DPMPWA.HSEP.2023 Fire & Emergency Plan
Date: 06 July 2023

If any Passenger not injured

▪ If the passengers have sustained minor injury they should come out of vehicle
and check the condition of others.
▪ Render necessary help to prevent aggravation.
▪ Do not disturb if driver and other co-passengers are severely injured.
▪ Communicate to emergency number and local office.
▪ Wait till medical assistance is obtained.

12.7 MEDICAL EMERGENCY:

12.7.1 Any person witnessing a medical emergency.

▪ In case of any Medical Emergency, the first person to witness shall warn his
subordinates and ask for assistance.
▪ In case the Medical Emergency is due to an accident, check your own safety
before approaching the scene of the accident.
▪ If you suspect a head or spinal injury, do not move the victim unless there is an
immediate life-threatening emergency.
▪ Remove the victim to a safer place in case there is a chance of further injury;
else do not touch the victim unless trained to do so.
▪ If you are an approved First Aider, provide first aid, else wait till a First
Aider or the site nurse arrives and provides first aid as appropriate.
▪ Continue First Aid treatment till the Male Nurse / Medical Team arrives and takes
care of the victim.
▪ Assist the Male Nurse / Safety Team till the Emergency is brought under control.
▪ Response to Medical Emergency:
▪ On the confirmation of any Medical Emergency, the First aider will go to the
affected area.
▪ Security team will proceed as well to barricade the area and control the crowd.
▪ Coordinate with the ERT to control the emergency and seek for assistance in
case of multiple injuries (from relevant services,).
▪ Arrange to restore the affected area.
▪ Safety team to start an investigation of the incident.

12.8 UNCONSCIOUS/ UNRESPONSIVE

▪ Call for help.


▪ Check for breathing. If victim is not breathing, initiate Rescue Breathing.
▪ The Male Nurse/First Aider (Approved by HAAD and AED Trained) will gently tilt
head back to open the airway; watch chest and listen for air from mouth.
▪ If not breathing, while keeping the victim’s head tilted back and chin lifted, pinch
the nose and give 2 slow, full breaths. Watch the chest rise and fall during each
breath.
Revision: 0
Fire & Emergency Plan Date : July 2023
Issue No: 00 Page : Page 12 of 21
Landscape, Dog Park, and
Multipurpose Play area Works for Al
Furjan Districts 1 - 6
Document No: Revision: 00
CIT.DPMPWA.HSEP.2023 Fire & Emergency Plan
Date: 06 July 2023

▪ Breathe into the victim's mouth once every 5 seconds until emergency personnel
arrive.
▪ Check for a pulse by gently pressing the side of the victim's neck.
▪ If no pulse, administer CPR as required. If you don't know CPR, continue with
Rescue Breathing.

12.8.1 TO GIVE CPR & EAD: (VICTIM IS NOT BREATHING AND HAS NO PULSE)

▪ Find the notch where the lower ribs meet the breastbone. Place the heel of your
hand on the breastbone. Place your other hand on top of the first.
▪ Position your shoulders over your hands. Compress 15 times using a smooth,
even rhythm.
▪ Give 2 slow breaths.
▪ Do three more sets of 15 compressions and 2 breaths.
▪ Re-check pulse and breathing for about 5 seconds.
▪ If there is no pulse, continue sets of 15 compressions and 2 breaths.
▪ Continue until medical assistance arrives or until victim starts breathing and has
a pulse.

12.8.2 Steps for Operating AED:

Note: AED is applicable only on a pulseless, non-breathing and unresponsive victim.

1. Open the carrying case. Power on AED.


▪ Follow the preprogrammed AED prompts as a guide to next steps.

2. Attach AED pads to the victim’s bare chest. Choose adult pads for victims 8 years of
age or older.

▪ Peel the backing away from the AED pads.


▪ Attach the adhesive AED pads to the victim’s bare chest. Follow the placement
diagrams on the pad.
3. “Clear the victim and allow the AED to analyze the heart rhythm.

▪ When the AED prompts you, clear the victim during analysis. Be sure that no
one is touching the victim, not even the rescuer in charge of giving breaths.
▪ Wait for the AED to finish analyzing victim’s heart rhythm.
▪ The AED then tells you if shock is needed.

4. If the AED advises a shock, it will tell you to clear the victim and then deliver a
shock.
▪ Clear the victim before delivering the shock: be sure that no one is touching the
victim.
b. Loudly state a “clear the victim” message, such as “Everybody clear” or simply
“Clear.”
▪ Look to be sure that no one is in contact with the victim.
▪ d. Press the shock button.
▪ e. The shock will produce a sudden contraction of the victim’s muscles.

Revision: 0
Fire & Emergency Plan Date : July 2023
Issue No: 00 Page : Page 13 of 21
Landscape, Dog Park, and
Multipurpose Play area Works for Al
Furjan Districts 1 - 6
Document No: Revision: 00
CIT.DPMPWA.HSEP.2023 Fire & Emergency Plan
Date: 06 July 2023

5. If no shock is needed, and after any shock delivery, immediately resume CPR,
starting with chest compressions.
6. After about 5 cycles or 2 minutes of CPR, the AED will prompt you to repeat steps 3
and 4.
7. Continue until advanced life support providers take over or the victim begins to
breathe, move, or otherwise react.

12.8.3 TO STOP BLEEDING:

▪ Apply pressure directly onto the wound with a sterile gauze, clean handkerchief or
bare hand.
▪ Maintain a steady pressure for five or ten minutes.
▪ If victim is bleeding from an arm or a leg, elevate it.
▪ Stay with victim until help arrives.

12.8.4 ABDOMINAL THRUSTS FOR CHOKING VICTIM:

▪ Get behind the victim. Wrap your arms around the person’s waist, just above their
navel.
▪ Clasp your hands together in a double fist. PRESS IN AND UP IN QUICK THRUSTS.
▪ Be careful not to exert pressure against the victim’s rib cage.
▪ Repeat procedure until choking stops.

12.8.5 SEVERE INJURIES REQUIRING URGENT MEDICAL TREATMENT


Never move an injured person unless he is in further danger.
If electrical power is involved, do not touch the injured person. Immediately switch
off power, and then offer assistance.
Any employee witnessing an accident that threatens human life or massive property
damage shall immediately notify his foreman or supervisor, who should:
▪ Proceed directly to the accident site.
▪ Assign someone to call for medical assistance. Dial “998” for ambulance service
and communicate the following:
▪ Location of accident.
▪ Brief description of the accident
▪ Number of injured persons.
▪ Brief description of injuries/condition of injured persons.
▪ Any further relevant information.
▪ Assign a second person to notify the HSE Engineer / Safety Officer.
▪ Station someone to direct the ambulance to the accident site.
▪ Secure the accident area, leaving all equipment, materials and tools in position, as
required by law for subsequent investigation of the accident.
▪ Have first aiders available for assistance.

Revision: 0
Fire & Emergency Plan Date : July 2023
Issue No: 00 Page : Page 14 of 21
Landscape, Dog Park, and
Multipurpose Play area Works for Al
Furjan Districts 1 - 6
Document No: Revision: 00
CIT.DPMPWA.HSEP.2023 Fire & Emergency Plan
Date: 06 July 2023

12.8 .6 ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN IN CASE OF FALL FROM A HIGH POINT

▪ Alert ERT Team leader immediately.


▪ If you suspect a head or spinal injury, do not move the victim unless there is an
immediate life threatening emergency.
▪ Action by site supervisor:
▪ Call for help of first aider who must check whether the injured person is conscious
or unconscious.
▪ Send vehicle / person to call emergency.
▪ Action by first aider:
▪ Comfort victim and assure confidence that he will be alright.
▪ Ask for nature and location of injury.
▪ If any visible swelling or fracture is suspected, do not shift or move the injured
person. This case needs professional medical assistance.
▪ If a bleeding injury is noticed, keep the injured spot elevated from ground and
bandage firmly.
▪ Wait until medical assistance arrives.

12.8.9 TREATMENT OF HEAT EMERGENCIES- HEAT RELATED ILLNESS

In case of Heat Cramps

▪ Move the person to a cooler place and have him / her rest in a comfortable position.
▪ Lightly stretch the affected muscle and replenish fluids.
▪ Give a half glass of cool water every 15 minutes.
▪ DO NOT give liquids with alcohol or caffeine in them as they can make conditions
worse.
▪ If conditions do worsen Sent him to the nearest hospital
▪ If Vehicle is not available Ring the Emergency number (Call Ambulance Services
998)

Heat Exhaustion

Signs: Cool, moist, pale or flushed skin; heavy seating; headache; nausea or vomiting;
dizziness and exhaustion. Body temperature will be near normal
▪ Move the person to a cooler place.
▪ Remove or loosen tight clothing and apply cool, wet cloths.
▪ If the person is conscious, give cool water to drink, a half glass every 15 minutes.
▪ Ensure that the person drinks slowly. DO NOT give liquids that contain alcohol or
caffeine.
▪ Let the victim rest in a comfortable position and watch for changes in his / her
condition.
▪ If conditions do worsen Sent him to the nearest hospital

Revision: 0
Fire & Emergency Plan Date : July 2023
Issue No: 00 Page : Page 15 of 21
Landscape, Dog Park, and
Multipurpose Play area Works for Al
Furjan Districts 1 - 6
Document No: Revision: 00
CIT.DPMPWA.HSEP.2023 Fire & Emergency Plan
Date: 06 July 2023

▪ If Vehicle is not available Ring the Emergency number (Call Ambulance Services
998).

Heat Stroke

Signs: Hot, red skin; changes in consciousness; rapid, weak pulse and rapid shallow
breathing. Body temperature can be very high – as high as 40 C.

▪ Heat stroke is a life-threatening situation. Sent causality to the nearest Hospital.


▪ If Vehicle is not available Call Ambulance Services (998).
▪ Move the person to a cooler place.
▪ Attempt to cool the person using cool wet cloths.
▪ Watch for signs of breathing problems.
▪ If the victim refuses water or is vomiting or there are changes in the level of
consciousness do not give anything to eat or drink.

12.9 SEVERE WEATHER AND NATURAL DISASTERS

12.9.1 EARTHQUAKE

▪ Stay calm, if you are in the office, take cover under a desk and await instructions
from the ERT or the designated official.
▪ Brace yourself in a doorway (hold onto the door to prevent personal injury from the
door slamming.)
▪ If under furniture moves, move along with it.
▪ Stay away from glass doors and windows, tall shelves, light fittings, filing cabinets,
overhead fixtures or objects that might topple.
▪ If travelling in a lift, stop and get out at the next floors

12.9.2 after an earthquake

▪ Stay calm, stay together. Account for everyone in the work area and immediate
vicinity.
▪ Area Supervisor take control and co-ordinate actions in areas of responsibility and:
▪ Assess all persons for injury.
▪ Check for hazards, fire, gas or chemical leaks.
▪ Move people away from windows and outside walls.
▪ Leave doors to rooms open, pull curtains across broken windows.
▪ Turn off and unplug all unnecessary electrical equipment.
▪ Do not evacuate unless the building has sustained major structural damage.
▪ Put signs up identifying dangerous areas.
▪ Do not use lifts - put signs in the lift lobby.
▪ Conserve water.
▪ Do not use the toilets. Make other arrangements that do not involve relying on the
sewerage system.
▪ If communications system has failed, try to pass notes to rescue personnel.
▪ Assist people with disabilities in finding a safe place.
▪ Evacuate as instructed by the ERT and / or the designated official.
Revision: 0
Fire & Emergency Plan Date : July 2023
Issue No: 00 Page : Page 16 of 21
Landscape, Dog Park, and
Multipurpose Play area Works for Al
Furjan Districts 1 - 6
Document No: Revision: 00
CIT.DPMPWA.HSEP.2023 Fire & Emergency Plan
Date: 06 July 2023

12.9.3 Sandstorm:

▪ Once the sandstorm is warned or seen at the working site or office, take
appropriate protection to cover from the dust and other effects.Wear appropriate
mask to protect from dust.
▪ Leave the open areas where the sandstorm is heavy.
▪ Take rest in the safe place if the storm is heavy.
▪ Do not drive vehicle if the visibility is low.
▪ Put hazard light and park vehicle far away from roadside.
▪ Before you start the vehicle after sandstorm, make sure the road is clear.

12.9.4 Flood:

If indoors:
▪ Be ready to evacuate as directed by the Emergency Coordinator and / or the
designated official.
▪ Follow the recommended primary or secondary evacuation routes.
If outdoors:
▪ Climb to high ground and stay there.
▪ Avoid walking or driving through flood water.
▪ If car stalls, abandon it immediately and climb to a higher ground.

12.10 BOMB SCARE

12.10.1 Bomb Threat

▪ If a bomb threat comes over the phone, listen carefully for distinctive voice traits.
▪ Note time, date and any background noises.
▪ Ask when and where it will go off.
▪ Report the exact message to your supervisor.
▪ Supervisor to report the threat to the Police immediately (Dial 999).

12.10.2 Suspected Bomb

▪ Do not touch or handle the suspected bomb.


▪ Notify your supervisor.
▪ Supervisor to report to the Police immediately (Dial 999).
▪ Isolate the area.
▪ Evacuate when instructed.

Revision: 0
Fire & Emergency Plan Date : July 2023
Issue No: 00 Page : Page 17 of 21
Landscape, Dog Park, and
Multipurpose Play area Works for Al
Furjan Districts 1 - 6
Document No: Revision: 00
CIT.DPMPWA.HSEP.2023 Fire & Emergency Plan
Date: 06 July 2023

12.10 HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE SPILL

12.11.1 Emergency Response Plan

Elements of an emergency response plan for Chemical Spillage are:


▪ Pre-emergency planning and coordination with UAE/ADM Fire Dept:
▪ Personnel roles, lines of authority, training, and communication.
▪ Emergency recognition and prevention.
▪ Safe distances and places of refuge.
▪ Security and control.
▪ Evacuation routes and procedures.
▪ Decontamination.
▪ Emergency medical treatment and first aid.
▪ Emergency alerting and response procedures.
▪ Critique of response and follow-up
▪ PPE and emergency equipment

12.11.2 Individual Responsibilities

▪ Become familiar with the hazards of chemical products before using them.
▪ Use preventive measures to minimize the likelihood of spills, such as using
secondary containers when transporting chemicals and placing absorbent materials
on work surfaces.
▪ Receive training, as needed.
▪ Assess the need for spill control materials.
▪ Assist in developing spill response plans.
▪ Clean up small spills properly.
▪ Report all spills to supervisor or Safety Officer

Facility information describes key elements of the facility that is useful for new employees
and response agencies, such as Civil Defense.

Employees must know how to report an emergency. This may include the activation of pull
alarms or notifying the facility security center. Consideration must be given to methods of
notifying local agencies such as the Civil Defense.

Alarms and signals to alert employees must be identified; this may include audio alarms,
highly visible lights, and/or a public address system. Management and employees must
know what actions to take when an emergency alarm is activated.

All emergency phone numbers should be identified, listed in the emergency preparedness
plan, and posted. Emergency phone numbers should include any facility numbers, local
agencies, and any emergency-facility personnel. Consideration should also be given to
recovery of operations.

Revision: 0
Fire & Emergency Plan Date : July 2023
Issue No: 00 Page : Page 18 of 21
Landscape, Dog Park, and
Multipurpose Play area Works for Al
Furjan Districts 1 - 6
Document No: Revision: 00
CIT.DPMPWA.HSEP.2023 Fire & Emergency Plan
Date: 06 July 2023

All responsibilities should be clearly defined for management and employees.


Management must determine its strategy for responding to fire emergencies.

A chain of command should be established to minimize any confusion. Personnel must be


identified to coordinate the emergency-response actions.

Individuals working with chemicals should consider the following items to prepare
themselves for spill control and clean-up:
▪ Review Material Safety Data Sheets or other references for recommended spill
clean-up methods and materials, and the need for personal protective equipment
(e.g., respirators, gloves, etc.).
▪ Acquire sufficient quantities and types of spill control materials to contain any spills
than can be reasonably anticipated.
▪ Acquire recommended personal protective equipment and training in its proper use.
▪ Place spill control materials in a readily accessible location, close to the areas where
chemicals are used or stored.

12.11.3 General Guideline for Cleaning Up Chemical Spills

▪ Immediately alert others in the area and the supervisor, and evacuate the area, if
necessary.
▪ Attend to any persons who may be contaminated. Contaminated clothing must be
removed immediately, and the skin flushed with water for no less than fifteen
minutes. Clothing must be laundered before reuse.
▪ If a volatile, flammable material is spilled, immediately warn others in the area,
control sources of ignition, and ventilate the area.
▪ Wear personal protective equipment, as appropriate to the hazards. Refer to the
Material Safety Data Sheet or other references available for information.
▪ If the spill is a MAJOR one, if there has been a release to the environment, or if
assistance is needed, contact the Civil Defense
▪ Consider the need for respiratory protection. The use of a respirator or self-
contained breathing apparatus requires specialized training and medical
surveillance. Never enter a contaminated atmosphere without protection or use a
respirator without training. If respiratory protection is available, be sure there is
another person outside the spill area in communication or in sight, in case of
emergency.
▪ Protect floor drains or other means for environmental release. Spill socks and
absorbents may be placed around drains, as needed.
▪ Loose spill control materials should be distributed over the entire spill area, working
from the outside, circling to the center. This reduces the chance of splash or
spreading of the spilled chemical.
▪ When the spilled materials have been absorbed, use a brush and scoop (spark-
resistant if flammable materials are involved) to place materials in an appropriate
container. Polyethylene bags may be used for small spills.
▪ Complete a hazardous waste tag, identifying the material as Spill Debris involving
XYZ Chemical, and affix the sticker to the container or bag. Remember the use of
an absorbent does not alter the chemical properties of the chemical. Contact the
Hazardous Waste Manager for advice on storage and packaging for disposal.

Revision: 0
Fire & Emergency Plan Date : July 2023
Issue No: 00 Page : Page 19 of 21
Landscape, Dog Park, and
Multipurpose Play area Works for Al
Furjan Districts 1 - 6
Document No: Revision: 00
CIT.DPMPWA.HSEP.2023 Fire & Emergency Plan
Date: 06 July 2023

▪ Place the container in a hood or other properly ventilated area until the next
chemical waste pick-up.
▪ Decontaminate surfaces involved in the spill using a mild detergent and water, as
appropriate.
▪ Replenish spill control materials

13. EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTRE

SITE OFFICE is identified as the “EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER”

The “EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTRE” should be equipped with the following:-

▪ A copy of the location map/plot plan of the work site showing locations of various
units at the site and emergency evacuation plan should be displayed at various
places on site and office.
▪ Emergency response system shall be posted at various places on site and offices.
▪ A list of important telephone numbers e.g., Fire Brigade, Hospital, Ambulance,
Police, etc;
▪ Current, updated list of Contact numbers of each Emergency Control Team Member.

14. EMERGENCY EVACUATION AND ASSEMBLY POINT

A continuous siren will be sounded. When the siren is sounded you must

▪ Assemble near assembly point, walk calmly and don not run.
▪ Foremen to take charge of team and report to the ERT Administrator.
▪ Do not stop to collect personal belongings,
▪ Turn Off generators, Compressors and other power equipment
▪ Provide power for emergency services.
▪ Turn off all heat producing equipment and shut cylinder valves if any, Attack fire
with the equipment provided, if it is safe to do so.
▪ Obey the instructions of the ERT personnel.
▪ Administrator staff will be available at the Assembly points to verify that all
Employees have been evacuated and to give further instructions. Do not re-enter
the site until the all-clear siren is given / until you are told that it is safe to do so.

15. EMERGENCY CONTROL MOCK DRILL / TRIAL EXERCISE

With a view to test the efficacy / effectiveness of the Emergency Plan, it will be helpful if
the plan is tested during a pre-planned mock exercise. Such an exercise will help in
reinforcing confidence on the level of preparedness to Meet any contingency, identify
weaknesses during the implementation so that the Plan could be revised / updated. Such a
mock exercise could be conducted once in 6 months.

Revision: 0
Fire & Emergency Plan Date : July 2023
Issue No: 00 Page : Page 20 of 21
Landscape, Dog Park, and
Multipurpose Play area Works for Al
Furjan Districts 1 - 6
Document No: Revision: 00
CIT.DPMPWA.HSEP.2023 Fire & Emergency Plan
Date: 06 July 2023

16. Emergency Evacuation Plan (Schematic Diagram)

TO BE PROVIDED

Revision: 0
Fire & Emergency Plan Date : July 2023
Issue No: 00 Page : Page 21 of 21
Landscape, Dog Park, and Multipurpose Play area Works for Al Furjan Districts 1 - 6

Annexure 3

Method statement
and risk assessment

Technical Proposal
Method Statement
for
Electrical works

CITISCAPE LLC

By: Shifaz Sathar


Reviewed by: Shareesh Nalpadi
Approved by:
METHOD STATEMENT
Chapter :
Section :
Version : 00 Electrical works
Issue date : 05.07.2023

INDEX

SL.NO DESCRIPTION PAGE NO

1 PURPOSE

2 SCOPE OF WORKS

3 DEFINITIONS

4 REFERENCES

5 RESOURCES

6 MATERIALS

7 METHODOLOGY

8 INSPECTION & TESTING

9 RISK ASSESSMENT

Page 6| 7
METHOD STATEMENT
Chapter :
Section :
Version : 00 Electrical works
Issue date : 05.07.2023

1. PURPOSE

The purpose of this method statement is to set out the procedures and controls to be implemented
by Citiscape for Al Furjan - Phase 01 Community ( Landscape, Dog Park, and Multipurpose Play area
Works)

2. SCOPE OF WORK

The scope of work covers the Electrical works as per tender requirements.

3. DEFINITIONS

PQP : Project Quality Plan


MS : Method Statement
ITP : Inspection & Test Plan
ITL : Independent Testing Laboratory
IR : Inspection Request
MIR : Material inspection Request
WIR : Work Inspection Request
HSE : Health, Safety & Environment
PM : Project Manager
CM : Construction Manager
QAQC : Quality Assurance/Quality Control
IFC : Issued for Construction
SD : Shop Drawing

4. REFERENCES

4.1 Specification
4.2 BOQ
4.3 Tender documents

Page 5| 7
METHOD STATEMENT
Chapter :
Section :
Version : 00 Electrical works
Issue date : 05.07.2023

5. RESOURCES

5.1 Personnel

a. Project Manager
b. Construction Manager
c. Electrical Engineer
d. QA/QC Engineer
e. HSE officer /Engineer
f. Quantity Surveyor
g. Surveyor
h. Electricians
i. Document Controller
j. Operator
k. Helpers

5.2 Plant & Equipment’s

a. JCB Telescopic (As required)


b. Tipper Pick up
c. Water tanker
d. Compactor/roller
e. Plate compactor
f. Safety PPE & Safety Gears /Harness

6 MATERIALS

All required materials used will be in accordance with contract documents.

SL.NO MATERIAL DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER /SUPPLIER REMARKS


1 Cables TBC As per MS
2 Flood Lights TBC As per MS
3 Duct Pipes TBC As per MS
4 Warning tapes TBC As per MS
5 Earthing System materials TBC As per MS

Page 6| 7
METHOD STATEMENT
Chapter :
Section :
Version : 00 Electrical works
Issue date : 05.07.2023

7 METHODOLOGY

7.1 Pre-site checks:

 Prior to start of construction and installation, site conditions to be checked


against the approved layout drawings
 Citiscape shall ensure that all required permits and NOC’s are availed and
approved before the commencement of the scope of works

7.2 Delivery to site:

 As required, Forklifts or boom loaders will be used to unload the materials on


site in the prescribed storage locations.
 Delivered material shall be stored at designated lay down area and shall always
be subject to inspection.

7.3 Procedure:

Method: Excavation for Cable Ducts.

 As built service drawings to verified by Citiscape to predetermine any clashes in construction.


 Exclusion zone barriers and warning signage will be set up around excavations to prevent any
unauthorized access by others into work zones.
 Citiscape surveyors will then proceed to mark out the areas for excavation.
 A task briefing and walk of work area will take place to ensure all labour & machine operatives
are aware of the task ahead.
 All operatives involved in this task will have read, understood & signed the Safe system of
work to carry out these works of which a copy will be filed in Citiscape site office for review.
 The machines will access the area directed by a Citiscape banks man.
 Before excavation starts trial, pits will be made to ensure the area is clear of services and in
accordance with the as built drawings.
 When all the above is complete the bobcats and excavators will then proceed to excavate pre-
determined areas to design specification.
 The excess debris will be loaded into a truck as works progress and stock pilled in an agreed,
pre-determined designated area.
 If at any point warning tape for any services become exposed Citiscape shall coordinate with
Consultant representative for further action.

Method: Installation of Cable Ducts and Cables

 All installation and testing shall be carried out by the regulations of the concerned Authority,
the relevant section of The Contract Specification and Manufacturers recommendations.
 Before commencement of any installation activity, the following procedures are required to
be carried out:

Page 5| 7
METHOD STATEMENT
Chapter :
Section :
Version : 00 Electrical works
Issue date : 05.07.2023

All materials, accessories & equipment to be used shall be client and consultant’s approved
type.
 All cabling and lighting installation shall be done in accordance with approved shop
drawings and existing local utilities authority regulations and as per consultant’s
approval.
 Extra care should be taken while handling the cables to avoid any damage to it.
 All electrical work shall be installed as per approved construction drawings.
 All electrical work shall be installed in a neat and tidy fashion.
 All electrical work should be supervised by qualified engineer / personnel.

 All installation and testing shall be carried out by the regulations of the concerned Authority,
the relevant section of the contract Specification and Manufacturers recommendations.

Method: Cabling & Installation of Electrical Items/ Equipments

 Glanding and earthing of armoured cables shall be carried out in accordance with project &
manufactures specifications / recommendations.
 Underground cables to be laid as per the approved & specified depth.
 Buried cables and sleeves 800mm from finished grade level
 Always connect correct size of cables after calculating the load and voltage drop.
 Earthing cable Y/G should be routed wherever necessary and termination to be done
using proper cable lugs.
 Cable termination should be proper, neat, using ferules & tags for correct identification.
 Continuity test and insulation test to be carried out before the termination of the cables.
 Main supply for lighting (from Control Panel)

 4-Core x 4-16mm² diameter CU/XLPE/SWA/PVC,


 3-Core x 4-10mm² diameter CU/XLPE/SWA/PVC &
 1-Core x 4-16 mm² diameter CU/PVC (Earth Cable)

Method: Installation of Light Fixtures (Flood Lights)

 Raise the lighting poles by crane and put it on its concrete base and make the rods in the
concrete base entering the holes in the pole’s base
 Ensure that poles are fixed properly and properly aligned. Make sure that manufacturer’s
recommendation for lighting poles installation shall be adhered.
 Fix flood light mounting brackets. Ensure that they are fixed rigidly and properly
 Fix the flood light on the brackets. Connect power cables on the fittings and ensure that the
body of the flood lights is properly earthed
 Light fixtures to be installed as per the approved installation drawings.
 Ensure that the fixtures are correct and approved type.
 Ensure all installation checks on light fixtures are carried out before testing.
 All cabling and lighting installation shall be done in accordance with approved shop drawings
and existing local utilities authority regulations and as per consultant’s approval.
 All electrical installation should be supervised by qualified engineer / personnel.

Page 6| 7
METHOD STATEMENT
Chapter :
Section :
Version : 00 Electrical works
Issue date : 05.07.2023

8 INSPECTION & TESTING

All Inspection & Tests shall be conducted in accordance with the project requirements.

Citiscape’s representative will be available at site to supervise and monitor the work area.

9 RISK ASSESSMENT

Risk assessment enclosed

Page 5| 7
RISK ASSESSMENT FORM 
Project  AL FURJAN - PHASE 01 COMMUNITY ( LANDSCAPE, DOG PARK, AND MULTIPURPOSE PLAY AREA WORKS)
Activity  ELECTRICAL WORKS
Reference  AFPC.CSHSE44.RA.001.23

Name  Signature  Position  Date 


HSEM 
WAQAS MUHAMMAD SADID  
Completed By  06.07. 23 
 (CM IOSH) 

Reviewed By  Mohammad Al sheikh  Construction Manager  06.07. 23 

Approved by   Pooviah Authithan  Project Manager  06.07. 23 

Risk After 
Description  Initial Risk  Mitigation 
Affected 
Control Measures 
Sr.  Activity  Hazard  Risk  L  S  R/R  L  S  R/R 
Groups 
 HSE Safety induction
 Pre ‐ task briefing / TBT / MSRA to be conducted
 Entry of
prior to start the activity.  
unauthoriz
 PTW must be secured.
ed people   Personal
 Use only trained electricians / personnel for the
into the  Injury.
work. 
area.   Burn
 Ensure that only competent electrician working
1   Mobilization   Incompete  Electroc  A, C, D,E 3  4  12   1  4  4 
for installation of misting system. 
nt  ution  
 Comply with lockout tagout.
electricians 
 Ensure  a  safe  system  of  work  of  electrical
installations.
 Installed electrical signage and warnings.
 Barricade the area with proper warning signage. 
 Never store the materials at access. 

Page 1 of 7 CSHSE44 Version R0


 
Risk After 
Description  Initial Risk  Mitigation 
Affected 
Control Measures 
Sr.  Activity  Hazard  Risk  L  S  R/R  L  S  R/R 
Groups 
 Provide training for manual handling personnel 
 Provide adequate safety signage  
 All  personnel  shall  wear  approved  Mandatory 
PPE. 
 Proper supervision, guidance, instructions must 
have observed at all times. 
 Proactive Supervision. 
 Maintain good housekeeping at all the times. 
Ensure  that  workers  will  follow  the 
demobilization safety procedure 
 Ensure  the  protection  of  personnel  working 
adjacent/nearby  to  road  is  fully  barricaded  & 
signage been installed. 
 Ensure  that  third  party  services  is  being 
protected and secured. 
 
 Provide approved RAMS 
 All  excavation  should  comply  with  the 
 Existing  requirements of  
undergroun  Obtain  current  utility  drawings  from  service 
d  provider;  obtain  required  permits  from  the 
utilities/serv concerned authorities. 
Service/Utility  ices   Electrocu  Ensure  to  use  the  Cable  Avoidance  Tool  (CAT) 
Identification –  Slip, trip  tion   prior to excavate.  
2  contact  and falls   Personal   A,B&C  3  3  9   Employees should ensure that, where required  1  3  3 
underground   Insufficient  injury    by the risks involved by the excavation, a permit 
utilities.  barriers     to  work  system  should  be  implemented  for 
 Collapse of  excavations  that  complies  with  the 
excavation   requirements  of  Ensure  cable  detector  is 
 Noise   calibrated used by competent person. 
   Hand excavation or trial pit to be done to locate 
existing services. 
 Provide adequate toolbox talk. 

Page 2 of 7 CSHSE44 Version R0


 
Risk After 
Description  Initial Risk  Mitigation 
Affected 
Control Measures 
Sr.  Activity  Hazard  Risk  L  S  R/R  L  S  R/R 
Groups 
 PPE like coveralls, helmet, safety shoes, shields 
and gloves to be provided and inspected before 
used. 
 Adequate supervision 
 Cable  detector  to  be  used  to  locate 
underground services.  
 Plan  to  eliminate  the  need  to  manually  lift  by 
using  lifting  equipment  e.g.  forklift  truck  or 
pallet trolley 
 Review the task, the individual’s capability, the 
load itself and the working environment. Where 
 Lifting heavy  necessary clear any unwanted materials. 
loads Lifting   Check the load prior to lift. Where the load can 
 Chronic 
awkward  be split into smaller ones. 
injury 
loads   Check  environment  for  space  constraints, 
 Disability 
 Twisting  uneven,  untidy  ground,  and  variation  in  work, 
 Severe 
while lifting  surfaces/height,  poor  lighting  and  extremes  of 
back pain 
Manual handling   Poor  temperature/humidity 
 Muscle 
works   underfoot   Check  individual’s  strength  limits  /  physical 
3  strain   A, C  3  4  12  1  4  4 
conditions  disabilities.  Where  necessary  team  handling  to 
 Cable installation         Being 
 Top heavy  be done. 
struck 
bending   Ensure  adequate  rest  periods/recovery  periods 
 Aggravatin
 Previous  are followed between lifts/activities. 
g previous 
back   Use gloves that offer adequate protection and 
condition 
problems  aid grip. 
 Back pain 
 Sharp edges   Proper lifting techniques will be followed: 
 Slips/trip/fall   Position in front of the load with legs balanced 
and spread equal to shoulder width. 
 Bend the knees to reach the bottom of the load 
to get a grip; do not bend the spine. 
 Lift  load  slowly  by  gradually  straightening  the 
legs. 

Page 3 of 7 CSHSE44 Version R0


 
Risk After 
Description  Initial Risk  Mitigation 
Affected 
Control Measures 
Sr.  Activity  Hazard  Risk  L  S  R/R  L  S  R/R 
Groups 
 Do  not  twist  spine  if  you  need  to  change 
direction; turn whole body instead. 
 Carry the load as close to your body and as high 
as your waist. 
 Where possible unloading of materials from the 
delivery  truck  should  be  close  to  the  storage 
area. 
 Workers  to  be  adequately  trained  and 
instructed  in  manual  handling  techniques 
including adequate supervision. 
 
 Ensure  the  conditions  of  the  hand  tools  are 
good, when obtaining from the stores. 
 Hand tools shall not be kept on walkways  
 Hand tools shall be kept in tool boxes whenever 
not in use. 
 All tools shall be inspected for any damages on 
 Damaged 
daily basis and at regular intervals 
tools 
Use of Hand tools    Injury to   Store  keeper  will  inspect  all  the  new  tools 
 Improvised 
4  the   A & C   3  3  9  before issuing to site.  1  3  3 
         tools 
person   Ensure that no homemade/make shift tools are 
 Sharp edges 
used at site 
 
 Ensure the operatives are wearing hand gloves 
during the activity. 
 Workers must be adequately instructed on safe 
working  procedures  through  toolbox  and/or 
pre‐start briefing. 
 Any damage tools will be removed from service. 
Waste   Untrained   Comply the waste management system 
 ‐Fall, slip 
Management  workers.   Ensure  that  waste  management  procedure 
and trip  
5  (Housekeeping at   Poor   A, B, C, D E   3  3  9  implemented   1  3  3 
 ‐Personal 
the workplace after  housekeepi  Waste  segregation  and  proper  disposal  of 
injury 
the task, & waste  ng  construction waste material.  

Page 4 of 7 CSHSE44 Version R0


 
Risk After 
Description  Initial Risk  Mitigation 
Affected 
Control Measures 
Sr.  Activity  Hazard  Risk  L  S  R/R  L  S  R/R 
Groups 
disposal &   Environmen  Ensure that waste material been transported to 
segregation)  tal factors   the designated and approved dumpsite by ADM 
 Fire hazards   Workers must be trained and aware and comply 
  with the housekeeping plan on the site. 
 TBT on housekeeping to be given to all. 
 Removal  of  all  waste  from  work  after  the 
completion of activity. 
 Where  possible,  packaging  materials  shall  be 
removed from the site the earliest opportunity 
in order to reduce the fire load   
 Materials to be stacked and stored properly. 
 All  waste  to  be  placed  in  designated 
corresponding  waste  skips/  bins  provided  for 
final  disposal  as  per  site  waste  management 
policy. 
 Area must be clear at all times to avoid fall, slip 
and trip hazard. 
 Strict supervision, guidance, instructions must 
have observed at all times. 
 Ensure  the  working  area  is  clean  before 
leaving. 
 Ensure all waste generated after work should 
be  remove  and  dispose  it  on  proper  waste 
disposal.  
 Supervisor  to  check  work  areas  at  close  of 
working day 
 Reduce   Vehicle  speed  shall  be  reduced,  keeping  a 
 Fog  visibility or  longer gap from the vehicle in front. 
 Heavy rain  vehicles or   Warning alarms (audio and visual) for plant and 
6  Adverse weather   Wind/sandst pedestrian  A,B,C  3  4  12  equipment  1  4  4 
orm  s   Use of high visibility clothing. 
 Hot & humid   Increase   Lights to be used in poor visibility  
stopping   Good housekeeping ion place  

Page 5 of 7 CSHSE44 Version R0


 
Risk After 
Description  Initial Risk  Mitigation 
Affected 
Control Measures 
Sr.  Activity  Hazard  Risk  L  S  R/R  L  S  R/R 
Groups 
distance,   Regular  workplace  inspection,  equipment 
slip and  plant, excavations, fences support, etc.) 
trip   In case of flooding, stop the work, secure the 
 Flooding,  equipment and plant, clear surrounding area. 
unstable   Regular check and maintenance  
structures   Secure  the  high  risk  items,  including 
 Objects  scaffolding,  cranes  during  the  extreme  high 
overturned wind  
, blown, or   Avoid  driving  or  walking  during  the  sand 
loosing  storms or the extreme winds. 
 Heat   Regular  breaks  during  the  hot  season  and  all 
stress,  shall adhere to the UAE law (during summer no 
stroke  work from 12.30 until 300 pm) 
   Wearing the appropriate PPE 
 Adequate  &  well  shaded  area  with  air 
conditioner  shall  be  provided  for  all  the 
operatives during the hot season. 
 Adequate  drinking  water  &  other  alternative 
fluids shall be provided to avoid dehydration. 
 Regular  awareness  trainings  &  campaigns 
covering the heats stroke and stress  
 

(A) Persons at Risk (Affected Groups) 

A: Employees involved with task / activity  B: Employees not involved in task / activity  C: Contractors / Sub‐Contractors 

D: Office / Project Visitors  E: Members of the Public  F: Young Persons / Pregnant Woman 

 
                    Risk Grading Matrix, Risk Rate 

Page 6 of 7 CSHSE44 Version R0


 
PROBABILITY  SEVERITY 
Insignificant (1)  Minor (2)  Moderate (3)  Major (4)  Catastrophic (5) 
Rare (1)  1  2  3  4  5 
Possible (2)  2  4  6  8  10 
Likely (3)  3  6  9  12  15 
Often (4)  4  8  12  16  20 
Frequent/Almost Certain (5)  5  10  15  20  25 
 

Absolutely Unacceptably High 
15 ‐ 25  Extreme Risk  Activity or process should not proceed in current form 
Unacceptably High 
8 ‐ 12  High Risk  Activity or process should be modified to include remedial planning and 
action and be subject to detailed  EHS risk assessment 

Acceptable but must be managed at “As Low As Reasonably Practicable” 
4 – 6  Moderate Risk  (ALARP) Activity or process can operate subject to management and / or 
modification 

1 – 3  Low Risk  No action required unless escalation of risk is possible. 

 
                     

          ☐    ☐  ☐       

OSHAD‐SF – Codes of Practice. CoP 2.0 – Personal Protective Equipment 

Page 7 of 7 CSHSE44 Version R0


Method Statement
for
Irrigation Works

CITISCAPE LLC

By: Shareesh Nalpadi


Reviewed by:
Approved by:
METHOD STATEMENT
Chapter :
Section :
Version : 00 Irrigation Works
Issue date : 05.07.2023

INDEX

SL.NO DESCRIPTION PAGE NO

1 PURPOSE

2 SCOPE OF WORKS

3 DEFINITIONS

4 REFERENCES

5 RESOURCES

6 MATERIALS

7 METHODOLOGY

8 INSPECTION & TESTING

9 RISK ASSESSMENT

Page 6| 7
METHOD STATEMENT
Chapter :
Section :
Version : 00 Irrigation Works
Issue date : 28.04.2023

1. PURPOSE

The purpose of this method statement is to set out the procedures and controls to be implemented
by Citiscape for Al Furjan - Phase 01 Community ( Landscape, Dog Park, and Multipurpose Play area
Works)

2. SCOPE OF WORK

The scope of work covers the Irrigation Works as per tender requirements.

3. DEFINITIONS

PQP : Project Quality Plan


MT : Method Statement
MS : Material Submittal
ITP : Inspection & Test Plan
ITL : Independent Testing Laboratory
IR : Inspection Request
MIR : Material inspection Request
WIR : Work Inspection Request
HSE : Health, Safety & Environment
PM : Project Manager
CM : Construction Manager
QAQC : Quality Assurance/Quality Control
IFC : Issued for Construction
SD : Shop Drawing

4. REFERENCES

4.1 Specification
4.2 BOQ
4.3 Tender documents

Page 5| 7
METHOD STATEMENT
Chapter :
Section :
Version : 00 Irrigation Works
Issue date : 05.07.2023

5. RESOURCES

5.1 Personnel

a. Project Manager
b. Construction Manager
c. Site Engineer/Irrigation Engineer
d. QA/QC Engineer
e. HSE officer /Engineer
f. Quantity Surveyor
g. Surveyor
h. Site Foremen
i. Document Controller
j. Machine Operator
k. Plumbers
l. Laborers /Helpers

5.2 Plant & Equipment’s

a. JCB Telescopic (As required)


b. Tipper Pick up
c. Water tanker
d. Compactor/roller
e. Plate compactor
f. Pressure test pump & Gauges
g. Safety PPE & Safety Gears /Harness

6. MATERIALS

All required materials used will be in accordance with contract documents.

SL.NO MATERIAL DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER /SUPPLIER REMARKS


1" uPVC pipe (Class E)
1 TBC As per MS
1.5" uPVC pipe (Class D)
2 TBC As per MS
2" , 3", 4"uPVC pipe (Class D)
3 TBC As per MS
4 Upvc Pipe fittings TBC As per MS

Page 6| 7
METHOD STATEMENT
Chapter :
Section :
Version : 00 Irrigation Works
Issue date : 28.04.2023

5 Irrigation Warning tape TBC As per MS


2" solenoid valves As per MS
6 TBC
30cm drip tube along with As per MS
7 necessary irrigation fittings TBC

50cm drip tube along with As per MS


8 necessary irrigation fittings TBC

16mm plain drip tube along As per MS


with necessary irrigation
9 TBC
fittings

Spray irrigation system (MP - As per MS


10 Rotators) TBC

11 Valve chamber boxes TBC As per MS


12 Pull boxes TBC As per MS
Wires & cables As per MS
13 TBC
14 Duct & sleeve pipes TBC As per MS

7. METHODOLOGY

7.1 Pre-site checks:

 Prior to start of installation, site conditions to be checked against the approved


layout drawings
 Citiscape shall ensure that all required permits and NOC’s are availed and
approved before the commencement of the scope of works

7.2 Delivery to site:

 As required , Forklifts or boom loaders will be used to unload the materials on site in the
prescribed storage locations.
 Delivered material shall be stored at designated lay down area and shall always be
subject to Consultant representative inspection.

Page 5| 7
METHOD STATEMENT
Chapter :
Section :
Version : 00 Irrigation Works
Issue date : 05.07.2023

7.3 Procedure:

Method: uPVC PIPE INSTALLATION

Solvent Welded Joints

Irrigation Line Setting Out

 Check and verify that the approved shop drawings (correct revision) are followed while
taking up the work.
 A task briefing and walk of work area will take place to ensure all labour & machine
operatives, if required are aware of the task ahead.
 Before starting work on irrigation systems, the Citiscape Surveyor will check all grades
and areas to determine that work may safely proceed, keeping within the specified
material depths.
 Verify all horizontal and vertical site dimensions prior to staking.
 Ascertain that the area of installation is released by Consultant, then stake locations of
take off points for the sub-mains of the installed ring mains and isolation valves, where
ever applicable.
 Mark and line out route and locations of secondary and lateral lines.
 Any work changes shall be recorded on daily basis on the “As-Built" worksheets.

Excavation , Irrigation pipe installation


 Irrigation services will be installed in excavations/trenches in accordance with drawing
specifications and signed off by Consultant.
 Before excavation starts trial pits will be dug to ensure the area is clear of services and
in accordance with the drawings.
 When the above is complete the bobcats and excavators will then proceed to excavate
pre-determined areas according to surveyor’s layout and to design specification.
 If at any point warning tape for any services become exposed Citiscape will notify
consultant for further action .
 Every machine to access/egress the area should be directed by a Citiscape banksman.
 The excess debris will be loaded into a truck as works progress and stock pilled in an
agreed, pre-determined designated area.
 The trench is to be trimmed to provide smooth finish, capable of providing continuous
support to the pipe.
 Provide further excavation to the locations of pipe sockets to allow correct joint
assembly and pipe support.
 Provide the bottom of the trench stable; levelled/graded according to the approved
drawing and compact, any loose materials protruding shall be removed.
 Consultant will then inspect and check excavations to ensure all dimensions are correct
before issuing Citiscape with a sign off form to resume works.
 Apply the layer of uniform sand with the thickness stated on the drawing; contain no
stones that might cause damage to the pipe.
 Install the pipe according to scheduled sizes and types.

Page 6| 7
METHOD STATEMENT
Chapter :
Section :
Version : 00 Irrigation Works
Issue date : 28.04.2023

 Ensure that all irrigation pipes are buried to the depths as shown on the approved typical
standard installation drawings.
 Cast-in-place concrete thrust blocks locations and shape shall be installed as per
approved drawings.
 Do not lay the pipe in water or when trench conditions are otherwise unsuitable for the
work. Water shall be kept out of the trench until the material in the joints has hardened
or until caulking or jointing is completed
 When work is not in progress, open ends of the pipe, fittings, and valves shall be securely
closed so that no substance shall enter the pipes or fittings.
 Pipe ends left for future connections shall be equipped with valves, plugged or capped,
and anchored, as shown or as directed. Pipes that have the grade or joint disturbed after
being laid shall be taken up and re-laid.
 All piping with the exception of the flexible irrigation drip line shall be surrounded by a
sand bed to the dimensions as shown on the Drawings.
 At the completion of the work Consultant will then inspect all installations are in
accordance with drawings and specifications before issuing sign off
Concrete thrust block ( As required)
 Formworks shall be fixed as the approved shop drawing and the sides of shuttering will
be properly supported.
 Polyethylene sheet will be laid and fixed to the ground to avoid any possible movement
during concreting.
 Concrete shall be supplied by the approved supplier and must be checked and verified
upon delivery.
 During the pouring of concrete, mechanical vibrations shall be used if required by the
Engineer.
 All quality control checks for the placement will be done in the presence of the
consultant Engineer.
 Follow the schedule of block dimensions with the approved shop drawings.
 Ensure that the pipelines are located centrally in the thrust blocks.
 Protect filling with double wrap heavy duty polyethylene sheets.

Closing of pipe and flushing lines


 Closing: Openings in piping systems will be capped or plugged, leaving caps and plugs in
place until removal is necessary for completion of the installation. Dirt and debris will
be prevented from entering pipe or equipment
 Flushing works:
 The quantity of water for flushing has to be calculated as 3 times the volume of pipe
line.
 Submit program for flushing 7 days from proposed flushing date.
 Install temporary flange sockets and flange spigot with the blank flanges with outlet on
both sides of the pipe ends.
 Fill the pipeline with water from filling point by Tanker.
 All pipes and tubing will be thoroughly flushed out from filling point o discharge point
before installation of the control valves to make sure that inside pipes are free from any
debris such as sand.

Page 5| 7
METHOD STATEMENT
Chapter :
Section :
Version : 00 Irrigation Works
Issue date : 05.07.2023

Irrigation Pipe trench backfilling


 Backfill materials will be stockpiled in a pre agreed and designated areas close to
workface to minimise plant movement.
 Loaders or Bobcats will then take backfill materials from stockpile aided by a banks man
and backfill the areas to design requirements. (Citiscape surveyor to control)
 Citiscape will offer area for inspection before backfill takes place.
 Backfill with sand, partially by hand, in such a manner to ensure adequate support under
the pipe and distribute evenly to ensure there are no voids under or the side of the pipe.
 Place backfill and fill materials in layer not more than 300mm or as specified in loose
depth areas, watered and compacted every layer.
 Pipe line falls under the carriageway should be backfilled as per road specification.

Note:
Ducts will be installed as per the specification and drawing requirements. All tests as per
the project requirements

 Backfill sand material and compact by water tamping once the level of backfill reaches
the crown of the pipe.
 There after backfill material shall be deposited in 150mm lifts in general areas and
compacted. In paved areas lifts shall be 150mm.
 Backfilling will be done up to a height 300mm (or as specified) above the crown of the
pipes where pressure testing is to be done, leaving joints open for visual inspection
 Control cables will be connected as per approved drawings to solenoid valves, to have a
cover of 300mm. Cables shall be tested for continuity after installation.
 Warning tape will be laid in accordance with approved shop drawings before backfill
fully completed.
 After completion Citiscape will check quality of work and sign in check form.

Pressure Testing
 All pipelines shall be tested before brought into service. The test shall be a hydraulic test
performed by filling the pipe with water and raising the pressure to test pressure. The
testing of pipes shall be as per Consultant’s Specification and project requirements.
 Citiscape shall give adequate notice to the Engineer of the time and place at which all
tests are to be held. Tests shall be made in the presence of the Engineer. Clean water
shall be used for the hydraulic test and promptly removed upon completion of the test,
as required by the Engineer.
 The flushing of each section shall be attended to promptly. Care is to be taken to drive
out all dirt/foreign materials before installing heads.
 The length of tests section shall be maximum 500 m or as directed by the Engineer.
Testing should not be carried out against closed valves. All charging should be carried
out from the lowest point of the under test section and all testing equipment should be
located at this point.
 The pressure gauge should also be located at the lowest point or adjustment must be
made for the level of the pressure gauge relative to the pipes location.
 Prior to testing care should be taken to ensure that all anchor blocks have attained
adequate maturity and that any solvent welded joints included in the pipe system have

Page 6| 7
METHOD STATEMENT
Chapter :
Section :
Version : 00 Irrigation Works
Issue date : 28.04.2023

developed full strength. Correct support and anchorage of any above ground sections
of the pipeline is also necessary. Underground pipelines should be backfilled taking
particular care to consolidate around lengths which may have been deflected to
negotiate curves.
 All joints should be left exposed until testing is completed.
 Before pressure testing is started, recheck the pipe and valves (if any) for cleanliness.
Cap off the open ends of the pipe line end caps/plugs (fitted with valves) additionally
secured where necessary with temporary struts and wedges. Complete all anchor and
thrust blocks and fasten securely all pipe straps and other devices intended to prevent
movement of pipes.
 All the required irrigation pipe work will be pressure tested as per the specification
requirements

Tagging and Identification


 All remote control valves, pull boxes, shall be tagged and identified. All identifying num-
bers shall be consistent with like designations indicated on the irrigation controller
schedule.

Valve Installation
 Pull Boxes; will be installed as detailed and where indicated on drawings. All connections
will be installed as per approved drawings and manufacturers recommendations.

Solenoid Valve Assembly


 All box locations will be reviewed with the Engineer according to the approved drawings
and specifications prior to installation of valves.
 Assemble the solenoid valve assembly with union, male-threaded adapters and nipples.
The assembly comprises gate valve, remote control valve with pressure regulator, and
all necessary appurtenances where applicable.
 Connect the head assembly between the sub main line with pre-installed fitting outlet
through riser pipe and the lateral line through uPVC pipe fittings.
 Connect wires from the controller to solenoid valve via decoder using waterproof wire
connectors and ensure that all splices are well sealed.
 Loop spare wire by coiling at least 50cm around 12mm pipe and remove pipe before
making splices.
 The above works will be done by highly experienced plumber and electrician.
 Level the ground beneath the assembly and compact to pour 100mm deep crushed rock
mulch with concrete block work support the perimeter. Be sure the assembly is erected
uprightly and no strong shakings will occur during operation.
 Rest the valve box with openings on the sidewalls, upon the concrete block work
support. Laid crushed rock will not extend inside the box.
 Align valve boxes parallel with nearest building, sidewalk, wall, curb or similar structures
and where more than one box, parallel to each other and not closer than 300mm to
paved areas.
 Slope grade up to box rim slightly so water doesn’t drain into the valve box.

Page 5| 7
METHOD STATEMENT
Chapter :
Section :
Version : 00 Irrigation Works
Issue date : 05.07.2023

 Provide at least 50mm clearance on all sides to ensure valve boxes not rest on or come
in contact with the solenoid valve assembly.
 Valve boxes will be rest flush to finish grade on grass areas but 50mm higher on shrubs
areas.
 Valves: Shall be installed in the positions as indicated in the details.
 Valve Boxes: Shall be installed as detailed and where indicated on Drawings. All valves
and valve assemblies shall be mounted in boxes as detailed

Underground Warning Tape

 Shall installed as in the position as indicated on the details. Warning tape shall be laid
above main pipes and be durable and detectable by electromagnetic means using low
output generator equipment.

Electrical Equipment

 All electrical equipment installed shall be in accordance with the Authority regulations
and electrical specification.
 The electrical wire connectors, and control system shall be installed as per the
manufactures manual and recommendations.

Irrigation Controller (As required)


 Citiscape shall supply automatic irrigation controller as per tender requirements.

Drip Irrigation Installation


 The pressure compensating emitters are built in type, incorporated into the interior
walls of the tube at spacing and discharged rate to the specification requirements.
 Warm the inline pressure compensating emitter tubing in the sun before uncoil to lay
flat much easier.
 Connect the emitter tubing to the tee connections of the uPVC lateral line using female
threaded tee connector and compression poly adapter fittings.
 Install staple stakes every ten meters or where applicable to hold the tubes in place.
 To connect 2 pieces of tubing use compression fittings. Hold the fitting in one hand and
the tubing in the other and force the tubing into the fitting by “walking” or “wiggling” it
into the fitting. Installation is complete when of the tubing is inside the fitting.
 Before turning the system on for the first time, leave all tubing ends open and turn the
water supply on, allowing it to run freely for a few minutes. This will flush out any dirt
that may be in the system.
 Close the end of the tubing by using either bend and clip or end cap.
 Check to see that the drippers are operating correctly and that there are no leaks in the
system. If leakage occurs on tubing insert plug to close the hole.

Page 6| 7
METHOD STATEMENT
Chapter :
Section :
Version : 00 Irrigation Works
Issue date : 28.04.2023

Sprinkler/Sprayer Head Installation

 Connect lawn sprinkler/sprayer heads with 1/2" (12.7 mm) inlet shall be connected to
the lateral line by installing a 12.7 mm (1/2”) PE flexible riser
 Assembly as per approved typical installation drawing.
 Flush lines, making sure the flush caps are directed away from trench.
 Install screen into riser opening and screw nozzles or other female threaded nozzle onto
riser
 If necessary, adjust arc and radius for each sprinkler
 Before setting the left side of the arc, first set the right ratcheting side by twisting the
riser assembly inside of the sprinkler body, aligning the right side of the spray pattern
into the proper area. The raised dot on top of the nozzle indicates the adjustable (left)
edge of the spray pattern.
 Hold the perimeter of the nozzle with fingers and turn the nozzle counter clockwise to
increase the arc.
 To decrease the arc, hold the perimeter of the nozzle with fingers and turn the nozzle
clockwise.
 The arc can also be increased or decreased by using a flat-bladed screwdriver.
 Hold the nozzle arc stationary with fingers, or with the two pins on the side of the Hunter
wrench between any of the nozzle spokes.
 Adjust the radius with a flat-bladed screwdriver by turning the center screw clockwise
to reduce the radius.
 The radius should not be reduced more than 25%. The sprinkler is preset at the factory
for maximum radius

Inline Drip tube/Soft line Testing


 Drip lines will be carefully uncoiled and laid in position without kinking. Any kinked
section will be cut from the line and subsequently rejoined with a line joiner section.
 Drip lines will be snaked as required for maximum coverage without the use of
compression fittings. Sharp bends will be avoided where there is a likelihood of causing
kinks in the line.
 Drip lines will be laid on the ground surface for a minimum of 48 hours prior to the
installation of in line pinning stakes.
 After this period the drip lines will be realigned and secured to the ground with stakes
at 5 m intervals and offered up for inspection.

Flushing
 Flushing works to be carried out as per the requirements

Commissioning
 Adjust the remote control valve outlet pressure + 10% of nominal.
 Adjust sprayers to minimize spray onto pavements, paths etc. Replace spray nozzles and
filters that have debris or sand lodged inside. Adjust spray patterns to ensure optimum
coverage. Ensure that sprays and valve boxes are flush with finish grade.
 Run the system in fully automatic mode as per the approved schedule for a full cycle.
 Operation manual and control shall be issued upon completion of the project.

Page 5| 7
METHOD STATEMENT
Chapter :
Section :
Version : 00 Irrigation Works
Issue date : 05.07.2023

 Testing and commissioning of the automatic irrigation system shall be done as per
project requirements .

Field Quality Control/Checkpoints


 Check approval of construction shop drawings and coordination drawings (If any).
 Check routing of pipes.
 Check proper gradients and elevations.
 Check materials has arrived from qualified supplier.
 Check materials in use conform to specifications.
 Check proper tools and equipment’s is available and use as per requirements.
 Check and verify that excavation is to required grade and line dimensions and is not over
excavated.
 Check that installation is in accordance with project specifications and engineering
standards.
 Check pipes are routed in orderly manner and gradients is maintained.
 Remove dirt from outside/inside piping assemblies.
 Check and established elevations of buried piping to adequate burial depths.
 Check slope of irrigation piping and arrange to drain at low points.
 Checks invert elevation with utility contractor for services connections.
 Check the services connections are properly connected.
 Check that unions are installed downstream of valves.
 Ensure that open ends of the pipes and flanges and valves shall be closed, when work is
in progress.
 Ensure that if any joint is disturbed shall be replaced.
 Ensure that pipe line is centrally located in the thrust blocks.
 Ensure that thrust blocks constructed on main pipe lines at all changes in direction or
size.
 Ensure that all solenoid valves, motor spread valves, manually operated valves and
controller shall be tagged as per schedule.
 Ensure that irrigation controller is properly programmed.
 Check that underground piping shall be generally backfilled with all joints exposed.
 All exposed coupling and valves shall be examined for leaks.
 After completion of entire network of irrigation system. Final test shall be carried out
for the whole network.
 After completion of system test the entire system shall be flushed.
 After flushing operational test shall be carried out for the system.
 Check that pipes have been tested prior to backfilling operations.
 Check that warning tapes have been placed as required.
 Pipes and fittings shall be cleaned before installation.
 During hydro test all exposed pipes, joints, fittings, valves and solenoids shall be
carefully examined for leakage.

Page 6| 7
METHOD STATEMENT
Chapter :
Section :
Version : 00 Irrigation Works
Issue date : 28.04.2023

8. INSPECTION & TESTING

 All Inspection & Tests shall be conducted in accordance with the project requirements.
 Citiscape’s representative will be available at site to supervise and monitor the work
area.

9. RISK ASSESSMENT

Risk assessment enclosed

Page 5| 7
RISK ASSESSMENT FORM 
Project AL FURJAN - PHASE 01 COMMUNITY ( LANDSCAPE, DOG PARK, AND MULTIPURPOSE PLAY AREA WORKS)
Activity IRRIGATION WORKS
Reference AFPC.CSHSE44.RA.002.23

Name  Signature  Position  Date 


WAQAS MUHAMMAD SADID   HSEM 
Completed By  06.07.23 
 (CM IOSH) 
Reviewed By  Muhammad Al sheikh   Construction Manager  06.07.23 

Approved by  Pooviah Authithan  Project Manager  06.07.23 

Risk After 
Description  Initial Risk  Mitigation 
Affected 
Control Measures 
Sr.  Activity  Hazard  Risk  L  S  R/R  L  S  R/R 
Groups 
• Adequate HSE Induction training must be given prior
to mobilization on respective task.
• Specific  HSE  Training  in  site  rules,  worksite
procedures and emergency protocols.
• Pre‐planning of tasks assigned based on experience
required.
Mobilization of new  • Lack of
• Provide  necessary  PPE  and  train  in  the  proper  use
experience  • Personal
1  personnel  • A 3  3  9  and handling including safe storage of PPE.  1  3  3 
• Unaware of Injury
• Constantly  monitor  and  frequent  consultation  on
site condition 
assign  duty  including  the  provision  of  competent
supervision.
• Avoid lone working of newly mobilized personnel.
• Pre‐start  briefings  /  tool  box  talks  and  ensure  he
should  adopt  necessary  safe  work  practices  and
worksite procedures.

Page 1 of 35 CSHSE44 Version R0


 
Risk After 
Description  Initial Risk  Mitigation 
Affected 
Control Measures 
Sr.  Activity  Hazard  Risk  L  S  R/R  L  S  R/R 
Groups 
• Never assign immediately in risky activities such as 
working at height. 
• Must frequently monitor where it need to use work 
equipment  to  ensure  appropriately  use  of  the 
equipment. 
• Never  allow  personnel  on  a  piece  of  equipment 
which they are not familiar with and appropriately 
trained in its use. 
• During  summer‐worker(s)  should  be  acclimatized 
prior  to  mobilized  in  extremely  hot  work 
environment. 
• Vehicles  should  travel  within  traffic  routes 
designated  after  obtaining  necessary  permission 
from the security gate. 
• Driver must undergo safety induction when entering 
• Injury to  the site and ensure complete compliance with site 
persons.  safety and traffic requirements. 
• Vehicle  • Damage to  • All Vehicles should be fixed with revolving flashing 
colliding with  site works,  light, reverse alarm mirrors. 
site works  vehicles/pla • No using mobile phone when driving onsite.  
Vehicle movement  and other  nt.   • Seat belts to be always worn while driving. 
2  on site  vehicles.  • Fractures,  • A, B & D  4  4  16  • Vehicles  to  be  parked  in  the  designated  parking  1  4  4 
  • Site  minor,  /unloading areas. 
operatives hit  severe or  • Start  the  unloading  works  after  switching  off  the 
by road  fatal  engine and engaging hand brakes. 
traffic.  accident to  • No person should lay/rest beneath a parked vehicle. 
site  • Banks  man  to  be  engaged  during  reversing  of 
personnel  vehicles. Coordinate with logistic team upon arrival 
onsite. 
• Ensure  the  vehicle  speed  should  not  exceed  20 
km/ph inside the site. 
• All operatives should have valid driving license. 

Page 2 of 35 CSHSE44 Version R0


 
Risk After 
Description  Initial Risk  Mitigation 
Affected 
Control Measures 
Sr.  Activity  Hazard  Risk  L  S  R/R  L  S  R/R 
Groups 
• Driver/operator  must  carry  out  daily  pre‐
operational inspection prior to mobilize using daily 
inspection checklist. 
• Any  defects  will  be  immediately  notified  to  the 
supervisor 
• The  driver  must  ensure  that  the  machine  is  in  a 
stable position, on firm and level ground surface. 
• Adequate compaction when positioned on ground 
surface. Check the area especially when raising the 
load. 
• Overturning /  • Ensure  the  use  of  stabilizer  /  outrigger  –  must  be 
topple down  rested in a firm level surface. 
of the  • Ensure  stabilizer  hydraulic  system  must  be  free  of 
equipment  any leakage to adequately resist loading force. 
due to:  • Kept away nearby trenches/excavation edges, ramp 
• Failure to use  and steep surface.  
outrigger  • Ensure  machine  must  be  fitted  with  levelling 
• Fatality 
Using Telehandler  • Ramp/gradie indicator and Indicator lamp for stabilizers. 
• Serious  • A,B & D 
3  nt surface  3  5  15  • Avoid  overloading  especially  when  raising  load  1  5  5 
(boom loader)   personnel 
• Positioning in  causing  equipment  unstable–  only  as  per  safe 
injuries 
unstable  working  load  referring  to  boom  length  capacity. 
surface  Load charts to be in all cab. 
• Overloading  • Only  competent,  authorized  &  adequately  trained 
• Failure of the  operator  that  aware  on  operating  principles, 
machine  controls of the machine and site conditions.   
• Operator  • Operator  must  be  adequate  fit,  undergo  health 
Error  screening prior to use the machine e.g. BP, eyesight 
test,  with  appropriate  mobility  and  hearing 
condition.  
• Restrict machine from unauthorized used by means 
of  securing  the  machine  e.g.  do  not  leave  the 
machine unattended, de‐energized when not in use, 

Page 3 of 35 CSHSE44 Version R0


 
Risk After 
Description  Initial Risk  Mitigation 
Affected 
Control Measures 
Sr.  Activity  Hazard  Risk  L  S  R/R  L  S  R/R 
Groups 
key must remove from ignition switch and cab must 
be locked. 
• Ensure safe traffic routes free from any obstructions 
and unleveled surfaces. 
• Ensure  machine  must  be  thoroughly  inspected  by 
3rd  party  and  pre‐use  check  by  the  operator  to 
ensure  safe  operation.  Any found defects  must  be 
reported immediately to the supervisor.  
• Load  to  be  correctly  located  on  the  forks,  secures 
against slipping and wide loads must be balanced & 
evenly centered. 
• Load to be carefully deposited on to loading bay / 
drop‐off point avoiding shock loading.  
• Trained Slinger/Signaler to guide loads being placed 
or positioned. 
• Avoid overloading – only as per safe working load. 
Load charts to be in all cab. 
• Fatality  • Never travel with highly raised load. When travelling 
• Fall of load /  • Serious  with  load  such  as  pipes,  it  must  be  secured  by 
    • A,B & D  3  5  15  1  5  5 
materials  personnel  lashing into the fork. 
injuries  • Restrict any personnel near the activity area. 
• When  using  hook  attachment,  operating 
procedures as per mobile cranes apply. 
• Before  using  any  attachment  check  with  the 
manufacturer regarding the machine stability. 
• Automatic Safe Load Indicators must be fitted. 
• When raising, or shifting load into elevated surface, 
area to be fully barricaded and sign posted. 
• Machine  must  have  overhead  guard  to  protect 
operator against falling objects. 

Page 4 of 35 CSHSE44 Version R0


 
Risk After 
Description  Initial Risk  Mitigation 
Affected 
Control Measures 
Sr.  Activity  Hazard  Risk  L  S  R/R  L  S  R/R 
Groups 
• During  loading  &  unloading,  truck  must  be  fully 
secured  with  brake  engaged  and  wheel  blocks  to 
prevent sudden movement. 
• Flagman to station at all times to control vehicle and 
pedestrian movements 
• Never use ramp areas for unloading materials – only 
designated areas as per logistic instructions  
• Ensure no pedestrians or unnecessary movement in 
close proximity. 
• Traffic  management  plan  to  be  adhered  to  and 
designated traffic routes used. 
• Strictly ‘NO MOBILE PHONES DURING OPERATION’. 
• Never  left  the  machine  unattended  with  engine 
• Collison with  working. De‐energized the machine and parked in a 
other moving  designated area and remove the key from ignition 
vehicles and  switch to avoid unauthorized use. 
pedestrians  • Fatality  • Persons not to stand between machine or the load 
    • Personnel  • Serious  • A,B & D  3  5  15 
and any fixed object to prevent being crushed. Carry 
1  5  5 
may have  personnel  loads close to the ground with articulated forklifts, 
struck by /  injuries  back and front wheels must be in same straight line. 
crush by  • Check  for  people  in  the  vicinity.    Keep  personnel 
when  clear of operations (Plant / Personnel segregation). 
reversing  • Designated  walk  ways  to  be  provided  for 
pedestrian’s  access.  Must  be  clearly  marked  and 
sign posted. 
• Operator  to  observe  speed  limit  and  site  traffic 
requirements. 
• Operator to look always in the direction of and clear 
view of the path of travel.  
• When front view has been obstructed by the load, 
reverse movement to be done. 

Page 5 of 35 CSHSE44 Version R0


 
Risk After 
Description  Initial Risk  Mitigation 
Affected 
Control Measures 
Sr.  Activity  Hazard  Risk  L  S  R/R  L  S  R/R 
Groups 
• Ensure the provision of trained banks man – restrict 
unnecessary movement around the machine. 
• Machine  must  have  fitted  with  audible  reversing 
alarm and amber light including mirrors (rear view 
&  wing)  use  by  the  driver  to  oversee  rear  side  of 
operation. 
• Exclusion  zone  with  physical  barriers  must  be 
provided during the operation. 
• Never allow installing curtains at operator’s cab that 
could  cause  obscuring  view  on  the  vicinity  during 
operation. 
• Banks  man  must  always  in  safe  position  avoiding 
perpendicularly with the machine. 
• During  loading  &  unloading,  truck  must  be  fully 
secured  with  brake  engaged  and  wheel  blocks  to 
prevent sudden movement. 
• Ensure alarm system is fitted when raising the boom 
• Raising 
• Fatality /  at excessive height or length. 
telescopic 
Electrocuti • Clear  view  and  attention/extra  precaution  by  the 
boom may 
on  operator  when  loading/unloading  materials  when 
    contact  • A,B & D  3  5  15  1  5  5 
• Electric  working near electrical cables are being routed and 
overhead 
shock /  any overhead obstructions  
obstruction & 
power lines  burns  • Signaler/banks man to be positioned to adequately 
guide the operator. 
• During refueling, fuel tanks must not be fill with the 
• Fire hazards  engine is running. Must be done only in designated 
from  and well‐ventilated area. 
• Fatality 
    generation of  • A,B & D  2  5  10  • Ensure no leak on fuel system. Must be thoroughly  1  5  5 
flammable  • Burns  checked. 
vapour  • No  open  flames  when  checking  level  of  fuel  or 
battery electrolyte. 

Page 6 of 35 CSHSE44 Version R0


 
Risk After 
Description  Initial Risk  Mitigation 
Affected 
Control Measures 
Sr.  Activity  Hazard  Risk  L  S  R/R  L  S  R/R 
Groups 
• Battery  must  be  charge  in  a  designated  &  well‐
ventilated area including changing of battery to be 
done only by competent person. 
• Fork  must  be  fully  and  horizontally  lowered  on 
ground surface. 
• Fork improper 
• Park only on designated areas away from pedestrian 
positioning ‐  • Personal 
    • A,B & D  3  4  12  movements.  1  4  4 
tripping  injury 
hazard  • Never  left  the  machine  unattended  with  engine 
working. De‐energized the machine and remove the 
key from ignition switch to avoid unauthorized use. 
• Never use ramp areas for unloading materials – only 
designated areas as per logistic instructions  
• Ensure no pedestrians or unnecessary movement in 
close proximity. 
• Traffic  management  plan  to  be  adhered  to  and 
designated traffic routes used. 
• Collison with  • Strictly ‘NO MOBILE PHONES DURING OPERATION’. 
other moving  • Never  left  the  machine  unattended  with  engine 
vehicles and  working. De‐energized the machine and parked in a 
Use of Forklift   pedestrians  • Fatality  designated area and  remove the  key  from ignition 
• Serious  switch to avoid unauthorized use. 
4  • Personnel  • A,B & D  3  5  15  1  5  5 
personnel  • Persons not to stand between machine or the load 
  may have 
injuries  and any fixed object to prevent being crushed. Carry 
struck by / 
loads close to the ground with articulated forklifts, 
crush by 
back and front wheels must be in same straight line. 
when 
• Check  for  people  in  the  vicinity.    Keep  personnel 
reversing 
clear of operations (Plant / Personnel segregation). 
• Designated  walk  ways  to  be  provided  for 
pedestrians’  access.  Must  be  clearly  marked  and 
sign posted. 
• Operator  to  observe  speed  limit  and  site  traffic 
requirements. 

Page 7 of 35 CSHSE44 Version R0


 
Risk After 
Description  Initial Risk  Mitigation 
Affected 
Control Measures 
Sr.  Activity  Hazard  Risk  L  S  R/R  L  S  R/R 
Groups 
• Operator to look always in the direction of and clear 
view of the path of travel.  
• When front view has been obstructed by the load, 
reverse movement to be done. 
• Ensure the provision of trained banks man – restrict 
unnecessary movement around the machine. 
• Machine  must  have  fitted  with  audible  reversing 
alarm and amber light including mirrors (rear view & 
wing)  use  by  the  driver  to  oversee  rear  side  of 
operation. 
• Exclusion  zone  with  physical  barriers  must  be 
provided during the operation. 
• Never allow installing curtains at operator’s cab that 
could  cause  obscuring  view  on  the  vicinity  during 
operation. 
• Banks  man  must  always  in  safe  position  avoiding 
perpendicularly with the FLT. 
• During  loading  &  unloading,  truck  must  be  fully 
secured  with  brake  engaged  and  wheel  blocks  to 
prevent sudden movement. 
• Load  to  be  correctly  located  on  the  forks,  secures 
against slipping and wide loads and balanced not to 
tilt sideways.   
• Masts to be vertical or tilted slightly back and load 
• Fatality 
must be evenly centered. 
• Fall of load /  • Serious 
    • A,B & D  3  5  15  • Load to be carefully deposited on to loading bay /  1  5  5 
materials  personnel 
drop‐off point avoiding shock loading.  
injuries 
• Trained Slinger/Signaler to guide loads being placed 
or positioned. 
• Avoid overloading – only as per safe working load. 
Load charts to be in all cab. 

Page 8 of 35 CSHSE44 Version R0


 
Risk After 
Description  Initial Risk  Mitigation 
Affected 
Control Measures 
Sr.  Activity  Hazard  Risk  L  S  R/R  L  S  R/R 
Groups 
• Never travel with highly raised load. When travelling 
with  load  such  as  pipes,  it  must  be  secured  by 
lashing into the fork. 
• Restrict any personnel near the activity area. 
• When using hook attachment, operating procedures 
as per mobile cranes apply. 
• Before  using  any  attachment  check  with  the 
manufacturer regarding the machine stability. 
• Automatic Safe Load Indicators must be fitted. 
• When raising, or shifting load into elevated surface, 
area to be fully barricaded and sign posted. 
• Machine  must  have  overhead  guard  to  protect 
operator against falling objects. 
• During  loading  &  unloading,  truck  must  be  fully 
secured  with  brake  engaged  and  wheel  blocks  to 
prevent sudden movement. 
• Flagman to station at all times to control vehicle and 
pedestrian movements 
• Overturning /  • The  driver  must  ensure  that  the  machine  is  in  a 
topple down  stable position, on firm and level ground surface. 
of the  • Adequate  compaction  when  positioned  on  ground 
equipment  surface. Check the area especially when raising the 
due to:  load. 
‐ Ramp/gradient  • Fatality  • Kept away nearby trenches/excavation edges, ramp 
surface  • Serious  and steep surface.  
    • A,B & D  3  5  15  • Avoid  overloading  especially  when  raising  load  1  5  5 
‐ Positioning in  personnel 
injuries  causing  equipment  unstable–  only  as  per  safe 
unstable 
working  load  referring  to  boom  length  capacity. 
surface  Load charts to be in all cab. 
‐ Overloading  • Only  competent,  authorized  &  adequately  trained 
‐ Failure of the  operator  that  aware  on  operating  principles, 
machine  controls of the machine and site conditions.   

Page 9 of 35 CSHSE44 Version R0


 
Risk After 
Description  Initial Risk  Mitigation 
Affected 
Control Measures 
Sr.  Activity  Hazard  Risk  L  S  R/R  L  S  R/R 
Groups 
• Operator  • Operator  must  be  adequate  fit,  undergo  health 
Error  screening prior to use the machine e.g. BP, eyesight 
test,  with  appropriate  mobility  and  hearing 
condition.  
• Restrict machine from unauthorized used by means 
of  securing  the  machine  e.g.  do  not  leave  the 
machine unattended, de‐energized when not in use, 
key must remove from ignition switch and cab must 
be locked. 
• Ensure safe traffic routes free from any obstructions 
and unleveled surfaces. 
• Ensure  machine  must  be  thoroughly  inspected  by 
3rd  party  and  pre‐use  check  by  the  operator  to 
ensure  safe  operation.  Any found defects  must  be 
reported immediately to the supervisor. 
• Tire pressure must be adequately inflated. 
• Fatality /  • Clear  view  and  attention/extra  precaution  by  the 
• Contact with  Electrocutio operator  when  loading/unloading  materials  when 
overhead  n  working near electrical cables are being routed and 
    • A,B & D  3  5  15  1  5  5 
obstruction &  • Electric  any overhead obstructions. 
power lines  shock/burn • Signaler/banks man to be positioned to adequately 
s  guide the operator. 
• During refueling, fuel tanks must not be fill with the 
engine is running. Must be done only in designated 
and well‐ventilated area. 
• Fire hazards 
• Ensure no leak on fuel system. Must be thoroughly 
from 
• Fatality  checked. 
    generation of  • A,B & D  2  5  10  1  5  5 
• Burns  • No  open  flames  when  checking  level  of  fuel  or 
flammable 
battery electrolyte. 
vapour 
• Battery  must  be  charge  in  a  designated  &  well‐
ventilated area including changing of battery to be 
done only by competent person. 

Page 10 of 35 CSHSE44 Version R0


 
Risk After 
Description  Initial Risk  Mitigation 
Affected 
Control Measures 
Sr.  Activity  Hazard  Risk  L  S  R/R  L  S  R/R 
Groups 
• Fork  must  be  fully  and  horizontally  lowered  on 
ground surface. 
• Fork improper 
• Park only on designated areas away from pedestrian 
positioning ‐  • Personal 
    • A,B & D  3  4  12  movements.  1  4  4 
tripping  injury 
• Never  left  the  machine  unattended  with  engine 
hazard 
working. De‐energized the machine and remove the 
key from ignition switch to avoid unauthorized use. 
• Under no circumstances: 
• Serious  ₋ No passengers to be carried or back riding. 
    • Fall of person  Personal  • A,B & D  2  5  10  • No  lifting  of  a  person  on  the  forks  unless  an  1  5  5 
Injury  authorized  and  appropriate  attachment  to  be  use 
e.g. man basket 
• Use  only  in  well‐ventilated  areas.  Access  to 
basement  area,  ensure  suitable  force  ventilation 
must  be  in  place  to  disperse  emits  carbon 
• Smoke /  • Suffocation 
contaminant.  
    carbon  • Respiratory  • A,B & D  3  4  12  1  4  4 
• FLT  must  be  regularly  checked  and  maintained  its 
emission  disorders  
operational condition. 
• FLT must be de‐energized when not in use especially 
at basement areas. 
• Ensure  the conditions  of  the  hand  tools  are  good, 
when obtaining from the stores. 
• Damaged  • Hand  tools  shall  not  be  kept  on  walkways  and 
tools  around vicinity of temporary storage area. 
• Injury to 
• Improvised  • Hand tools shall be kept in tool boxes whenever not 
the 
5  Use of hand tools   tools  • A,B & D  3  3  9  in use.  1  3  3 
person/per
• Sharp edges  • All tools shall be inspected for any damages on daily 
sons 
• Fall of tools  basis and at regular intervals 
from height  • Don’t keep any tools unattended especially claw bar 
• Store  keeper  will  inspect  all  the  new  tools  before 
issuing to site. 

Page 11 of 35 CSHSE44 Version R0


 
Risk After 
Description  Initial Risk  Mitigation 
Affected 
Control Measures 
Sr.  Activity  Hazard  Risk  L  S  R/R  L  S  R/R 
Groups 
• Ensure  that  no  homemade/make  shift  tools  are 
used at site 
• Ensure  the  operatives  are  wearing  hand  gloves 
during the activity. 
• Workers  must  be  adequately  instructed  on  safe 
working  procedures  through  toolbox  and/or  pre‐
start briefing. 
• Damage tools will be removed from service. 
• Plan to eliminate the need to manually lift by using 
lifting equipment e.g. forklift truck or pallet trolley 
• Review the task, the individual’s capability, the load 
itself  and  the  working  environment.  Where 
necessary clear any unwanted materials. 
• Lifting heavy 
• Check the load prior to lift. Where the load can be 
loads Lifting 
• Chronic  split into smaller ones. 
awkward 
injury  • Check  environment  for  space  constraints,  uneven, 
loads 
• Disability  untidy  ground,  and  variation  in  work, 
• Twisting while 
• Severe back  surfaces/height,  poor  lighting  and  extremes  of 
lifting 
pain  temperature/humidity 
• Poor 
Manual handling  • Muscle  • Check  individual’s  strength  limits  /  physical 
6  • underfoot  • A  4  4  16  1  5  5 
works  strain  disabilities.  Where  necessary  team  handling  to  be 
conditions 
• Being  done. 
• Top heavy 
struck  • Ensure adequate rest periods/recovery periods are 
bending 
• Aggravating  followed between lifts/activities. 
• Previous back 
previous  • Use  gloves  that  offer  adequate  protection  and  aid 
problems 
condition.  grip. 
• Sharp edges 
• Proper lifting techniques will be followed: 
• Slips/trip/fall 
• Position in front of the load with legs balanced and 
spread equal to shoulder width. 
• Bend the knees to reach the bottom of the load to 
get a grip; do not bend the spine. 
• Lift load slowly by gradually straightening the legs. 

Page 12 of 35 CSHSE44 Version R0


 
Risk After 
Description  Initial Risk  Mitigation 
Affected 
Control Measures 
Sr.  Activity  Hazard  Risk  L  S  R/R  L  S  R/R 
Groups 
• Do not twist spine if you need to change direction; 
turn whole body instead. 
• Carry the load as close to your body and as high as 
your waist. 
• Where  possible  unloading  of  materials  from  the 
delivery truck should be close to the storage area. 
• Workers to be adequately trained and instructed in 
manual  handling  techniques  including  adequate 
supervision. 
• Material  to  be  delivered  onsite  must  be 
accompanied with Materials Safety Data Sheets for 
the  products  used  and  ensure  to  comply  with  the 
requirements. 
• COSHH  Assessment  to  be  completed  and 
communicated  to  the  work  force  prior  to  used 
chemical. 
• Contact of 
• All dangerous substances to be clearly labelled and 
chemicals   • Skin 
stored  in  the  designated  hazardous  materials 
• Inhalation of  irritation; 
storage area. 
fumes   or burning 
Use of Hazardous  • Must  be  stored  in  a  well‐ventilated  area.  Where 
7  • Misuse of  of the skin  • A,B & D  4  3  12  1  5  5 
Chemical  necessary  storage  area  must  be  in  a  controlled 
chemical  • Respiratory 
temperature and avoid direct sunlight. Provide fire 
• Spills of  irritation / 
precautions and firefighting equipment if possesses 
chemical  disorders 
fire hazard. 
 
• Provide  all  necessary  information,  training  and 
instructions to employees using substances. 
• All  dust  and  fumes  must  be  regarded  as  a  hazard. 
Provide  appropriate  PPE  and  enforce  its’  use  to 
those working with dangerous substances. 
• Monitor  and  check  storage  and  disposal  facilities 
frequently. Access only to authorized personnel. 

Page 13 of 35 CSHSE44 Version R0


 
Risk After 
Description  Initial Risk  Mitigation 
Affected 
Control Measures 
Sr.  Activity  Hazard  Risk  L  S  R/R  L  S  R/R 
Groups 
• Spill  kit  to  be available  and  used  in  the  event  of  a 
spill especially temporary storage area when shifted 
onsite. 
• Chemicals to be used for their correct purpose only. 
• Maintain  high  standard  of  personal  hygiene  after 
working  with  hazardous  chemicals.    Contaminated 
clothing should not be used. 
• Contaminated  clothing  must  be  thoroughly  wash 
after  working  with  chemical  to  remove  residue  of 
contaminants that could cause irritant. 
• Any open wounds must be covered with clean gauze 
to  prevent  direct  contact  that  immediately 
penetrate into the blood steam.  
• Train workers and staff on MSDS requirements and 
ensure  strict  implementation  on  precautionary 
measures. Never allow untrained workers engaging 
the activity.  
• Workers  must  be  adequately  instructed  in  the 
application  of  chemicals  through  TBT  and/or  pre‐
start briefing. 
• Avoid contact with skin by ensuring use of complete 
PPE including coverall with long sleeves and gloves. 
In case on contact with skin, rinse immediately with 
plenty  of  water  and  proceed  immediately  to  site 
clinic.  If  swallowed,  seek  medical  advice 
immediately. 
• Barrier  or  moisturizing  cream  to  be  use  in  case  of 
skin contact to avoid inflammation and to replenish 
skin glands and its epidermis layer. 
• Never  left  unused/excess  chemical  at  the 
workplace. Every end of the shift area must be clear 
of  chemical  and  clean  all  surfaces  from  any 
contaminants. 

Page 14 of 35 CSHSE44 Version R0


 
Risk After 
Description  Initial Risk  Mitigation 
Affected 
Control Measures 
Sr.  Activity  Hazard  Risk  L  S  R/R  L  S  R/R 
Groups 
• In  proximity  to  the  application  area  must  be 
restricted from unnecessary movement. 
• Generated  chemical  waste  must  have  disposed  in 
designates skip bins to avoid accidental contacts. 
• Area to be visually checked for markers or physical 
signs of services, i.e. manholes. 
• Up to date drawings detailing existing services shall 
be obtained and checked thoroughly. 
• Service  providers  shall  be  contacted  to  assess  if 
there are services in the area and also to let them 
know  work  is going  to be carried  out. Obtain  NOC 
prior to commence digging works 
• Obtain permit from Utility Company if required. 
• Use  of  trial  holes  and  hand  excavation  around 
known services 
• Personal 
• Hand  tools  that  are  nonconductive  shall  be  used 
Injury 
when excavating around existing services. 
Excavation works ‐  • Contact with  • Electrocutio
• Prior  to  excavation  the  affected  area  shall  be 
8  Mechanical /  underground  n  • A,B & D  4  4  16  1  4  4 
surveyed using cable avoidance tool by a competent 
manual excavation  services  • Drowning 
person.  Where  utilities  detected,  marked  the 
• Asphyxiatio
location 

• Records of all cable avoidance tool surveyed areas 
to be kept on file and briefed to excavation team 
• Emergency contact numbers displayed on site 
• Ensure  the  excavation  permits  must  obtain  and 
comply with the necessary precautions and control 
measures. 
• Trained  and  adequately  supervise  operatives 
engaged in excavation works. 
• Approved  Method  Statement  /  Risk  Assessment 
must  be  communicated  prior  to  commence  the 
activity. 

Page 15 of 35 CSHSE44 Version R0


 
Risk After 
Description  Initial Risk  Mitigation 
Affected 
Control Measures 
Sr.  Activity  Hazard  Risk  L  S  R/R  L  S  R/R 
Groups 
• Permit to work must be obtain from ASJV approved 
issuing  staff  prior  to  start  excavation  works  and 
ensure precautions must be in place. 
• Soil materials must be tested to determine the type 
of  soil  and  the  protective  system  that  must  be  in 
place.  Sloping,  benching  or  shielding  /  shoring  / 
timbering for 1.2 meters deep to protect from the 
danger of any material falling or collapsing 
• Make it sure all materials e g. heaps of soils must be 
at least 1 meter from the edge of excavation. 
• Personal  • Avoid highly vibrating activities in close proximity to 
• Fall of 
Injury  the excavation (at least 10 meters). 
    materials  • A  4  4  16  1  4  4 
• Asphyxiatio • Prior to enter, it must be thoroughly check any signs 
• Cave‐in 
n  of  cave‐in.  For  such  circumstances  never  permits 
any person’s entry into excavation. 
• Ensure  the provision  of  access  ladder  that  permits 
the quick and easy access in the event of emergency. 
• A  routine  inspection  must  be  done  and  ensures 
conditions of permit must being adhered. 
• Approved  Method  Statement  and  Risk  assessment 
must be communicated prior to work commences. 
• Daily  excavation  checklist  to  be  completed  by 
competent  person  or  after  adverse  weather 
condition. 
• Provide adequate access ladder, properly positioned 
and  set‐up.  Never  allow  person  jump  into 
excavation. 
• Personal 
    • Fall of person  • A,B & D  4  4  16  • Ensure  complete  barricades  around  excavation  +  1  4  4 
injury 
warning signs. Never left open once shift completed. 
• Where a person need to cross excavation, provide 
gangways with railings. 

Page 16 of 35 CSHSE44 Version R0


 
Risk After 
Description  Initial Risk  Mitigation 
Affected 
Control Measures 
Sr.  Activity  Hazard  Risk  L  S  R/R  L  S  R/R 
Groups 
• Only  adequately  trained  operatives  must  be 
mobilized  into  the  excavation  provided  with 
competent supervision. 
• Approved  Method  Statement  and  Risk  assessment 
must be communicated prior to work commences. 
• Minimize the presence of workers on foot near the 
roller. 
• Use barriers to separate workers, pedestrians, and 
vehicles from moving equipment where possible. 
• Ear  protection  to  be  worn  where  required  if  the 
noise levels are high. 
• Use  machinery  equipped  with  ROPS  (Roll‐over 
Protection System) and seatbelts, and ensures their 
use. Replace seatbelts if they are damaged, worn, or 
too small.  
• Fatality  • Ensure  that  rollers  are  not  operated  on  grades 
• Serious  steeper than those specified by the manufacturer.  
• People being 
personnel  • Make  sure  that  all  the  safety  features  are 
crushed 
Use of roller  injuries  operational.  
9  • Roller  • A,B & D  3  5  15  1  5  5 
compactor  • HAVS (hand  • Ensure the auxiliary devices are in place i.e. flashing 
overturning 
& arm  beacon and reversing alarm. 
• Vibration 
vibration  • Only refuel when the engine is stopped. 
syndrome)  • Check  work  areas  for  workers  on  foot  in  the 
machine's  path  before  moving  the  machine  or 
changing  the  direction  of  travel.  Be  aware  of 
equipment blind spots. 
• Be aware of the hazards associated with operating 
machinery on non‐level surfaces. 
• Wear  the  seat  belt  and  do  not  jump  from  the 
equipment  in  the  event  of  a  rollover.  Keep  knees 
and  elbows  close  to  the  body,  hold  on  firmly,  and 
lean away from the impact to avoid being crushed 
by the ROPS.  

Page 17 of 35 CSHSE44 Version R0


 
Risk After 
Description  Initial Risk  Mitigation 
Affected 
Control Measures 
Sr.  Activity  Hazard  Risk  L  S  R/R  L  S  R/R 
Groups 
• Excavation  /  gulley’s  beside  work  area  should  be 
barriered  or  bunded  to  prevent  the  machine 
overturning into it. 
• Never  leave  the  machine  running  and  remove  the 
key when going on breaks, at the end of shift etc.   
• Operators to inspect the roller prior to use each day 
and record on the Daily/Weekly Checklist. 
• Do not approach machinery without first signalling 
to the operator and receiving acknowledgment from 
the operator.  
• Do not ride as a passenger on rollers. 
• Operator to enter and exit roller by facing machine 
at all times. 
• Safety shoes to be worn properly and fully tied. 
• Under any circumstances “NEVER LIFT MANUALLY” 
• Sprains & 
the  machine  during  loading  and  unloading  or 
stains 
shifting into the activity area. Use appropriate lifting 
• Other 
equipment  or  ramp  where  it  is  shifted  into  the 
musculoske
trench. 
letal 
• Never  attempt  to  move  the  machine  unless  it  is 
• Manual  disorders 
operating. 
handling  • Joint pain 
• As  necessary,  low  vibration  features  with  the 
Use of plate  • Excessive  and 
equipment  shall  be  specified  during  the 
10  compactor (wacker  noise  stiffness in  • A,B & D  4  3  12  1  3  3 
procurement phase. 
plate)  • Vibration  the hand 
• Ensure equipment must be regularly maintained to 
• Crush by the  and arm 
ensure vibration was kept to its designated level.  
machine  • Numbness, 
• Pre‐use  check  on  the  machine  must  be  done  to 
tingling and 
ensure safe operational condition. 
loss of 
• Advised  workers  of  the  danger  of  vibration  white 
dexterity in 
finger  and  introduce  necessary  precautions 
the tips of 
including  worker/job  rotation  to  minimize  the 
the finger;  
exposure. 

Page 18 of 35 CSHSE44 Version R0


 
Risk After 
Description  Initial Risk  Mitigation 
Affected 
Control Measures 
Sr.  Activity  Hazard  Risk  L  S  R/R  L  S  R/R 
Groups 
• Nerves  • Ensuring that workers has been instructed through 
damaged in  pre‐start briefing/TBT on the risk associated on the 
the hand.   process,  the  symptoms  of  the  syndrome  and  the 
• Blanching  control measures that should be followed.  
or vibration  • Provision of hard‐gripping gloves and ensure it has 
induced  to be worn and ensure a constant supervision. 
white finger  • Restrict  unnecessary  movement  nearby  activity 
disease  area. Worker to ensure wearing appropriate safety 
• Hearing  footwear. 
disorders  • Damaged equipment or where it induces excessive 
e.g.  vibration  should  not  be  use.  Immediately  notified 
tinnitus,  the supervisor 
temporary /  • Never allow untrained workers. No lone working. 
permanent  • Never  leave  a  machine  running  unattended. 
threshold  Machine to be de‐energize if not in use. 
shift, NIHL  • Check  activity  area,  machine  to  be  run  on  flat  & 
• Feet  leveled  surface  and  ensure  free  from  any 
crushing  obstructions e.g. stones. 
injury   • Always  comply  with  manufacturer’s 
recommendation for safe use of the machine. 
• Maintain good balance and good footing at all times 
during operation. 
• During  refueling,  allow  engine  to  cool  before 
refueling  and  ensure  no  ignition  source.  Use  only 
approved clearly marked container to carry fuel and 
use funnel to prevent spill onto hot parts.  
• Vapour  • Fire & 
• Fuel  tank  must  be  securely  cap.  Never  use  any 
    accumulation  explosion  • A,B & D  3  5  15  1  5  5 
makeshift cap. 
from fuel  • Burns 
• Fuel  container  must  be  returned  back  into 
designated storage area away from ignition source. 
• Refueling  to  be  done  only  in  an  open  and  well‐
ventilated area. 

Page 19 of 35 CSHSE44 Version R0


 
Risk After 
Description  Initial Risk  Mitigation 
Affected 
Control Measures 
Sr.  Activity  Hazard  Risk  L  S  R/R  L  S  R/R 
Groups 
• Ensure safe distance when tipping safe materials – 
at  least  1meter  from  the  edge  of  trench.  Must  be 
guided by a trained banks man. 
• Where necessary, use stop block situated at least 1 
meter from the edge of excavation. 
• Avoid parallel movement to the edge of trench. 
• Ensure  the  competency  of  the  operator  with  3rd 
party  certificate  and  awareness  training  must  be 
given. 
• Use  machinery  equipped  with  ROPS  (Roll‐over 
• Fall of  Protection System) and seatbelts, and ensures their 
equipment  use. Replace seatbelts if they are damaged, worn, or 
into  • Fatality  too small. 
excavation  • Serious  • Be aware of the hazards associated with operating 
11  Using bob cat  • A,B & D  3  5  15  1  5  5 
due to human  personnel  machinery  on  non‐level  surfaces  or  steeped 
and  injuries  gradient surface close to the excavation. 
mechanical  • In case of equipment fall into excavation ‐ Wear the 
failure  seat belt and do not jump from the equipment. Keep 
knees and elbows close to the body, hold on firmly, 
and  lean  away  from  the  impact  to  avoid  being 
crushed by the ROPS 
• Never  leave  the  machine  running  and  remove  the 
key when going on breaks, at the end of shift etc.  to 
avoid unauthorized use. 
• Operator  must  inspect  the  machine  prior  to  use 
each day and record on the Daily/Weekly Checklist 
and ensure regular servicing and maintenance. Any 
found defects report immediately to the supervisor. 
• Collison with  • Fatality  • Traffic  management  plan  to  be  adhered  to  and 
other moving  • Serious  designated traffic routes used. 
    • A,B & D  3  5  15  1  5  5 
vehicles and  personnel  • Ensure  the  provision  of  banks  man  /  flagman  to 
pedestrians  injuries  adequately  guide  the  operator  and  restrict  people 

Page 20 of 35 CSHSE44 Version R0


 
Risk After 
Description  Initial Risk  Mitigation 
Affected 
Control Measures 
Sr.  Activity  Hazard  Risk  L  S  R/R  L  S  R/R 
Groups 
movement  in  close  proximity  of  the  machine 
operation. 
• Check  work  areas  for  workers  on  foot  in  the 
machine's  path  before  moving  the  machine  or 
changing  the  direction  of  travel.  Be  aware  of 
equipment blind spots 
• Give  way  when  accessing  at  pedestrian  crossing 
point. 
• Observe speed limit onsite. 
• ‘NO MOBILE PHONES DURING OPERATION’. 
• Persons  not  to  stand  behind  machine  that  would 
• Personnel  obscured to the vision of the operator. Banks man 
• Fatality 
may struck by  to  keep  observant  and  restrict  any  unnecessary 
• Serious 
    / crush by  • A,B & D  3  5  15  movement in close proximity to the machine.  1  5  5 
personnel 
when  • Machine  must  fitted  with  audible  reversing  alarm 
injuries 
reversing  and amber light including mirrors use by the driver 
to oversee rear side of operation. 
• Contact with  • UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHOULD THE BUCKET 
buried  OF  THE  MACHINE  BE  USED  TO  GAIN  ACCESS  TO  A 
services or  HEIGHT OR USED AS A WORKING PLATFORM 
overhead  • When  the  front  shovel  is  being  employed,  the 
services   backhoe  attachment  should  be  in  its’  “travel 
• Contact with  position”, with the safety locking device in place 
pedestrians,  • Fatality  • When  operating  the  backhoe  in  poor  ground 
Use of backhoe  other plant,  • Serious  conditions,  the  stabilizers  tend  to  sink  into  the 
12  • A,B & D  3  5  15  1  5  5 
loader  fixed objects  personnel  surface  of  the  ground,  reducing  stability.  Frequent 
when  injuries  checks  of  the  stability  of  the  machine  should  be 
travelling   made 
• Overturning  • The loading shovel should always be lowered to the 
due to  ground to stabilize the machine when the backhoe 
overloading,  is employed 
working on 
slopes  

Page 21 of 35 CSHSE44 Version R0


 
Risk After 
Description  Initial Risk  Mitigation 
Affected 
Control Measures 
Sr.  Activity  Hazard  Risk  L  S  R/R  L  S  R/R 
Groups 
• Mechanical,  • Flashing  beacon,  convex  mirrors  and  audible 
fluid pressure,  reversing  alarm  (Auxiliary  safety  devices)  must  be 
electrical  fitted and in good working order 
hazards from  • No  passengers  to  be  carried  inside  or  outside  the 
power  machine 
transmission  • Operator  must  not  use  mobile  phones  while 
• Slips/falls  operating the machine 
when  • All  personnel  to  stand  well  clear  when  items  are 
climbing in or  being transported by the JCB 
out of a cab  • Segregate Plant and people  
• Noise and  • Only use as a lifting device if certified to do so 
vibration  • Banks‐man to be in place during lifting operations 
• Falling objects  • Give  way  when  accessing  at  pedestrian  crossing 
from Front  point. 
Bucket • Observe speed limit onsite. 
    • De‐energize the machine when not in use and park 
in  a  designated  area  with  the  parking  brake.  Key 
must  be  remove  from  the  ignition  switch  to  avoid 
unauthorize use.  
• Ensure  machine  must  be  regularly  maintained  to 
ensure  mechanical  and  electrical  system  in 
appropriate working condition including it hydraulic 
system. 
• Operator  must  carry  out  pre‐use  check  on  the 
machine  must  be  done  to  ensure  safe  operational 
condition.  Any  defects  on  the  machine  will  be 
immediately notified to the supervisor. 
• Stair access to cab must be free of any contaminants 
e.g.  grease  and  oil.  Operator  to  use  only  slip 
resistant footwear. 
• Only  authorized  operator,  trained,  competent  and 
certified by approved third party company. 

Page 22 of 35 CSHSE44 Version R0


 
Risk After 
Description  Initial Risk  Mitigation 
Affected 
Control Measures 
Sr.  Activity  Hazard  Risk  L  S  R/R  L  S  R/R 
Groups 
• Machine must be thoroughly inspected and certified 
by approved third party company. 
• Fire extinguisher to be in place in the machine and 
in good working order. 
• Operator to ensure appropriate seat adjustment to 
enable proper operational controls of the machine. 
Seat belt to be worn at all times. 
• Ensure  that  isolation  valves  are  installed  in  the 
correct  positions  as  determined  by  the  specific 
network or system. 
• Warning  signs  are  installed  on  the  system  or 
network  that  is  under  flushing  and  barricading  of 
exposed  areas  where  operations  will  take  place. 
(Where possible evacuate all workers from the area 
during flushing activity) 
• Watchman  must  be  placed  at  strategic  high  risk 
areas  which  cannot  be  effectively  barricaded  to 
prevent  unauthorized  entry  into  areas  where 
• Flooding /  networks or systems under circulation. 
Water filling &   • Serious 
leakages  • Technician  to  constantly  monitor  pressure  gauge 
13  hydrostatic flushing  personnel  • A,B & D  3  4  12  1  4  4 
during water  during initial pressurization. 
operation  injuries 
filling   • A  system  of  radio  communication  to  enable  the 
rapid and accurate transfer of information must be 
employed to ensure that any concerns such as leaks 
are dealt with in the minimum amount of time. 
• NO attempt must be made to repair a leaking system 
or vessel while it is under pressure. If any leakage is 
observed, the entire system must be depressurized 
and the permit must be cancelled.  A new permit to 
work must be obtained after repair work has been 
completed. 
• Emergency  response  team  available  during  the 
operation.  

Page 23 of 35 CSHSE44 Version R0


 
Risk After 
Description  Initial Risk  Mitigation 
Affected 
Control Measures 
Sr.  Activity  Hazard  Risk  L  S  R/R  L  S  R/R 
Groups 
• Provision and identification of water isolation points 
and  or  stoppage  of  circulation  in  the  event  of 
flooding of water 
• Competent  person  for  24  hrs.  monitoring  of  the 
system and process for leakages 
• Arrangements of spill cleanup kit on site 
• Area  to  be  restricted  from  other  workers’ 
movement. 
• Good housekeeping to prevent trip and slip hazards 
• Open  air  release  valve  before  draining  system  or 
network. 
Bleeding /draining  • Flooding  • Serious  • Engineer to verify air release valve is opened before 
14  of water at different  • Spillage of  personal  • A,B & D  4  5  20  opening draining valve to system or network.  1  5  5 
points  water   injuries  • Ensure  the  connection  of  flexible  pipes  using 
appropriate  clamping  connected  to  the  discharge 
point. 
• Activity  must  be  properly  supervise  and  ensure 
adequate  instruction  has  been  given  through 
toolbox talk and/or pre‐start briefing. 
• Never allow unguided truck moving onsite.  
• All  truck  drivers  must  have  received  adequate 
training/instructions  on  safety  and  site  traffic 
requirements onsite. 
• Audible  reversing  alarm  and  flashing  beacon  must 
• Collision with  • Fatality  be fitted to the required plant and mirror to be in 
Backfilling works –  pedestrians  • Serious  place to oversee rear side of the machine. 
15  • A,B & D  3  5  15  1  5  5 
using tipper trucks  and other  Personal  • A designated walkway segregate people from truck 
vehicles  Injuries  movement using plastic barriers. 
• Clearly visible signs will be erected highlighting for 
people to use the designated walkways provided. 
• No persons should walk around the rear of moving 
tipper  truck.  Banks  man  must  be  vigilant  in 
observing unnecessary movements. 

Page 24 of 35 CSHSE44 Version R0


 
Risk After 
Description  Initial Risk  Mitigation 
Affected 
Control Measures 
Sr.  Activity  Hazard  Risk  L  S  R/R  L  S  R/R 
Groups 
• Drivers must always check the blind spots and check 
mirrors when reversing. Kept banks man seen by the 
driver  while  reversing  –  ensure  constant 
communication. Drivers must obey the instructions 
of the banks‐man and flags‐man. 
• Tipping  only  on  firm  and  level  surface  away  from 
excavation edge. 
• Stop block must be provided when reversing close 
to excavation edge. 
• Truck only permitted to move forward after tipping 
if bed is fully lowered 
• Trucks must be loaded within rated capacity. 
• All  vehicles  weighed  at  source  using  approved 
weighbridge to avoid overloading. 
• Kept  tire  inflated  with  adequate  pressure  and 
ensure rear tire spring/suspension system must be 
• Overloading  • Fatality 
free of damage. 
• Overturning  • Serious 
    • A,B & D  3  5  15  • All  trucks  must  be  inspected  and  tagged  prior  to  1  5  5 
• Run over into  Personal 
mobilization. 
excavation  Injuries 
• Daily pre‐use inspections for the trucks and ensure 
for safe operation. 
• All  trucks  included  in  planned  preventative 
maintenance schedule 
• Drivers  to  receive  HSE  Induction  and  additional 
driver awareness training 
• Exclusion zone around operation 
• Trained  flagman  to  be  deployed  to  maintain  safe 
distances between vehicles 
• Ensure  driver  must  have  valid  driver’s  license 
including vehicle registration. 
• Respiratory 
• Dust  • All  vehicle  loads  covered  by  tarpaulin  to  prevent 
    / Eye  • A,B,D & E  3  3  9  1  3  3 
generation  spillage of materials on haulage routes. 
irritation  

Page 25 of 35 CSHSE44 Version R0


 
Risk After 
Description  Initial Risk  Mitigation 
Affected 
Control Measures 
Sr.  Activity  Hazard  Risk  L  S  R/R  L  S  R/R 
Groups 
• Temporary  cease  operation  in  excessive  wind 
condition‐maximum 20kph. 
• Spray  water  into  materials  to  minimize  the 
generation of dust. 
• Ensure the application must be in a well‐ventilated 
area.    Where  necessary,  dilution  ventilation  to  be 
arranged to disperse contaminants or use of exhaust 
ventilation system. 
• Area must be free from any combustible materials – 
at least 10 meters. 
• Maintain  welding  machine  with  approved  spare 
parts including electrical cable and socket and free 
from  any  damages.  Daily  check  to  be  done,  any 
found  defects  on  the  machine  must  be  removed 
• Contact with  from service immediately. 
hot surface  • Cables,  must  be  free  of  any  cracks,  worn  out  and 
• Electrocutio
• Contact with  must be double insulated and must be routed away 
n / electric 
faulty  from wet areas. 
Using butt welding  shock 
16  electrical  • A,B & D  3  5  15  • Monthly check to be done by competent electrician  1  5  5 
machine  • Burns 
components   and tagged ensuring safe to use. 
• Personal 
• Fire  • Machine to be used only by a competent and trained 
injuries 
• Tripping  worker.  Do  not  leave  the  machine  unattended 
hazards  unless de‐energized. 
• Ensure machine must be equipped with emergency 
stop button and must be appropriately working. 
• During  welding,  ensure  pipes  must  be  securely 
clamped  tightly  enough  to  withstand  the  force  of 
welding process  
• Close supervision of the work, newly welded joints 
with  hot  surface  must  take  extra  precautions  to 
avoid contact. 
• Ensure  the  availability  of  welding  indicators  in  the 
machine that indicates the operation and until the 

Page 26 of 35 CSHSE44 Version R0


 
Risk After 
Description  Initial Risk  Mitigation 
Affected 
Control Measures 
Sr.  Activity  Hazard  Risk  L  S  R/R  L  S  R/R 
Groups 
completion  of  welding  with  joints  through  the 
applied suitable welding pressure. 
• Use  of  suitable  PPEs  such  as  leather  gloves  to 
protect  against  hot  surface  when  it  need  to 
immediately move the pipe. 
• Unnecessary  /  excess  material  must  be  removed 
near the activity area to tripping over including cable 
must  be  secured,  where  necessary  it  must  be 
elevated. 
• Machine  must  be  routed  through  electrical 
distribution board fitted with 30m/A RCD.       
• Never  pull  the  cable  from  the  plug  or  move  the 
machine  by  pulling  with  the  power  or  welding 
cables. 
• Keep  the  machine  from  mechanical  impact  (e.g. 
vibration) and falling objects. 
• Use only extension cables that are properly sized for 
the electrical load. 
• Never  attempt  to  make  repairs  or  changes  to  the 
welding  machine.  Any  malfunction,  must  be  done 
only by competent electrician. 
• Welding  machines  must  be  kept  away  from  water 
stagnated areas, highly moisture or damp condition 
or near to drinking water facilities. 
• Cables will be routed in such a way not to pose any 
trip hazard. 
• Ensure the construction and materials must rate as 
• Over 
per  relevant  standard  requirements  to  ensure 
Pipe Pressure  pressurizatio • Fatality 
maximum protection. 
Testing –  n causing  • Serious 
17  • A,B & D  3  5  15  • Pressure  test  will  be  performed  under  the  direct  1  5  5 
Hydrostatic  failure of  personnel 
supervision of a competent engineer. 
Pressure Test  fittings,  injuries 
• The responsible Competent Engineer must identify 
bends, end 
the  maximum  test  pressure  to  be  used  as 

Page 27 of 35 CSHSE44 Version R0


 
Risk After 
Description  Initial Risk  Mitigation 
Affected 
Control Measures 
Sr.  Activity  Hazard  Risk  L  S  R/R  L  S  R/R 
Groups 
caps and  determined  by  the  specific  network  or  systems 
weld joints  pressure testing procedure, method statement and 
design drawings. 
• All  members  of  the  pressure  testing  team  must 
trained  in  the  pressure  testing  procedure  and 
trained  employees  will  receive  a  red  coloured 
identity card for identification to indicate that they 
are authorized to conduct pressure testing. 
• All the workmen engaged in pressure testing must 
be  briefed  on  the  hazards,  precautions  and 
emergency procedures prior to the testing starting 
and  risk  assessment  must  be  adequately 
communicated and recorded. 
• Inspect  all  connected  fittings  and  devices  on  the 
system or network to be pressure tested to ensure 
that they have been correctly installed and that they 
are rated for the maximum test pressure. Refer to 
approved design drawings and signed off inspection 
request form (IR). 
• Isolate  any  exposed  equipment  that  could  be 
damaged by the pressure testing. 
• Secure  a  blind  flange  or  end  cap  suitable  for  the 
system or network’s rated pressure on all openings 
that are not closed off by valves. Ensure additional 
safety  support  brackets  are  installed  behind  end 
caps. 
• Ensure that other sections of the system or network 
that  is  not  being  tested  and  isolated  from  other 
sections by in‐line valves are vented.  
• Ensure  pressure  relief  valves  are  installed  at  the 
highest  point  of  the  system  or  network  to  be 
pressurized. 

Page 28 of 35 CSHSE44 Version R0


 
Risk After 
Description  Initial Risk  Mitigation 
Affected 
Control Measures 
Sr.  Activity  Hazard  Risk  L  S  R/R  L  S  R/R 
Groups 
• Ensure that isolation valves and calibrated pressure 
gauges  are  installed  in  the  correct  positions  as 
determined  by  the  specific  network  or  systems 
pressure testing procedure. 
• Warning  signs  are  installed  on  the  system  or 
network  that  is  being  pressure  tested  and 
barricading of exposed areas where pressure testing 
will  take  place.  (Where  possible  evacuate  all 
workers from the area during pressure testing) 
• Flagmen must be placed at strategic high risk areas 
which  cannot  be  effectively  barricaded  to  prevent 
• Flooding  unauthorized  entry  into  areas  where  networks  or 
during  • Serious  systems are being pressure tested. 
    pressure  personnel  • A,B & D  3  4  12  • Technician  to  constantly  monitor  pressure  gauge  1  4  4 
testing due to  injuries  during initial pressurization. 
leaks  • A  system  of  radio  communication  to  enable  the 
rapid and accurate transfer of information must be 
employed to ensure that any concerns such as leaks 
are dealt with in the minimum amount of time. 
• NO attempt must be made to repair a leaking system 
or vessel while it is under pressure. If any leakage is 
observed, the entire system must be depressurized 
and the permit must be cancelled.  A new permit to 
work must be obtained after repair work has been 
completed. 
• Emergency response team available during pressure 
testing / 24 hours. 
• Direct  • Heat   Working in summer heat inductions and campaign 
exposure to  related  programs. 
Working in Hot 
sunlight   Illnesses /   Increase water consumption to replenish the water 
18  Conditions – Sun  • A,B & D  4  5  20  1  5  5 
• Extreme hot  disorders  lost from sweating. 
Safety 
weather  ‐ Sun Burn        
condition  All persons 

Page 29 of 35 CSHSE44 Version R0


 
Risk After 
Description  Initial Risk  Mitigation 
Affected 
Control Measures 
Sr.  Activity  Hazard  Risk  L  S  R/R  L  S  R/R 
Groups 
(indoors   Provide/take  rest  breaks  depending  upon 
and out)  conditions  such  as  air  temperature,  sun  exposure, 
‐ Dehydratio radiating heat exposure and hard physical work. 
n   To provide heat protective clothing and equipment, 
‐ Heatstroke  when  possible,  loose  lightweight  clothing  which 
/ Heat  encourages  heat  to  be  released  and  covers  most 
stress  areas of the body. 
• Skin Cancer   To  plan  work  schedules  to  help  the  employees  to 
adapt to the heat for better acclimatization. 
 To provide adequate cool drinking water is available 
at each workplace. Sweet drinks such as canned soft 
drink should not be provided as this increase fluid 
loss. 
 To  ensure  adequate  medical  facilities  are  made 
available  in  case  of  medical  emergencies  due  to 
heat stress. 
 To  provide  the  electrolyte  to  quick  recover  of 
sodium,  potassium,  and  chlorides  this  was  loss  in 
sweating. 
 Reading  shall  be  obtained  from  TWL  measuring 
equipment and communicate to management and 
consultant. 
 Follow  the  thermal  working  limit  zones  and  flag 
system for the identification of TWL as the reading 
obtain by TWL equipment (GREEN, RED, ORANGE). 
• Provide  the  rest  areas  where  labor  can  take  rest 
between break time from 12:30pm to 3:00pm as per 
ABU DHABI Government rules and regulations. 
• Building  • Do  not  use  metal  ladders  around  electrical 
• Contact with 
Damage  equipment. 
General Electrical  faulty 
19  Severe  • A,B & D  4  5  20  • Do not use electrical boxes or panels to store tools,  1  5  5 
Safety  electrical 
Burns   small parts, or personal belongings. 
conductor 
• Death 

Page 30 of 35 CSHSE44 Version R0


 
Risk After 
Description  Initial Risk  Mitigation 
Affected 
Control Measures 
Sr.  Activity  Hazard  Risk  L  S  R/R  L  S  R/R 
Groups 
• Do not store materials in the immediate vicinity of 
electrical equipment. 
• Before closing a switch or starting up equipment or 
machinery,  be  sure  no  one  is  in  a  position  to  be 
injured. 
• Safety  devices,  guards,  overload  relays,  limit 
switches,  fuses,  circuit  breakers,  etc.  shall  not  be 
removed, blocked, altered, by‐passed or otherwise 
adjusted  to  circumvent  their  intended  protective 
feature. 
• Exercise  extreme  caution  when  working  in  the 
vicinity of live conductors. Whenever possible, they 
shall be de‐energized and locked out. No Live Work 
Permitted, unless not “practicable”.  
• Be  sure  that  circuits  are  locked  out  before  drilling 
into a junction box or panel. 
• Covers  on  electrical  boxes  shall  be  replaced  when 
work is complete. 
• All  electrical  wiring,  circuits  and  boxes  must  be 
properly protected at all times. 
• All portable electric power tools shall be approved 
and double insulated, and suitable for the intended 
task, the environment and voltage. 
• Ensure  that  defective  tools  and  equipment  are 
tagged and immediately removed from service. 
• Do not use extension cords or electrical tools with 
damaged casings, exposed wires or other defects. 
• Only  authorized  personnel  are  allowed  to  install, 
repair or adjust electrical equipment. 
• Inspect cords before each use and ensure that only 
properly rated cords are used (i.e. indoor/outdoor). 
• Ensure that the plug is pulled when unplugging, not 
the cord. 

Page 31 of 35 CSHSE44 Version R0


 
Risk After 
Description  Initial Risk  Mitigation 
Affected 
Control Measures 
Sr.  Activity  Hazard  Risk  L  S  R/R  L  S  R/R 
Groups 
• Ensure enough slack is provided to prevent strain on 
the plug or receptacle. 
• Cords  should  be  kept  clean  and  free  of  kinks  and 
insulation breaks. 
• Electrical  cords  and  cables  will  be  kept  off  the 
ground  to  avoid  damage  and  to  minimize  tripping 
hazards. 
• Ensure compliance to all regulatory requirements if 
a method other than the use of GFCIs is used. 
• Electrical  equipment  should  be  kept  in  a  dry  and 
properly  rated  enclosure  as  per  regulatory 
requirements. 
• No  Worker  shall  work  on  or  near  high  voltage 
electrical equipment unless they are authorized to 
do so. 
• When  operating  a  power  disconnect  switch,  the 
authorized worker will wear approved PPE, stand on 
the handle side of the box, look away from the box, 
then operate the handle. Thus, the operator is not 
standing in front of the door should a malfunction of 
the switch occur. 
• Operation  of  Disconnect  switches  for  high  energy 
equipment requires special training and PPE. 
• Temporary electrical cords/cables shall be: 
• Adequately  guarded  or  securely  suspended 
overhead  to  provide  adequate  clearance  for 
workers and material. 
• Assembled, installed and maintained in accordance 
with manufacturer's instructions. 
• Installed in accordance with applicable codes. 
• Working with  • Serious  • A  competent  person  to  be  selected  by  the 
Use of concrete 
20  wet mortar  personal  • A,B & D  3  4  12  supervisor to operate the mixer.  1  4  4 
mixer 
• Cement Dust  injury 

Page 32 of 35 CSHSE44 Version R0


 
Risk After 
Description  Initial Risk  Mitigation 
Affected 
Control Measures 
Sr.  Activity  Hazard  Risk  L  S  R/R  L  S  R/R 
Groups 
• Lime Dust  • Skin burns /  • Never put any tools inside drum while rotating, i.e. 
• Moving parts  irritation  shovel. 
• Manual  • Respiratory  • All electric cables to be inspected every 3 months by 
handling  / eye  the electrician and colour coded.  
• Electricity  irritation  • Correct manual handling technique to be used when 
• Petrol/Diesel  • hearing  lifting the cement bags. Lighter bags than 50kg to be 
• Slips, trips  disorders  used  
and falls  • Keep area clean and free from slip/trip hazards. 
• Excessive  • Ensure  equipment  is  safe  to  use  prior  to 
noise  commencement,  ensuring  all  guards  over  moving 
parts are in place. 
• Wash skin if contact is made with cement. 
• Site mixer to be sited on firm level ground. 
• Mixer  to  be  set‐up  in  an  area  allowing  sufficient 
ventilation for petrol / diesel fumes to exhaust away 
from the operation.  
• Switch off machine prior to refuelling. 
• Never  stop  the  mixer  with  material  still  inside. 
Discharge all material prior to stopping machine. 
• Do not overload the mixer. 
• Check oil levels to prevent overheating. 
• A tight grip is required when operating the wheel to 
prevent  handle  spinning  which  can  result  in  arm  / 
hand injuries. 
• Use additional PPE i.e. ear muffs / plugs, dust mask 
and goggles. 
• Only use approved containers for petrol / diesel. Do 
not use any other containers. 
• Wash out from Concrete mixers to be contained in a 
bunded area. 
• Falls of  • Fatality  • Excavation  must  be  fully  barricaded  for  at  least  1 
Working at height 
21  persons off  • Serious  • A,B & D  3  5  15  meter from the edge of excavation.  1  5  5 
near excavation 
the edge of  injuries 

Page 33 of 35 CSHSE44 Version R0


 
Risk After 
Description  Initial Risk  Mitigation 
Affected 
Control Measures 
Sr.  Activity  Hazard  Risk  L  S  R/R  L  S  R/R 
Groups 
the  • Ensure  the  provision  of  adequate  access/egress 
excavation  within  an  appropriate  distance  throughout  the 
• Falling  excavation area. 
materials            • Daily check must be done by competent person to 
ensure barriers or guardrails are in place in all sides 
of excavation. 
• Warning sign to posted alongside of the excavation.  
• Working  inside  excavation  must  be  adequately 
supervised 
• A  Prestart  briefing  MUST  be  done  for  all  works 
carried  out  to  all  workers  accessing  excavation  – 
regardless of the duration of the task 
• Ensure  no  materials  /  debris  near  the  excavation 
edge – at least 1 meter. 
 

(A) Persons at Risk (Affected Groups) 

A: Employees involved with task / activity  B: Employees not involved in task / activity  C: Contractors / Sub‐Contractors 

D: Office / Project Visitors  E: Members of the Public  F: Young Persons / Pregnant Woman 


 

Risk Grading Matrix, Risk Rate 

PROBABILITY  SEVERITY 
Insignificant (1)  Minor (2)  Moderate (3)  Major (4)  Catastrophic (5) 
Rare (1)  1  2  3  4  5 
Possible (2)  2  4  6  8  10 
Likely (3)  3  6  9  12  15 
Often (4)  4  8  12  16  20 

Page 34 of 35 CSHSE44 Version R0


 
Frequent/Almost Certain (5)  5  10  15  20  25 
 

Absolutely Unacceptably High 
15 ‐ 25  Extreme Risk 
Activity or process should not proceed in current form 
Unacceptably High 
8 ‐ 12  High Risk 
Activity or process should be modified to include remedial planning and 
action and be subject to detailed  EHS risk assessment 
Acceptable but must be managed at “As Low As Reasonably 
4 – 6  Moderate Risk  Practicable” (ALARP) Activity or process can operate subject to 
management and / or modification 
1 ‐ 3  Low Risk  No action required, unless escalation of risk is possible. 

 
                     

          ☐    ☐  ☐       

OSHAD‐SF – Codes of Practice. CoP 2.0 – Personal Protective Equipment 

Page 35 of 35 CSHSE44 Version R0


Method Statement
for
Chain Link Fence Installation

CITISCAPE LLC

By: Shareesh Nalpadi


Reviewed by:
Approved by:
METHOD STATEMENT
Chapter :
Section :
Version : 00 Chain Link Fence Installation
Issue date : 06.07.2023

INDEX

SL.NO DESCRIPTION PAGE NO

1 PURPOSE

2 SCOPE OF WORKS

3 DEFINITIONS

4 REFERENCES

5 RESOURCES

6 MATERIALS

7 METHODOLOGY

8 INSPECTION & TESTING

9 RISK ASSESSMENT

Page 6| 7
METHOD STATEMENT
Chapter :
Section :
Version : 00 Chain Link Fence Installation
Issue date : 06.07.2023

1. PURPOSE

The purpose of this method statement is to set out the procedures and controls to be implemented
by Citiscape for Al Furjan - Phase 01 Community ( Landscape, Dog Park, and Multipurpose Play area
Works)

2. SCOPE OF WORK

The scope of work covers the Chain Link installation works as per tender requirements.

3. DEFINITIONS

PQP : Project Quality Plan


MS : Method Statement
ITP : Inspection & Test Plan
ITL : Independent Testing Laboratory
IR : Inspection Request
MIR : Material inspection Request
WIR : Work Inspection Request
HSE : Health, Safety & Environment
PM : Project Manager
CM : Construction Manager
QAQC : Quality Assurance/Quality Control
IFC : Issued for Construction
SD : Shop Drawing

4. REFERENCES

4.1 Specification
4.2 BOQ
4.3 Tender documents

Page 5| 7
METHOD STATEMENT
Chapter :
Section :
Version : 00 Chain Link Fence Installation
Issue date : 06.07.2023

5. RESOURCES

5.1 Personnel

a. Project Manager
b. Construction Manager
c. Site Engineer
d. QA/QC Engineer
e. HSE officer /Engineer
f. Quantity Surveyor
g. Surveyor
h. Site Foremen
i. Document Controller
j. Machine Operator
k. Technician /Fabricator
l. Labours/ Helpers

5.2 Plant & Equipment’s

a. JCB Telescopic (As required)


b. Boom Loader
c. Bobcat
d. Pallet forklift
e. Tipper Pick up
f. Trucks
g. Water tanker
h. Level bar
i. Safety PPE & Safety Gears /Harness

6. MATERIALS

All required materials used will be in accordance with contract documents.

SL.NO MATERIAL DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER /SUPPLIER REMARKS


1 Chain Link Fence Materials TBC As per MS
2 Concrete ( Approved Grade) TBC As per MS

Page 6| 7
METHOD STATEMENT
Chapter :
Section :
Version : 00 Chain Link Fence Installation
Issue date : 06.07.2023

7. METHODOLOGY

7.1 Method: Installation of Chain Link Fence

 Mark the posts length as per approved shop drawing that will remain above ground
level, place and align into fabricated formworks to be filled with mass concrete
(approved grade) for setting the posts into the foundation.
 Spacing of post as per approved shop drawing.
 Once the post is set into the concrete, before and during the process of setting of
concrete each fence post / supports is checked for its plumbness.
 During all of the above procedure utmost care should be taken to ensure that the
required level of post / supports above ground and its plumbness is maintained all
throughout.
 Curing of the concrete will be done. Foundation in contact with soil shall be protected
with black bitumen paint.
 After curing and bitumen protection, installation of the fence to commence.
 Line / Level of fencing shall be set out.
 Marking the posts centers as per approved shop drawings.
 The line wires will be strained between straining post to straining post, end post to
straining post and gate post to straining post by fixing clamps & short winders to strain
the wires.
 Once the line wires are strained, then it has to be secured to the posts by means of
the stirrup wire.
 Unroll the fence fabric near the line posts and weave the end mesh so that we can get
the required length from straining post to straining post.
 Fix Tension bands to corner post as per drawing and Fasten with Bolts and nut.
 Weave stretcher bars through the end mesh and secure it to the first
straining/Corner/End posts (whichever is applicable), with Tension bands. The other
end of the fence fabric has to be pulled to the required tension and then again in a
similar way stretcher bar has to be weaved through the mesh and secured to the next
straining post.
 Once the fencing is strained between straining posts, it has to be tied to the line wire
as per approved shop drawing.
 All posts top is capped permanently as shown in approved shop drawing.
 Required earthing / grounding shall be done.
 Dispose remaining excavated soil by spreading around the fence.

7.2 Method : Installation of gate (As applicable)

- Mark the Gate posts length as per approved shop drawing that will remain above
ground level, place and align into fabricated formworks to be filled with mass concrete
(Approvd Grade) for setting the posts in the foundation. All accessories and
embedment shall be installed before concrete pouring (as required).

Page 5| 7
METHOD STATEMENT
Chapter :
Section :
Version : 00 Chain Link Fence Installation
Issue date : 06.07.2023

- Once the gate post is set into the concrete, before and during the process of setting
of concrete each fence post / supports are checked for its plumpness.
- During all of the above procedure utmost care should be taken to ensure that the
required level of post / supports above ground and its plumpness is maintained all
throughout.
- Curing of the concrete shall be done as per requirement. Foundation in contact with
soil shall be protected with black bitumen paint.
- After curing, installation of the gate post to be commence.
- Line / Level of the Gate shall be set out and coordinated with main contractor’s
surveyor.
- Marking the gate posts centres keeping as per the drawing distance to be done.
- Fix all gate accessories as per approved shop drawing.
- Lift the gate leaf and locate in the gate hinges.
- Check alignment and support temporarily.
- Backfill the excavated soil in pit and compact to be tested by the approved party
laboratory to achieve required compaction.
- Remove the supports and check again for working of swing gate leaves.
- Required earthing / grounding shall be done.
- Dispose remaining excavated soil by spreading around the foundation.

8. INSPECTION & TESTING

All Inspection & Tests shall be conducted in accordance with the project requirements.

Citiscape’s representative will be available at site to supervise and monitor the work area.

9. RISK ASSESSMENT

Risk assessment enclosed

Page 6| 7
RISK ASSESSMENT FORM
Project AL FURJAN - PHASE 01 COMMUNITY ( LANDSCAPE, DOG PARK, AND MULTIPURPOSE PLAY AREA WORKS)
Activity INSTALLATION OF CHAIN LINK FENCE WORKS
Reference AFPC.CSHSE44.RA.005.23

Name Signature Position Date


WAQAS MUHAMMAD SADIQ
Completed By HSEM 06.07.23
(CM IOSH)

Reviewed By MOHAMAD AL SHEIKH Construction Manager 06.07.23

Approved by POOVIAH AUTHITHAN Project Manager 06.07.23

Risk After
Description Initial Risk Mitigation
Affected
Control Measures
Sr. Activity Hazard Risk L S R/R L S R/R
Groups
• Personnel • HSE Safety induction
being Run • Pre - task briefing / TBT / MSRA to be conducted
over or struck prior to start the activity.
Mobilization/ by moving • Personal • PTW must be secured.
Demobilization of vehicles. Injury • Use only trained personnel for the work.
personnel • Collision with • Property/ • Stack the materials in one row and never stack two
1 • A, B & D 3 3 9 1 3 3
/materials & existing • Asset/Equipm more bundles at more height.
equipment- setting facilities and ent damage • Stack the materials only at designated areas.
out assets. • Secure the plaster materials.
• Uncontrolled • Never use damaged pallets.
vehicle • Barricade the area with proper warning signage.
movement • Never store the materials at access.

Page 1 of 9 CSHSE44 Version R0


• Entry of • Provide training for manual handling personnel
unauthorized • Provide safety information regarding manual
people into handling.
the area • Ensure that the working nearby road is fully
• Using barricaded
Unauthorized • Provide adequate safety signage
route • Provide flagman directing the traffic movement in
• Equipment / the area
Vehicle failure • Approved Mandatory PPE shall be worn by all
personnel.
• Proper supervision, guidance, instructions must
have always observed.
• Proactive Supervision.
• Maintain good housekeeping at all the times.
• Ensure that workers will follow the demobilization
safety procedure
• Vehicles should travel within traffic routes
designated after obtaining necessary permission
from the security gate.
• Driver must undergo safety induction when
• Injury to entering the site and ensure complete compliance
persons. with site safety and traffic requirements.
• Vehicle •
• Damage to All Vehicles should be fixed with revolving flashing
colliding with light, reverse alarm mirrors.
Vehicle movement site works,
site works and
vehicles/plant. • No using mobile phone when driving onsite.
2 on site other vehicles. • A, B & D 3 4 12 1 4 4
• Fractures, • Seat belts to be always worn while driving.
• Site operatives
minor, severe • Vehicles to be parked in the designated parking
hit by road
or fatal /unloading areas.
traffic.
accident to • Start the unloading works after switching off the
site personnel engine and engaging hand brakes.
• No person should lay/rest beneath a parked vehicle.
• Banks man to be engaged during reversing of
vehicles. Coordinate with logistic team upon arrival
onsite.

Page 2 of 9 CSHSE44 Version R0


• Ensure the vehicle speed should not exceed 20
km/ph inside the site.
• All operatives should have valid driving license.
• Driver/operator must carry out daily pre-
operational inspection prior to mobilize using daily
inspection checklist.
• Any defects will be immediately notified to the
supervisor
• Crushed • Adequate use of PPE must be worn prior to start any
hazards using activity from site. Example; hand protection, head
sharp edges of protection, foot protection, dust musk etc.
chain link • Ensure all workers should be given good
fence cast information and clear instruction to avoid mistaken
• Exposed from action during operation
open frayed • Ensure all equipment to be use should be in
cable of used adequately safe nor in good condition prior to use.
• Personal
electric drill Ensure CE marking must be in-placed.
Injury
machine
• Property/Asse • Ensure to use Electrical Safety Devices Example;
• Risk of fire due t/Equipment
Circuit Breaker, fuses, Earthing system etc.
to unsuitable damage • Portable generator should be used in proper
use of electric condition; appropriate use of power source should
Installation of • Hand Injury,
3 power tools
Cuts or
• A, B & D 4 3 12 be implemented. Provide Distribution Board (DB) 1 3 3
chain link fence
example; low with 30mA RCD. This shall be intended to all
laceration
voltage to high electrical tools and equipment’s. Refer to OSHAD
• Electrocution
voltage. CoP 15.0 Electrical Safety & Cop 35.0 Portable
• Fire.
• Use of Power Hand tools. Under 3.3 General
multiple
• Injury Requirements.
sockets direct • Fatality. • Competent person must do the assign task given.
from portable • If damaged occur, ensure call competent technician
generator is allowed to rectify the damaged equipment.
without • Ensure portable diesel generators having TPC &
electrical maintenance inspection, use
safety devices. • Ensure drip tray is provided to contain spillage
• Repetitive during refilling or leaking occur. (Environmental
squeezing, issues)

Page 3 of 9 CSHSE44 Version R0


pulling, • Ensure firefighting equipment is provided to
pushing of mitigate in case of fire event happen during work.
materials/tool • Ensure adequate number of fire Extinguisher near
s the generator area.
• Exposed from • Install safety sign and inspection tag for the
noise and Firefighting equipment.
vibration using • Pre-inspection of all equipment must be in-place to
drilling determine whether the equipment is safe to use.
machines / • Inspection tag must be in-place to all equipment to
tools be used in all electric equipment/tools
• Struck by • Ensure correct handling technique should be given
moving to all workers to avoid body injury while using hand
vehicle while held tools.
installing • Rest or breaks should be given to all workers to
fence in busy avoid fatigue.
working area. • Ensure to provide noise suppression by providing
• Dust exposed barriers or isolation to the origin of noise.
during drilling • Sufficient use of anti-vibration gloves while using
of holes any extreme vibrator machine.
• Job rotation is necessary to avoid too much
exposure from noise and vibration.
• Proper isolation of working with safety signage and
signals to give signal to the public or other vehicles
to avoid struck by moving equipment.
• Posting of certified flagmen in the working area
must be in-placed.
• Always select the right tool for the job
• Damaged
• Always use the hand tool in accordance with
tools
manufacturer standard
• Improvised • Injury to the
• Modified hand tools is not acceptable at site
4 Use of hand tools tools person/person • A, B & D 3 3 9 1 3 3
• Supervisor must provide training in the use of hand
• Sharp edges s
tools.
• Fall of tools
• All tools shall be inspected for any damages on daily
from height
basis and at regular intervals

Page 4 of 9 CSHSE44 Version R0


• Ensure the conditions of the hand tools are good,
when obtaining from the stores.
• Hand tools shall not be kept on walkways and
scaffolding platform
• Hand tools shall be kept in toolboxes whenever not
in use.
• Tie off tools with a rope to prevent its fall while
working at height or near edges
• Don’t keep any tools unattended at the height after
the work.
• Storekeeper will inspect all the new tools before
issuing to site.
• Ensure that no homemade/makeshift tools are used
at site
• Ensure the operatives are wearing hand gloves
during the activity.
• Workers must be adequately instructed on safe
working procedures through toolbox and/or pre-
start briefing.
• Any damage tools will be removed from service.
• All equipment’s to be inspected by competent
persons prior to use on site.
• RCD’s, PAT Test every 3 months
• Faulty / • Temporary cables, if drawn through the floor should
damaged • Electrocution. be placed at the edge of the floor.
equipment. • Fire. • Ensure all machines are inspected and colour coded.
5 Use of Power tools • A, B & D 4 4 16 1 4 4
• Site • Injury • Ensure plug, drill bit, drilling machine and electric
Environment • Fatality. cables are free from defects.
• Trailing leads. • Ensure the power tools are provided with yellow
coloured Industrial Socket
• Cables to be routed as not to cause trip hazards.
• Cables to not to be routed through wet surfaces.

Page 5 of 9 CSHSE44 Version R0


• Ensure the operatives are not continuously using
the machines to prevent from vibration hazard. Job
Rotation.
• Ensure the operatives are using the appropriate PPE
when operating tools. Ear protection, gloves, eye
protection, dust masks etc.
• Any damaged equipment’s to be immediately
withdrawn from service.
• Plan to eliminate the need to manually lift by using
lifting equipment e.g. forklift truck or pallet trolley
• Review the task, the individual’s capability, the load
itself and the working environment. Where
necessary clear any unwanted materials.
• Check the load prior to lift. Where the load can be
• Lifting heavy
split into smaller ones.
loads Lifting
awkward
• Check environment for space constraints, uneven,
loads • Chronic injury untidy ground, and variation in work,
• Disability surfaces/height, poor lighting and extremes of
• Twisting while
temperature/humidity
lifting • Severe back
• Check individual’s strength limits / physical
• Poor pain
Manual Handling disabilities. Where necessary team handling to be
6 • underfoot • Muscle strain • A, B & D 3 4 12
done.
1 4 4
Works
conditions
• Being struck • Ensure adequate rest periods/recovery periods are
• Top heavy
bending
• Aggravating followed between lifts/activities.
previous • Use gloves that offer adequate protection and aid
• Previous back
grip.
condition
problems
• Proper lifting techniques will be followed:
• Sharp edges
• Position in front of the load with legs balanced and
• Slips/trip/fall
spread equal to shoulder width.
• Bend the knees to reach the bottom of the load to
get a grip; do not bend the spine.
• Lift load slowly by gradually straightening the legs.
• Do not twist spine if you need to change direction;
turn whole body instead.

Page 6 of 9 CSHSE44 Version R0


• Carry the load as close to your body and as high as
your waist.
• Where possible unloading of materials from the
delivery truck should be close to the storage area.
• Workers to be adequately trained and instructed in
manual handling techniques including adequate
supervision.
• Workers must be trained and aware and comply
with the housekeeping plan on the site.
• TBT on housekeeping to be given to all.
• Removal of all waste from work after the
completion of activity.
• Where possible, packaging materials shall be
• Untrained removed from the site the earliest opportunity in
workers. order to reduce the fire load.
• Poor • Materials to be stacked and stored properly.
Housekeeping at housekeeping • Fall, slip and • All waste to be placed in designated corresponding
7 workplace after • Fall, slip and • A, B & D 3 4 12 waste skips/ bins provided for final disposal as per 1 4 4
trip
the task, disposals trip site waste management policy.
• Environmental • Personal injury • Area must be clear at all times to avoid fall, slip and
factors trip hazard.
• Fire hazards • Proper supervision, guidance, instructions must
have observed at all times.
• Ensure the working area is clean before leaving.
• Ensure all waste generated after work should be
remove and dispose it on proper waste disposal.
• Supervisor to check work areas at close of working
day
• Fog • Reduce • Vehicle speed shall be reduced, keeping a longer
visibility or gap from the vehicle in front.
• Heavy rain
vehicles or • Warning alarms (audio and visual) for plant and
8 Adverse weather • Wind/sandsto • A, B & C 3 4 12
equipment
1 4 4
pedestrians
rm • Use of high visibility clothing.
• Increase
• Hot & humid stopping • Lights to be used in poor visibility

Page 7 of 9 CSHSE44 Version R0


distance, slip • Good housekeeping ion place
and trip • Regular workplace inspection, equipment plant,
• Flooding, excavations, fences support, etc.)
unstable • In case of flooding, stop the work, secure the
structures equipment and plant, clear surrounding area.
• Objects • Regular check and maintenance
overturned, • Secure the high-risk items, including scaffolding,
blown, or cranes during the extreme high wind
loosing • Avoid driving or walking during the sand storms or
• Heat stress, the extreme winds.
stroke • Regular breaks during the hot season and all shall
adhere to the UAE law (during summer no work
from 12.30 until 3.00 pm)
• Wearing the appropriate PPE
• Adequate & well shaded area with air conditioner
shall be provided for all the operatives during the
hot season.
• Adequate drinking water & other alternative fluids
shall be provided to avoid dehydration.
• Regular awareness trainings & campaigns covering
the heats stroke and stress

(A) Persons at Risk (Affected Groups)

A: Employees involved with task / activity B: Employees not involved in task / activity C: Contractors / Sub-Contractors

D: Office / Project Visitors E: Members of the Public F: Young Persons / Pregnant Woman

Risk Grading Matrix, Risk Rate

SEVERITY

Page 8 of 9 CSHSE44 Version R0


PROBABILITY Insignificant (1) Minor (2) Moderate (3) Major (4) Catastrophic (5)
Rare (1) 1 2 3 4 5
Possible (2) 2 4 6 8 10
Likely (3) 3 6 9 12 15
Often (4) 4 8 12 16 20
Frequent/Almost Certain (5) 5 10 15 20 25

15 - 25 Absolutely Unacceptably High


Extreme Risk Activity or process should not proceed in current form
Unacceptably High
8 - 12 Activity or process should be modified to include remedial planning and
High Risk
action and be subject to detailed EHS risk assessment
Acceptable but must be managed at “As Low as Reasonably Practicable”
4–6 (ALARP) Activity or process can operate subject to management and / or
Moderate Risk
modification
1–3
Low Risk No action required unless escalation of risk is possible.

☐ ☐ ☐

OSHAD-SF – Codes of Practice. CoP 2.0 – Personal Protective Equipment

Page 9 of 9 CSHSE44 Version R0


Method Statement
for
Hardscape, Signage &
Furniture Works

CITISCAPE LLC

By: Shareesh Nalpadi


Reviewed by:
Approved by:
METHOD STATEMENT
Chapter :
Section : Hardscape, Signage &
Version : 00 Furniture works
Issue date : 05.07.2023

INDEX

SL.NO DESCRIPTION PAGE NO

1 PURPOSE

2 SCOPE OF WORKS

3 DEFINITIONS

4 REFERENCES

5 RESOURCES

6 MATERIALS

7 METHODOLOGY

8 INSPECTION & TESTING

9 RISK ASSESSMENT

Page 6| 7
METHOD STATEMENT
Chapter :
Section : Hardscape, Signage &
Version : 00 Furniture works
Issue date : 05.07.2023

1. PURPOSE

The purpose of this method statement is to set out the procedures and controls to be implemented
by Citiscape for Al Furjan - Phase 01 Community (Landscape, Dog Park, and Multipurpose Play area
Works)

2. SCOPE OF WORK

The scope of work covers the Hardscape, Signage & Furniture works as per tender requirements.

3. DEFINITIONS

PQP : Project Quality Plan


MS : Method Statement
ITP : Inspection & Test Plan
ITL : Independent Testing Laboratory
IR : Inspection Request
MIR : Material inspection Request
WIR : Work Inspection Request
HSE : Health, Safety & Environment
PM : Project Manager
CM : Construction Manager
QAQC : Quality Assurance/Quality Control
IFC : Issued for Construction
SD : Shop Drawing

4. REFERENCES

4.1 Specification
4.2 BOQ
4.3 Tender documents

Page 5| 7
METHOD STATEMENT
Chapter :
Section : Hardscape, Signage &
Version : 00 Furniture works
Issue date : 05.07.2023

5. RESOURCES

5.1 Personnel

a. Project Manager
b. Construction Manager
c. Site Engineer
d. QA/QC Engineer
e. HSE officer /Engineer
f. Quantity Surveyor
g. Surveyor
h. Site Foremen
i. Document Controller
j. Machine Operator
k. Masons
l. Labours/ Helpers

5.2 Plant & Equipment’s

a. JCB Telescopic (As required)


b. Boom Loader
c. Bobcat
d. Pallet forklift
e. Tipper Pick up
f. Trucks
g. Grinder
h. Paver cutter
i. Water tanker
j. Compactor/roller
k. Plate compactor
l. Level bar
m. Safety PPE & Safety Gears /Harness

6. MATERIALS

All required materials used will be in accordance with contract documents.

SL.NO MATERIAL DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER /SUPPLIER REMARKS


1 Aggregate road base TBC As per MS

Page 6| 7
METHOD STATEMENT
Chapter :
Section : Hardscape, Signage &
Version : 00 Furniture works
Issue date : 05.07.2023

Concrete Interlock Block As per MS


2 200x100x60mm TBC

PCC 600x100X75 Heel kerb As per MS


3 TBC
4 Bedding sand TBC As per MS
5 Beach Sand TBC As per MS
6 Geotextile TBC As per MS
7 Benches TBC As per MS
8 Garbage Bins TBC As per MS
9 Road base TBC As per MS
10 Concrete TBC As per MS
11 Signages TBC As per MS

7. METHODOLOGY

7.1 Method: Installation of Precast Concrete Paving on Sand bed

Setting out

 The setting out of paving and related features is to be submitted in detailed contractors
shop drawings which shall take into account actual site conditions.
 Any loose material shall be compacted or removed. The site shall be wet down to ensure
compaction and if required compacted further with a plate compacter or vibrating roller.
 Compaction test to be done as per frequency of testing by Approved TPL/ITL.

Sub Grade and Levelling of Slope

 Prior to sub base laying, ensure that the grading and level of the sub grade is complying as
per approved shop drawings (level and grading plan) and as per specifications. Compaction
shall be as specified.

Sub-base

 The sub-base shall be compacted and reach the degree of maximum dry density
determined in accordance with Project Specification. Sub base shall have a thickness as
specified /as per approved shop drawing. Field density tests shall be carried out at a
frequency as specified. Test shall be done by Third Party Laboratory and witness by
consultant.

Laying Course (Precast Concrete Pavers on Sand Bed) -as required

 The laying course shall be laid to compacted on specified thickness of sharp sand bedding.
During laying the sand bedding shall be carefully leveled to a smooth surface to receive the
paving unit. A 5 mm joint between pavers filled with sand shall be maintained. No

Page 5| 7
METHOD STATEMENT
Chapter :
Section : Hardscape, Signage &
Version : 00 Furniture works
Issue date : 05.07.2023

compaction of the sand layer and no traffic including pedestrian is to be permitted before
concrete paving are laid to avoid misalignment of the pavers.

Edge Restraint

 The edge restraint to the paved area shall be laid in advance of the laying course and all
obstacles within the area, such as manhole covers shall be constructed to the correct levels.
Edging shall be installed as per manufacturer’s details and specifications

 Precast concrete paving will be laid to the pattern and level as shown on the drawings. Any
change to the drawing is to be agreed with the consultant prior to such changes.

Paver Cutting

 Paver slabs that do not fit at the edge, restraints or other obstructions such as manholes
or up stands the gap shall be filled using cut slabs in proper pattern. Any damaged or
broken slabs shall not be laid. In all cases cutting shall be undertaken using a mechanical
saw. Mechanical splitters may not be used. Slabs to be laid butt jointed with maximum gap
as specified.

7.2 Method: Kerb Installation

Setting out

 The setting out of kerbs and related features is to be submitted in detailed contractors
shop drawings which shall take into account actual site conditions. Citiscape shall submit
Inspection Request (IR) for survey works for checking and approval.
 Any loose material shall be compacted or removed. The site shall be wet down to ensure
compaction and if required compacted further with a plate compacter or vibrating roller.
 Compaction test shall be done or approved TPL/ITL as per the required frequency of test

Sub Grade and Levelling of Slope

 Prior to sub base laying, ensure that the grading and level of the sub grade is complying as
per approved shop drawings (level and grading plan) and as per specifications. Compaction
shall be as specified

Sub-base:

 The sub-base shall be compacted and reach the degree of maximum dry density
determined in accordance with Project Specification. Sub base shall have a thickness as
specified or as per approved shop drawing. Field density tests shall be carried out at a
frequency as specified. Test shall be done by Third Party Laboratory and witness by
Consultant.

Page 6| 7
METHOD STATEMENT
Chapter :
Section : Hardscape, Signage &
Version : 00 Furniture works
Issue date : 05.07.2023

Installation

 The curb will be set using a string line as a guide where possible and tapped into place with
a non-marking rubber mallet. The blocks will be set as per specified from the paved or
supported edge of the blinding to allow as per approved drawings of exposed blinding for
a beveled haunch in accordance with issued and approved detail drawings. The beveled
haunch will start from half way up the kerb stone and angle to the edge of the blinding.
The haunch will be a mortar mix ratio to drawing Details.
 The final heights and locations of the kerb blocks will be checked at regular intervals by the
Citiscape site surveyor to ensure correct placement and height in accordance with
approved shop drawing specifications. Concrete blinding will be installed as per approved
shop drawing details.
 Where required, the kerb blocks will be cut with either a wet or dry cutting blade. After all
above task/ installation is completed.

7.3 Method: Laying of Beach Sand

 The site shall be excavated to the required depth by manual or mechanical means as
appropriate. Any loose material shall be compacted or removed. The site shall be wet
down to ensure compaction and if required compacted further with a plate compacter or
vibrating roller.
 The approved material shall be laid and spread over the geotextile to the required depth
by machinery and hand.

7.4 Method: Signage & Wayfinding’s installation

 Threaded rod of approved type will be provided prior to precast the concrete for fixing the
anchors to the footing.
 Mark the area for install the G.I base plate welded with G.I pipe to the existing concrete
footing.
 Fix the G.I pipe to the existing anchors, tight the nuts with the base plate and level the
signage structure, right angle to the floor finish.
 Now fix the sign to the pipe by using gripping clip with bolt and nut. Cross check the
measurement from the floor finish.
 Clean the working area by damp cloth & protect the materials.
 All fixing and installation shall follow as per specifications and drawing requirements.

7.5 Method: Furniture works

 All Site furniture to be as per as approved Sample and mock up.


 Installation will be in accordance to manufacturer recommendation & approved shop
drawings and approved sample.
 If applicable all furnitures will be provided with foundations with anchor bolt maintain
stability of the furniture or as per manufacturer’s recommendation

Page 5| 7
METHOD STATEMENT
Chapter :
Section : Hardscape, Signage &
Version : 00 Furniture works
Issue date : 05.07.2023

 If applicable Manual excavation with in the required dimension as per approved shop
drawing with compacted formation.
 All furnitures will be installed when all the paving works are finished to be comfortable
and accurate required levels and elevation.
 All furnitures installed will be covered and protected prior to inspections.
 Work Inspection Request (WIR) will be issued in accordance with document and data
control procedures and QA/QC procedures.

8. INSPECTION & TESTING

All Inspection & Tests shall be conducted in accordance with the project requirements.

Citiscape’s representative will be available at site to supervise and monitor the work area.

9. RISK ASSESSMENT

Risk assessment enclosed

Page 6| 7
RISK ASSESSMENT FORM
Project AL FURJAN - PHASE 01 COMMUNITY ( LANDSCAPE, DOG PARK, AND MULTIPURPOSE PLAY AREA WORKS)
Activity HARDSCAPE,SIGNAGE & FURNITURE WORKS
Reference AFPC.CSHSE44.RA.003.23

Name Signature Position Date


WAQAS MUHAMMAD SADIQ
Completed By HSEM 06.07.23
(CM IOSH)

Reviewed By MOHAMAD AL SHEIKH Construction Manager 06.07.23

Approved by POOVIAH AUTHITHAN Project Manager 06.07.23

Risk After
Description Initial Risk Mitigation
Affected
Control Measures
Sr. Activity Hazard Risk L S R/R L S R/R
Groups
• Personnel • HSE Safety induction
being Run • Pre - task briefing / TBT / MSRA to be conducted
over or struck prior to start the activity.
Mobilization/ by moving • Personal • PTW must be secured.
Demobilization of vehicles. Injury. • Use only trained personnel for the work.
• Collision with • Property/A • Stack the materials in one row and never stack two
1 personnel • A, B & D 3 3 9 1 3 3
existing sset/Equip more bundles at more height.
/materials & facilities and ment • Stack the materials only at designated areas.
equipment assets. damage • Secure the plaster materials.
• Uncontrolled • Never use damaged pallets.
vehicle • Barricade the area with proper warning signage.
movement • Never store the materials at access.

Page 1 of 20 CSHSE44 Version R0


• Entry of • Provide training for manual handling personnel
unauthorized • Provide safety information regarding manual
people into handling.
the area • Ensure that the working nearby road is fully
• Using barricaded
Unauthorized • Provide adequate safety signage
route • Provide flagman directing the traffic movement in
• Equipment / the area
Vehicle failure • Approved Mandatory PPE shall be worn by all
personnel.
• Proper supervision, guidance, instructions must
have observed at all times.
• Proactive Supervision.
• Maintain good housekeeping at all the times.
• Ensure that workers will follow the demobilization
safety procedure
• Vehicles should travel within traffic routes
designated after obtaining necessary permission
from the security gate.
• Driver must undergo safety induction when
• Injury to
entering the site and ensure complete compliance
persons.
• Vehicle with site safety and traffic requirements.
• Damage to
colliding with • All Vehicles should be fixed with revolving flashing
site works,
site works light, reverse alarm mirrors.
Vehicle movement vehicles/pl
and other • No using mobile phone when driving onsite.
on site (skid loader, ant.
vehicles • Seat belts to be worn at all times while driving.
2 • Fractures, • A, B, C, D & E 3 3 9 1 3 3
boom loader, • Site • Vehicles to be parked in the designated parking
minor,
Trucks) operatives hit /unloading areas.
severe or
by road • Start the unloading works after switching off the
fatal
traffic. engine and engaging hand brakes.
accident to
• No person should lay/rest beneath a parked vehicle.
site
• Banks man to be engaged during reversing of
personnel
vehicles. Coordinate with logistic team upon arrival
onsite.
• Ensure the vehicle speed should not exceed 20
km/ph. inside the site.

Page 2 of 20 CSHSE44 Version R0


• All operatives should have valid driving license.
• Driver/operator must carry out daily pre-
operational inspection prior to mobilize using daily
inspection checklist.
• Any defects will be immediately notified to the
supervisor
• Area to be visually checked for markers or physical
signs of services, i.e., manholes.
• Up to date drawings detailing existing services shall
be obtained and checked thoroughly.
• Excavation greater than 1.25 meters deep shall not
be permitted unless a shoring system in accordance
with design drawing.
• Prior of opening of excavation a service providers
shall be contacted to assess if there are services in
• Contact the area and also to let them know work is going to
with be carried out. Obtain NOC prior to commence
• Personal
undergrou digging works
Injury
nd services • Use of trial holes and hand excavation around
• Electrocuti
Excavation works - • Fall of known services
3 on • A, B, & D 4 4 16 1 4 4
Mechanical / materials • Hand tools that are nonconductive shall be used
• Drowning
manual excavation • Cave-in when excavating around existing services.
• Asphyxiatio
• Prior to excavation the affected area shall be
n
• Fall of surveyed using cable avoidance tool by a competent
person person. Where utilities detected, marked the
location
• Records of all cable avoidance tool surveyed areas
to be kept on file and briefed to excavation team
• Emergency contact numbers displayed on site
• Ensure the excavation permits must obtain and
comply with the necessary precautions and control
measures.
• Trained and adequately supervise operatives
engaged in excavation works.

Page 3 of 20 CSHSE44 Version R0


• Approved Method Statement / Risk 44Assessment
must be communicated prior to commence the
activity.
• Permit to work must be obtain from SBJV approved
issuing staff prior to start excavation works and
ensure precautions must be in place.
• Soil materials must be tested to determine the type
of soil and the protective system that must be in
place. Sloping, benching or shielding / shoring /
timbering for 1.2 meters deep to protect from the
danger of any material falling or collapsing
• Make it sure all materials e g. heaps of soils must be
at least 1 meter from the edge of excavation.
• Avoid highly vibrating activities in close proximity to
the excavation (at least 10 meters).
• Prior to enter, it must be thoroughly checking any
signs of cave-in. For such circumstances never
permits any person’s entry into excavation.
• Ensure the provision of access ladder that permits
the quick and easy access in the event of
emergency.
• A routine inspection must be done and ensures
conditions of permit must being adhered.
• Approved Method Statement and Risk assessment
must be communicated prior to work commences.
• Daily excavation checklist to be completed by
competent person or after adverse weather
condition.
• Provide adequate access ladder, properly
positioned and set-up. Never allow person jump
into excavation.
• Ensure complete barricades around excavation +
warning signs. Never left open once shift
completed.
• Where a person needs to cross excavation, provide
gangways with railings.

Page 4 of 20 CSHSE44 Version R0


• Only adequately trained operatives must be
mobilized into the excavation provided with
competent supervision.
• Approved Method Statement and Risk assessment
must be communicated prior to work commences.
• Ensure the conditions of the hand tools are good,
when obtaining from the stores.
• Hand tools shall not be kept on walkways and
scaffolding platform
• Hand tools shall be kept in tool boxes whenever not
in use.
• All tools shall be inspected for any damages on daily
basis and at regular intervals
• Damaged
Use of hand tools • Tie off tools with a rope to prevent its fall while
tools
• Injury to working at height or near edges
(Shovel, rubber • Improvised
the • Don’t keep any tools unattended at the height after
4 hammer, trowel, tools • A, B, & D 3 3 9 1 3 3
person/per the work.
wrench, screw • Sharp edges
sons • Store keeper will inspect all the new tools before
driver) • Fall of tools
issuing to site.
from height
• Ensure that no homemade/make shift tools are
used at site
• Ensure the operatives are wearing hand gloves
during the activity.
• Workers must be adequately instructed on safe
working procedures through toolbox and/or pre-
start briefing.
• Any damage tools will be removed from service.
Hand tools, • Make sure no open or damage wire & use proper
Battery operated & sockets.
• Pre use inspection before start any work activity.
electric drill, • Electric shock
• Battery operated drill should be used to control the
5 handheld routers & • Noise • Injury • A&C 3 2 6 1 2 2
noise.
grinder etc. • Dust
• Use only trained personnel for the work
• Conduct Tool Box Talk in regards & motivate worker
to do work safely.

Page 5 of 20 CSHSE44 Version R0


• Provide Mandatory PPE (ear plugs or defenders,
shoes, hard hat, gloves etc.) shall be worn by all
personnel.
• Plan to eliminate the need to manually lift by using
lifting equipment e.g., forklift truck or pallet trolley
• Review the task, the individual’s capability, the load
itself and the working environment. Where
necessary clear any unwanted materials.
• Check the load prior to lift. Where the load can be
split into smaller ones.
• Check environment for space constraints, uneven,
untidy ground, and variation in work,
• Lifting heavy surfaces/height, poor lighting and extremes of
loads Lifting temperature/humidity
• Chronic
awkward • Check individual’s strength limits / physical
injury
loads disabilities. Where necessary team handling to be
• Disability
• Twisting done.
• Severe back
while lifting • Ensure adequate rest periods/recovery periods are
pain
• Poor followed between lifts/activities.
Manual handling • Muscle
6 • underfoot • A, B & D 3 3 9 • Use gloves that offer adequate protection and aid 1 3 3
works strain
conditions grip.
• Being
• Top heavy • Proper lifting techniques will be followed:
struck
bending o Position in front of the load with legs balanced and
• Aggravating
• Previous back spread equal to shoulder width.
previous
problems o Bend the knees to reach the bottom of the load to
condition
• Sharp edges get a grip; do not bend the spine.
• Slips/trip/fall o Lift load slowly by gradually straightening the legs.
o Do not twist spine if you need to change direction;
turn whole body instead.
• Carry the load as close to your body and as high as
your waist.
• Where possible unloading of materials from the
delivery truck should be close to the storage area.
• Workers to be adequately trained and instructed in
manual handling techniques including adequate
supervision.

Page 6 of 20 CSHSE44 Version R0


• Ensure safe distance when tipping safe materials –
at least 1meter from the edge of trench. Must be
guided by a trained banks man.
• Where necessary, use stop block situated at least 1
meter from the edge of excavation.
• Avoid parallel movement to the edge of trench.
• Ensure the competency of the operator with 3rd
party certificate and awareness training must be
given.
• Fall of • Use machinery equipped with ROPS (Roll-over
equipment Protection System) and seatbelts, and ensures their
into use. Replace seatbelts if they are damaged, worn, or
excavation too small.
due to human • Be aware of the hazards associated with operating
and machinery on non-level surfaces or steeped
mechanical gradient surface close to the excavation.
failure • Fatality • In case of equipment fall into excavation - Wear the
Using of Skid loader
• Collison with • Serious seat belt and do not jump from the equipment.
7 (BOBCAT) /Backhoe • A, B, C & D 3 4 12 1 3 3
other moving personnel Keep knees and elbows close to the body, hold on
loader
vehicles and injuries firmly, and lean away from the impact to avoid
pedestrians being crushed by the ROPS
• Personnel • Never leave the machine running and remove the
may get key when going on breaks, at the end of shift etc. to
struck by / avoid unauthorized use.
crush by • Operator must inspect the machine prior to use
when each day and record on the Daily/Weekly Checklist
reversing and ensure regular servicing and maintenance. Any
found defects report immediately to the supervisor.
• Traffic management plan to be adhered to and
designated traffic routes used.
• Ensure the provision of banks man / flagman to
adequately guide the operator and restrict people
movement in close proximity of the machine
operation.
• Check work areas for workers on foot in the
machine's path before moving the machine or

Page 7 of 20 CSHSE44 Version R0


changing the direction of travel. Be aware of
equipment blind spots
• Give way when accessing at pedestrian crossing
point.
• Observe speed limit onsite.
• ‘NO MOBILE PHONES DURING OPERATION’.
• Persons not to stand behind machine that would
obscure to the vision of the operator. Banks man to
keep observant and restrict any unnecessary
movement in close proximity to the machine.
• Machine must be fitted with audible reversing alarm
and amber light including mirrors use by the driver
to oversee rear side of operation.
• Hit by/caught • Machine guards must securely intact to protecting
on rotating the rotating parts of the machine. Check blade
blade due to: guards before mounting, must be free of any
• Incorrect disc damage. Under any circumstances “NEVER CUT
fitted WITHOUT USING THE BLADE GUARD”. Check the
• Disc fitted maximum size of saw blade when starting base on
incorrectly manufacturer’s recommendation.
• Faulty / • Fatality • Only use blades recommended by the
damaged disc • Serious manufacturer. Never use a damaged or worn blade.
fitted personal • Ensure blade must be securely tightened using the
Using concrete • Wrong disc injuries recommended spanner with the required tightening
8 • A, B, & D 3 4 12 1 3 3
cutting fitted / used e.g., torque.
machine/Tile Cutter for purpose amputation • A pre-use check to be done, any found defects must
• Inexperience • Tinnitus / be reported immediately to the supervisor.
d or hearing loss • When replacing and cleaning the blade, never
incompetent remove the blade guard without first shutting off
person the hydraulic unit and ensuring that the blade has
• Projectiles / finished rotating completely.
work pieces • Clear area of operation from unnecessary and
emitted unauthorized movement of other personnel.
• Tripping • No lone working, make sure that there is always
hazard another person close at hand when you use the

Page 8 of 20 CSHSE44 Version R0


• Manual machines, so that you can call for help if emergency
handling arises.
• Dust • Always saw in a manner that permits easy access to
• Contact with the emergency stop.
faulty • Never leave the machine unsupervised with the
electrical engine running.
components • Clearly mark out all cuts to be made before you start
• Noise sawing, plan these so they can be carried out
without danger to persons or the machine.
• Observe care when lifting/handling heavy parts
during mounting, which implies the risk of pinch
injuries or other injuries.
• Remain concentrated and focused on the task.
Carelessness can result in serious personal injury or
death.
• Only used recommended PPEs. Never wear loose
fitting clothes that may entangled from moving
parts.
• Never saw without coolant. A poorly cooled blade
can cause segments to come loose from the blade.
The water coolant also binds concrete dust.
• Do not use the machine if it is not working properly.
Never modify the machine. Repair to be done only
by competent technician.
• Machine must be adequately maintained its
operation condition.
• Only operates the machine as per the
recommended RPM of the blade to prevent from
bursting.
• Always check the area must be free of any
combustible and flammable materials.
• Accumulated debris and sludge’s must be clear
immediately from the working. Always clear the
working area every after shift.

Page 9 of 20 CSHSE44 Version R0


• Machine to be used only by an adequately trained
and competent person and always ensure adequate
supervision.
• Check that electrical cables within the working area
are not live and ensure an adequate distance to
prevent contact with water and sludge during
operation.
• Make sure that all electrical cables are connected to
the machine correctly before you start the machine.
• Maintain machine with approved spare parts and
fittings including electrical cable and socket and free
from any damages.
• Must be PAT tested and colour coded prior to use
on site and monthly check to be done by competent
electrician and tagged ensuring safe to use.
• Where it requires more than 110 volts, dispensation
permit must be obtained and ensure all precautions
must be in place.
• Machine must be routed through electrical
distribution board fitted with 30m/A RCD.
• Cables must be positioned to avoid accidental
damage e.g., rotating blades or sharp edges.
• Cables, must be free of any cracks, worn out and
must be double insulated and must be routed away
from wet areas.
• Never pull the cable from the plug.
• Never attempt to make repairs or changes to the
machine. Any malfunction, must be done only by
competent electrician.
• Machine must be kept away from water stagnated
areas, highly moisture or damp condition.
• Ear protection should be worn. When excessive
noise emitted both ear plug and ear muffs should be
worn and restrict unnecessary / unauthorized entry
near the activity area.

Page 10 of 20 CSHSE44 Version R0


• Keeping away unnecessary moving for at least 10
meters around activity area.
• Job rotation for the workers and ensure the use hard
gripping gloves.
• Machine guards must securely intact to protect the
rotating parts of the machine. “Under any
circumstance” never use the machine without or
loose guard.
• Follow RPM requirements as per manufacturer’s
• Hit by instruction.
bursting • Ensure the use of appropriate wheel for the
wheel disc materials to be cut including its recommended size.
• wheel fitted • Machine must be inspected and tagged prior to use
incorrectly onsite and pre-use check confirming it is safe to use.
• Serious
• Faulty / • Machine is subject to be routinely serviced and
Injuries
damaged maintained. Records shall be retained on site Power
• Burns
wheel fitted Tools Register.
• Electrocuti
• Wrong wheel • Wheel must be appropriate mounted and securely
on / electric
fitted / used fitted using appropriate tools.
Use of grinding shock
9 • -incompetent • A, B, & D 3 4 12 • Only trained, experienced operators shall be 1 3 3
machine • Personal
person permitted to use the cutting machine. Competence
injuries
• Projectiles training should obtain from the supplier of internal
• Abrasion
emitted training in line with the requirements set out in the
injury
• Fire approved SBJ HSE Plan for using hand held power
• Tinnitus /
• Clothing tools.
hearing loss
Entanglement • Machines to be well maintained – if damaged /
with rotating faulty they are to be tagged immediately and
parts repaired prior to re-issue onsite.
• Noise & • Observed all manufacturer’s recommendation for
Vibration safe use of the machine.
• Safety glasses to be used when operating machine.
• Gloves to be used.
• Obtain hot work permit from the authorized person
prior to commence the activity and ensure all
precautions must be in place.

Page 11 of 20 CSHSE44 Version R0


• Maintain handheld power tools with approved
spare parts and fittings including electrical cable and
socket and free from any damages.
• All electrical tools to be PAT tested and colour coded
prior to use on site.
• Only 110 volts to be used.
• Machine must be routed through electrical
distribution board fitted with 30m/A RCD.
• Cables must be positioned to avoid accidental
damage e.g., rotating blades, sharp edges and kept
away from wet surfaces.
• Operator should not wear loose clothing or gloves,
or use rags or other materials, which could become
entangled in moving parts. Keep sleeves and jackets
buttoned.
• Machine guards must securely intact to protect the
rotating parts of the machine. “Under any
circumstance” never use the machine without or
loose guard.
• Disconnect the machine from power source before
any repair and ensure the machine must be in
complete stop.
• Never exert excessive force to the machine during
grinding works.
• Only trained and competent person should operate
the machine.
• Must comply with manufacturer’s instructions
• Do not use metal ladders around electrical
equipment.
• Electricians
• Building • Do not use electrical boxes or panels to store tools,
• Contact with • General site
Damage small parts, or personal belongings.
General Electrical faulty workers
10 Severe 4 5 20 • Do not store materials in the immediate vicinity of 1 5 5
Safety electrical • General site
Burns electrical equipment.
conductor staff
• Death • Before closing a switch or starting up equipment or
• Site visitors
machinery, be sure no one is in a position to be
injured.

Page 12 of 20 CSHSE44 Version R0


• Safety devices, guards, overload relays, limit
switches, fuses, circuit breakers, etc. shall not be
removed, blocked, altered, by-passed or otherwise
adjusted to circumvent their intended protective
feature.
• Exercise extreme caution when working in the
vicinity of live conductors. Whenever possible, they
shall be de-energized and locked out. No Live Work
Permitted, unless not “practicable”.
• Be sure that circuits are locked out before drilling
into a junction box or panel.
• Covers on electrical boxes shall be replaced when
work is complete.
• All electrical wiring, circuits and boxes must be
properly protected at all times.
• All portable electric power tools shall be approved
and double insulated, and suitable for the intended
task, the environment and voltage.
• Ensure that defective tools and equipment are
tagged and immediately removed from service.
• Do not use extension cords or electrical tools with
damaged casings, exposed wires or other defects.
• Only authorized personnel are allowed to install,
repair or adjust electrical equipment.
• Inspect cords before each use and ensure that only
properly rated cords are used (i.e. indoor/outdoor).
• Ensure that the plug is pulled when unplugging, not
the cord.
• Ensure enough slack is provided to prevent strain
on the plug or receptacle.
• Cords should be kept clean and free of kinks and
insulation breaks.
• Electrical cords and cables will be kept off the
ground to avoid damage and to minimize tripping
hazards.

Page 13 of 20 CSHSE44 Version R0


• Ensure compliance to all regulatory requirements if
a method other than the use of GFCIs is used.
• Electrical equipment should be kept in a dry and
properly rated enclosure as per regulatory
requirements.
• No Worker shall work on or near high voltage
electrical equipment unless they are authorized to
do so.
• When operating a power disconnect switch, the
authorized worker will wear approved PPE, stand
on the handle side of the box, look away from the
box, then operate the handle. Thus, the operator is
not standing in front of the door should a
malfunction of the switch occur.
• Operation of Disconnect switches for high energy
equipment requires special training and PPE.
• Temporary electrical cords/cables shall be:
• Adequately guarded or securely suspended
overhead to provide adequate clearance for
workers and material.
• Assembled, installed and maintained in accordance
with manufacturer's instructions.
• Installed in accordance with applicable codes.
• All equipment’s to be inspected by competent
persons prior to use on site.
• RCD’s, PAT Test every 3 months
• Faulty / • Temporary cables, if drawn through the floor should
• Electrocuti
damaged be placed at the edge of the floor.
on.
Use of Portable equipment. • Ensure all machines are inspected and colour coded.
11 • Fire. • A, B, C & D 4 4 16 1 4 4
Electrical • Site • Ensure plug, drill bit, drilling machine and electric
• Injury.
Equipment Environment. cables are free from defects.
• Fatality.
• Trailing leads. • Ensure the power tools are provided with yellow
coloured Industrial Socket
• Cables to be routed as not to cause trip hazards.
• Cables to not to be routed through wet surfaces.

Page 14 of 20 CSHSE44 Version R0


• Ensure the operatives are not continuously using
the machines to prevent from vibration hazard. Job
Rotation.
• Ensure the operatives are using the appropriate PPE
when operating tools. Ear protection, gloves, eye
protection, dust masks etc.
• Any damaged equipment’s to be immediately
withdrawn from service.
• Proper wrapping to protect the furniture from any
kind of damage.
• Ensure Safe System of works must be implemented
& Approved Risk Assessment and Method
• Personnel Statement prior to activity.
being Run over • Competent operator license and competency
or struck by certificate.
moving • Pre - task briefing TBT to be conducted prior to start
vehicles. the activity.
• Collision with • Use only trained personnel for the work.
• Fatality.
existing • If needed stack the materials only at designated
• Personal
Transportation/ facilities and areas.
Injury.
equipment to shift assets. • Never use damaged pellets.
12 • Property/A • A&C 5 2 10 1 2 2
the furniture • Uncontrolled • Barricade the area with proper warning signage.
sset/Equip
materials vehicle • Never store the materials at access.
ment
movement • Provide training for manual handling personnel.
damage
• Using • Flagman directing the traffic movement in the area
Unauthorized while sifting the furniture.
route • Approved Provide adequate safety signage
• Equipment / • Proper supervision, guidance, instructions must
Vehicle failure have observed at all times.
• • Maintain good housekeeping at all the times.
• Personnel shall be informed with the traffic
movements at site.
• Provide complete PPE (ear plug, hard hat, hi-
visibility, and safety shoe etc.)
Fix & install the • Physical • Ensure that workers are aware in existing risk in the
13 • A&C 3 2 6 1 2 2
furniture • Sharp edges. injury worker site.

Page 15 of 20 CSHSE44 Version R0


• Lack of • Strict supervision by the foreman and engineer to
pedestrian ensure that employees are working in safe manner.
access/egress • Provide Toolbox talk training in manual handling,
• Slip, trip and near in the equipment’s or traffic management.
falls • Ensure that employees attended HSE induction
• Struck by before entering the worksite.
vehicle or • Provide PPE for all the workers.
another object
• Insufficient
barriers
• Manual
handling
• Banks-men to give clear, precise and constant
signals
• Traffic management plan to be drawn up which all
are to be made aware of
• Where possible separate pedestrians from site
traffic
• Banks-men and general operatives to ensure that
they can be seen by plant operators at all times
• Banks-men and general operatives to minimize the
time during which they are in conflict with plant
• Collision of
• Fatality • Use the relevant safety procedures and signaling
plant with
Safe Working of • Serious systems for the site
14 persons • A, B, C & D 3 3 9 1 3 3
banksman with Personnel • Ensure the operators know and understand the
• Overturning
machinery Injuries systems being used
of plant
• Give clear and precise messages and signals
• Ensure that construction vehicle drivers/operators
can be seen during all maneuvers
• Warn and stop any pedestrians
• Ensure safe access and egress for the vehicle
• Report any known or potential hazards to their
supervisors
• Banks-men not to ride on vehicles
• Banks-men must not work within the radius of an
excavator bucket or rock breaker

Page 16 of 20 CSHSE44 Version R0


• Ensure monitoring of banks-men to check they are
carrying out their duties in compliance with safe
working practices
• Ensure banks-man is physically suitable for the job
i.e., good hearing, eyesight etc.
• Only trained and authorized persons to carry out
the duties of a flagman. They will be issued with an
orange Hi-Viz vest, if possible, Flagman printed on
the back.
• Traffic management plan to be drawn up for the site
and implemented. All persons to be informed of the
requirements of the TMP at induction stage and
during the completion of the Safe Work Plan.
• Where possible plant and pedestrian segregation
will be implemented on site. A pedestrian access
will be established separate from site traffic.
• Flagmen must be seen by plant operators at all
times.
• Flagmen to use the relevant safety procedures and
signaling systems for the site.
• Ensure the operators know and understand the
systems being used.
• Give clear and precise messages and signals.
• Ensure that construction vehicle drivers/operators
can be seen during all maneuvers.
• Warn and stop any pedestrians.
• Ensure safe access and egress for the vehicle.
• Report any known or potential hazards.
• Flagmen or other persons not to ride on
construction plant or vehicles.
• Flagmen must not work within the radius of an
excavator bucket.
• Ensure flagmen are physically suitable for the job
i.e., good hearing, eyesight etc.

Page 17 of 20 CSHSE44 Version R0


• Working in summer heat inductions and campaign
programs.
• Increase water consumption to replenish the water
lost from sweating.
• Provide/take rest breaks depending upon
conditions such as air temperature, sun exposure,
radiating heat exposure and hard physical work.
• To provide heat protective clothing and equipment,
when possible, loose lightweight clothing which
• Heat encourages heat to be released and covers most
related areas of the body.
Illnesses / • To plan work schedules to help the employees to
disorders adapt to the heat for better acclimatization.
• Direct • Sun Burn • To provide adequate cool drinking water is available
exposure to All persons at each workplace. Sweet drinks such as canned soft
Working in Hot sunlight (indoors drink should not be provided as this increase fluid
15 • A, B, & D 3 4 12 1 3 3
Conditions – Sun • Extreme hot and out) loss.
Safety weather • Dehydratio • To ensure adequate medical facilities are made
condition n available in case of medical emergencies due to
• Heatstroke heat stress.
/ Heat • To provide the electrolyte to quick recover of
stress sodium, potassium, and chlorides this was loss in
• Skin Cancer sweating.
• Reading shall be obtained from TWL measuring
equipment and communicate to management and
consultant.
• Follow the thermal working limit zones and flag
system for the identification of TWL as the reading
obtain by TWL equipment (GREEN, RED, ORANGE).
• Provide the rest areas where labor can take rest
between break time from 12:30pm to 3:00pm as per
ABU DHABI Government rules and regulations.
Waste • Fall, slip • Comply the waste management system as per the
Management • Untrained and trip regulations
16 • A, B & D 3 3 9 1 3 3
(Housekeeping at workers. • Personal • Ensure that waste management procedure
the workplace after injury implemented

Page 18 of 20 CSHSE44 Version R0


the task, & waste • Poor • Waste segregation and proper disposal of
disposal & housekeepin construction waste material.
segregation) g • Ensure that waste material been transported to
• Environmenta the designated and approved dumpsite by Abu
l factors Dhabi Municipality.
• Fire hazards • Workers must be trained and aware and comply
with the housekeeping plan on the site.
• TBT on housekeeping to be given to all.
• Removal of all waste from work after the
completion of activity.
• Where possible, packaging materials shall be
removed from the site the earliest opportunity in
order to reduce the fire load
• Materials to be stacked and stored properly.
• All waste to be placed in designated corresponding
waste skips/ bins provided for final disposal as per
site waste management policy.
• Area must be clear at all times to avoid fall, slip and
trip hazard.
• Strict supervision, guidance, instructions must
have observed at all times.
• Ensure the working area is clean before leaving.
• Ensure all waste generated after work should be
remove and dispose it on proper waste disposal.
• Supervisor to check work areas at close of working
day

(A) Persons at Risk (Affected Groups)

A: Employees involved with task / activity B: Employees not involved in task / activity C: Contractors / Sub-Contractors

D: Office / Project Visitors E: Members of the Public F: Young Persons / Pregnant Woman

Page 19 of 20 CSHSE44 Version R0


Risk Grading Matrix, Risk Rate

PROBABILITY SEVERITY
Insignificant (1) Minor (2) Moderate (3) Major (4) Catastrophic (5)
Rare (1) 1 2 3 4 5
Possible (2) 2 4 6 8 10
Likely (3) 3 6 9 12 15
Often (4) 4 8 12 16 20
Frequent/Almost Certain (5) 5 10 15 20 25

15 - 25 Absolutely Unacceptably High


Extreme Risk Activity or process should not proceed in current form
Unacceptably High
8 - 12 Activity or process should be modified to include remedial planning and
High Risk
action and be subject to detailed EHS risk assessment
Acceptable but must be managed at “As Low as Reasonably Practicable”
4–6 (ALARP) Activity or process can operate subject to management and / or
Moderate Risk
modification
1–3
Low Risk No action required unless escalation of risk is possible.

☐ ☐ ☐

OSHAD-SF – Codes of Practice. CoP 2.0 – Personal Protective Equipment

Page 20 of 20 CSHSE44 Version R0


Method Statement
for
Softscape works

CITISCAPE LLC

By: Shareesh Nalpadi


Reviewed by:
Approved by:
METHOD STATEMENT
Chapter :
Section :
Version : 00 Softscape works
Issue date : 05.07.2023

INDEX

SL.NO DESCRIPTION PAGE NO

1 PURPOSE

2 SCOPE OF WORKS

3 DEFINITIONS

4 REFERENCES

5 RESOURCES

6 MATERIALS

7 METHODOLOGY

8 INSPECTION & TESTING

9 RISK ASSESSMENT
METHOD STATEMENT
Chapter :
Section :
Version : 00 Softscape works
Issue date : 05.07.2023

1. PURPOSE

The purpose of this method statement is to set out the procedures and controls to be implemented
by Citiscape for Al Furjan - Phase 01 Community ( Landscape, Dog Park, and Multipurpose Play area
Works)

2. SCOPE OF WORK

The scope of work covers the Softscape works as per tender requirements.

3. DEFINITIONS

PQP : Project Quality Plan


MS : Method Statement
ITP : Inspection & Test Plan
ITL : Independent Testing Laboratory
IR : Inspection Request
MIR : Material inspection Request
WIR : Work Inspection Request
HSE : Health, Safety & Environment
PM : Project Manager
CM : Construction Manager
QAQC : Quality Assurance/Quality Control
IFC : Issued for Construction
SD : Shop Drawing

4. REFERENCES

4.1 Specification
4.2 BOQ
4.3 Tender documents
METHOD STATEMENT
Chapter :
Section :
Version : 00 Softscape works
Issue date : 05.07.2023

5. RESOURCES

5.1 Personnel

a. Project Manager
b. Construction Manager
c. Landscape Engineer
d. QA/QC Engineer
e. HSE officer /Engineer
f. Quantity Surveyor
g. Surveyor
h. Site Foremen
i. Document Controller
j. Machine Operator
k. Gardener /Helpers

5.2 Plant & Equipment’s

a. JCB Telescopic (As required)


b. Tipper Pick up
c. Water tanker
d. Compactor/roller
e. Plate compactor
f. Safety PPE & Safety Gears /Harness

6 MATERIALS

All required materials used will be in accordance with contract documents.

SL.NO MATERIAL DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER /SUPPLIER REMARKS


Palms
Phoenix Dactylifera 4-4.5 Mtr
1 Clear Trunk TBC As per MS

Shrubs and Groundcovers


1 Vitex Rotundifolia TBC As per MS
2 Sesuvium TBC As per MS
3 Jatropha Integerrima TBC As per MS
4 Paspallum grass TBC As per MS
5 Leucophyllum Frutescens TBC As per MS
6 Hibiscus Tiliaceus Rubra TBC As per MS
7 Bougainvillea Glabra TBC As per MS
METHOD STATEMENT
Chapter :
Section :
Version : 00 Softscape works
Issue date : 05.07.2023

8 Pennisetum Setaceum TBC As per MS


9 Portulacaria Afra TBC As per MS
10 Asystasia Gangetica TBC As per MS
11 Iresine Herbstii TBC As per MS
Planting Medium , other materials
1 Sweet Soil TBC As per MS
2 Organic Compost TBC As per MS
Planting accessories
1 Tree Stakes & ties TBC As per MS

7 METHODOLOGY

Handling and Transportation of Plants

 Plant material shall be lifted or moved in such a manner that the roots are not disturbed. Plant
material shall be lifted or moved by holding the container and not the above ground portion
of the plant.
 Root systems of all plants shall not be allowed to dry out at any time and shall not be exposed
to excessive or artificial heat or to freezing temperatures.
 During transportation all plants shall be packed adequately to ensure protection from climatic
or physical injuries. Tarpaulins or other covers shall be placed over plants when they are
transported by trucks or in open freight cars.

Removal and disposal of contaminated soil up to 30cm

 Citiscape shall survey and ensure that contaminated soil upto 30 cm will be excavated ,
removed and disposed as per project requirements.
 Area will be subject to consultant inspection and approval as per project requirements prior
to proceeding with further works

Setting out and Excavation Works

 Setting out and excavation works will be as per approved drawing. Pits shall be excavated
using an excavator to the required dimensions. Surplus excavated materials shall be disposed
off to assigned locations .

Location Size / depth

Palms pits As per specs / Project requirements


Shrubs , ground Covers , Grass As per specs / Project requirements
METHOD STATEMENT
Chapter :
Section :
Version : 00 Softscape works
Issue date : 05.07.2023

Backfilling and Planting Medium

 Backfilling will be with approved planting medium as per specification requirements


 Planting medium will be composed of approved Sweet soil , Organic compost as per project
requirements.
 Backfilling depth will be as reflected in the approved drawing.
 Area will be subject to consultant inspection and approval as per project requirements prior
to proceeding with further works

Planting (Ground covers , Shrubs)

 Level the planting medium as per specification on each type of plants


 Excavate planting areas and individual pits to the sizes specified and as per approved shop
drawings. Excavated sub-soil shall be removed from site and shall not be mixed with the
planting medium or used to form berms around the plants.
 Fill planting pit with water and ensure the water can be drain away.
 Each plant shall be carefully removed from containers. Plastic pots shall be split with a knife
and plants removed with all the soil intact around the roots. Care shall be taken not to damage
the roots or foliage of the plants. The plant shall be placed upright in the hole. Care shall be
taken to ensure that the collar line (line of contact between soil and stem) is at the same level
as the surrounding ground.
 As required, fill around the plant with planting medium in layers of 150mm, each layer
separately firmed to eliminate all air pockets until final soil level is reached.
 After planting the area surrounding the plant shall be restored to finished grade and excess
soils and rubbish disposed of properly. Irrigation line drippers or individual drip emitters just
to make sure newly planted plants receives the required amount of water.
 Check all plants one week after planting for signs of windshake and loosening due to soil
subsidence, firm and make good as necessary.

Planting of Palms

 Setting out of individual Palm, locations and planting is an equipment intensive operation.
Palms shall be planted utilizing a telescopic-handler or a crane depending on size, location and
access. Palms shall be planted straight and/or to the angle required by the Architect.
 Setting out of Palms to be checked and approved by Consultant representative on site.
 Only approved and acceptable quality Palms/Trees shall be planted and rejected shall be
removed from site, upon the request of the inspector. All planted Palms shall be bur lapped
and sprayed by fungicides and insecticides prior to its delivery to site.
METHOD STATEMENT
Chapter :
Section :
Version : 00 Softscape works
Issue date : 05.07.2023

8 INSPECTION & TESTING

All Inspection & Tests shall be conducted in accordance with the project requirements.

Citiscape’s representative will be available at site to supervise and monitor the work area.

9 RISK ASSESSMENT

Risk assessment enclosed


RISK ASSESSMENT FORM
Project: AL FURJAN - PHASE 01 COMMUNITY ( LANDSCAPE, DOG PARK, AND MULTIPURPOSE PLAY AREA WORKS)
Activity: SOFTSCAPE WORKS
Reference: AFPC.CSHSE44.RA.004.23

Name Signature Position Date


WAQAS MUHAMMAD SADIQ
Completed By HSEM 06.07.23
(CM IOSH)
Reviewed By MOHAMAD AL SHEIKH Construction Manager 06.07.23

Approved by POOVIAH AUTHITHAN Project Manager 06.07.23

Risk After
Description Initial Risk Mitigation
Affected
Control Measures
Sr. Activity Hazard Risk L S R/R L S R/R
Groups
• Adequate HSE Induction training must be given prior
to mobilization on respective task.
• Specific HSE Training in site rules, worksite
procedures and emergency protocols.
Mobilization of new • Lack of • Pre-planning of tasks assigned based on experience
experience • Personal required.
1 personnel • A, B & D 3 3 9 1 3 3
• Unaware of Injury • Provide necessary PPE and train in the proper use
site condition and handling including safe storage of PPE.
• Constantly monitor and frequent consultation on
assign duty including the provision of competent
supervision.
• Avoid lone working of newly mobilized personnel.

Page 1 of 9 CSHSE44 Version R0


Risk After
Description Initial Risk Mitigation
Affected
Control Measures
Sr. Activity Hazard Risk L S R/R L S R/R
Groups
• Pre-start briefings / tool box talks and ensure he
should adopt necessary safe work practices and
worksite procedures.
• Never assign immediately in risky activities such as
working at height.
• Must frequently monitor where it needs to use work
equipment to ensure appropriately use of the
equipment.
• Never allow personnel on a piece of equipment
which they are not familiar with and appropriately
trained in its use.
• During summer-worker(s) should be acclimatized
prior to mobilized in extremely hot work
environment.
• Vehicles should travel within traffic routes
designated after obtaining necessary permission
from the security gate.
• Injury to • Driver must undergo safety induction when entering
persons. the site and ensure complete compliance with site
• Damage to safety and traffic requirements.
• Vehicle
site works, • All Vehicles should be fixed with revolving flashing
colliding with
Vehicle movement vehicles/plant light, reverse alarm mirrors.
site works and
on site . • No using mobile phone when driving onsite.
2 other vehicles. • A, B & D 4 4 16 1 4 4
• Fractures, • Seat belts to be worn at all times while driving.
• Site operatives
minor, severe • Vehicles to be parked in the designated parking
hit by road
or fatal /unloading areas.
traffic.
accident to • Start the unloading works after switching off the
site engine and engaging hand brakes.
personnel • No person should lay/rest beneath a parked vehicle.
• Banks man to be engaged during reversing of
vehicles. Coordinate with logistic team upon arrival
onsite.

Page 2 of 9 CSHSE44 Version R0


Risk After
Description Initial Risk Mitigation
Affected
Control Measures
Sr. Activity Hazard Risk L S R/R L S R/R
Groups
• Ensure the vehicle speed should not exceed 20
km/ph. inside the site.
• All operatives should have valid driving license.
• Driver/operator must carry out daily pre-
operational inspection prior to mobilize using daily
inspection checklist.
• Any defects will be immediately notified to the
supervisor
• Ensure the conditions of the hand tools are good,
when obtaining from the stores.
• Hand tools shall not be kept on walkways and
around vicinity of temporary storage area.
• Hand tools shall be kept in tool boxes whenever not
in use.
• All tools shall be inspected for any damages on daily
• Damaged tools
basis and at regular intervals
• Improvised
• Injury to the • Don’t keep any tools unattended especially claw bar
tools
3 Use of hand tools person/perso • A, B & D 3 3 9 • Store keeper will inspect all the new tools before 1 3 3
• Sharp edges
ns issuing to site.
• Fall of tools • Ensure that no homemade/make shift tools are
from height used at site
• Ensure the operatives are wearing hand gloves
during the activity.
• Workers must be adequately instructed on safe
working procedures through toolbox and/or pre-
start briefing.
• Damage tools will be removed from service.
• Contact with • Fatality • UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHOULD THE BUCKET
Use of JCB backhoe buried services • Serious OF THE MACHINE BE USED TO GAIN ACCESS TO A
4 • A, B & D 3 5 15 1 5 5
loader or overhead personnel HEIGHT OR USED AS A WORKING PLATFORM
services injuries

Page 3 of 9 CSHSE44 Version R0


Risk After
Description Initial Risk Mitigation
Affected
Control Measures
Sr. Activity Hazard Risk L S R/R L S R/R
Groups
• Contact with • When the front shovel is being employed, the
pedestrians, backhoe attachment should be in its’ “travel
other plant, position”, with the safety locking device in place
fixed objects • When operating the backhoe in poor ground
when travelling conditions, the stabilizers tend to sink into the
• Overturning surface of the ground, reducing stability. Frequent
due to checks of the stability of the machine should be
overloading, made
working on • The loading shovel should always be lowered to the
slopes ground to stabilize the machine when the backhoe
• Mechanical, is employed
fluid pressure, • Flashing beacon, convex mirrors and audible
electrical reversing alarm (Auxiliary safety devices) must be
hazards from fitted and in good working order
power • No passengers to be carried inside or outside the
transmission machine
• Slips/falls • Operator must not use mobile phones while
when climbing operating the machine
in or out of a • All personnel to stand well clear when items are
cab being transported by the JCB
• Noise and • Segregate Plant and people
vibration • Only use as a lifting device if certified to do so
• Falling objects • Banks-man to be in place during lifting operations
from Front • Give way when accessing at pedestrian crossing
Bucket point.
• Observe speed limit onsite.
• De-energize the machine when not in use and park
in a designated area with the parking brake. Key
must be removed from the ignition switch to avoid
unauthorize use.
• Ensure machine must be regularly maintained to
ensure mechanical and electrical system in

Page 4 of 9 CSHSE44 Version R0


Risk After
Description Initial Risk Mitigation
Affected
Control Measures
Sr. Activity Hazard Risk L S R/R L S R/R
Groups
appropriate working condition including it hydraulic
system.
• Operator must carry out pre-use check on the
machine must be done to ensure safe operational
condition. Any defects on the machine will be
immediately notified to the supervisor.
• Stair access to cab must be free of any contaminants
e.g., grease and oil. Operator to use only slip
resistant footwear.
• Only authorized operator, trained, competent and
certified by approved third party company.
• Machine must be thoroughly inspected and certified
by approved third party company.
• Fire extinguisher to be in place in the machine and
in good working order.
• Operator to ensure appropriate seat adjustment to
enable proper operational controls of the machine.
Seat belt to be worn at all times.
• Area to be visually checked for markers or physical
signs of services, i.e., manholes.
• Up to date drawings detailing existing services shall
be obtained and checked thoroughly.
• Service providers shall be contacted to assess if
• Personal there are services in the area and also to let them
Excavation works - • Contact with Injury know work is going to be carried out. Obtain NOC
5 Mechanical / underground • Electrocution • A, B & D 4 4 16 prior to commence digging works 1 4 4
manual excavation services • Drowning • Obtain permit from Utility Company if required.
• Asphyxiation • Use of trial holes and hand excavation around
known services
• Hand tools that are nonconductive shall be used
when excavating around existing services.
• Prior to excavation the affected area shall be
surveyed using cable avoidance tool by a competent

Page 5 of 9 CSHSE44 Version R0


Risk After
Description Initial Risk Mitigation
Affected
Control Measures
Sr. Activity Hazard Risk L S R/R L S R/R
Groups
person. Where utilities detected, marked the
location
• Records of all cable avoidance tool surveyed areas
to be kept on file and briefed to excavation team
• Emergency contact numbers displayed on site
• Ensure the excavation permits must obtain and
comply with the necessary precautions and control
measures.
• Trained and adequately supervise operatives
engaged in excavation works.
• Approved Method Statement / Risk Assessment
must be communicated prior to commence the
activity.
• Permit to work must be obtain from ASJV approved
issuing staff prior to start excavation works and
ensure precautions must be in place.
• Soil materials must be tested to determine the type
of soil and the protective system that must be in
place. Sloping, benching or shielding / shoring /
timbering for 1.2 meters deep to protect from the
danger of any material falling or collapsing
• Fall of • Personal • Make it sure all materials e g. heaps of soils must be
materials Injury • A 4 4 16 at least 1 meter from the edge of excavation. 1 4 4
• Cave-in • Asphyxiation • Avoid highly vibrating activities in close proximity to
the excavation (at least 10 meters).
• Prior to enter, it must be thoroughly checking any
signs of cave-in. For such circumstances never
permits any person’s entry into excavation.
• Ensure the provision of access ladder that permits
the quick and easy access in the event of emergency.
• A routine inspection must be done and ensures
conditions of permit must being adhered.

Page 6 of 9 CSHSE44 Version R0


Risk After
Description Initial Risk Mitigation
Affected
Control Measures
Sr. Activity Hazard Risk L S R/R L S R/R
Groups
• Approved Method Statement and Risk assessment
must be communicated prior to work commences.
• Daily excavation checklist to be completed by
competent person or after adverse weather
condition.
• Provide adequate access ladder, properly positioned
and set-up. Never allow person jump into
excavation.
• Ensure complete barricades around excavation +
warning signs. Never left open once shift completed.
• Personal • Where a person needs to cross excavation, provide
• Fall of person • A, B & D 4 4 16 1 4 4
injury gangways with railings.
• Only adequately trained operatives must be
mobilized into the excavation provided with
competent supervision.
• Approved Method Statement and Risk assessment
must be communicated prior to work commences.
• Working in summer heat inductions and campaign

• Heat related programs.


• Increase water consumption to replenish the water
Illnesses /
disorders lost from sweating.
• Provide/take rest breaks depending upon
• Direct - Sun
conditions such as air temperature, sun exposure,
exposure to Burn
Working in Hot radiating heat exposure and hard physical work.
sunlight All persons
6 Conditions – Sun • A, B & D 4 5 20 • To provide heat protective clothing and equipment, 1 5 5
• Extreme hot (indoors and
Safety when possible, loose lightweight clothing which
weather out)
encourages heat to be released and covers most
condition - Dehydration
areas of the body.
- Heatstroke /
• To plan work schedules to help the employees to
Heat stress
adapt to the heat for better acclimatization.
• Skin Cancer • To provide adequate cool drinking water is available
at each workplace. Sweet drinks such as canned soft

Page 7 of 9 CSHSE44 Version R0


Risk After
Description Initial Risk Mitigation
Affected
Control Measures
Sr. Activity Hazard Risk L S R/R L S R/R
Groups
drink should not be provided as this increase fluid
loss.
• To ensure adequate medical facilities are made
available in case of medical emergencies due to
heat stress.
• To provide the electrolyte to quick recover of
sodium, potassium, and chlorides this was loss in
sweating.
• Reading shall be obtained from TWL measuring
equipment and communicate to management and
consultant.
• Follow the thermal working limit zones and flag
system for the identification of TWL as the reading
obtain by TWL equipment (GREEN, RED, ORANGE).
• Provide the rest areas where labor can take rest
between break time from 12:30pm to 3:00pm as per
ABU DHABI Government rules and regulations.

(A) Persons at Risk (Affected Groups)

A: Employees involved with task / activity B: Employees not involved in task / activity C: Contractors / Sub-Contractors

D: Office / Project Visitors E: Members of the Public F: Young Persons / Pregnant Woman

Risk Grading Matrix, Risk Rate

PROBABILITY SEVERITY
Insignificant (1) Minor (2) Moderate (3) Major (4) Catastrophic (5)
Rare (1) 1 2 3 4 5

Page 8 of 9 CSHSE44 Version R0


Possible (2) 2 4 6 8 10
Likely (3) 3 6 9 12 15
Often (4) 4 8 12 16 20
Frequent/Almost Certain (5) 5 10 15 20 25

15 - 25 Extreme Risk Absolutely Unacceptably High Activity or process should not proceed in
current form
Unacceptably High Activity or process should be modified to include remedial
8 - 12 High Risk
planning and action and be subject to detailed EHS risk assessment

Acceptable but must be managed at “As Low as Reasonably Practicable”


4–6 Moderate Risk (ALARP) Activity or process can operate subject to management and /
or modification
1–3 Low Risk No action required unless escalation of risk is possible.

☐ ☐ ☐

OSHAD-SF – Codes of Practice. CoP 2.0 – Personal Protective Equipment

Page 9 of 9 CSHSE44 Version R0


Method Statement
for
Volleyball and Tennis Facility
construction works

CITISCAPE LLC

By: Shareesh Nalpadi


Reviewed by:
Approved by:
METHOD STATEMENT
Chapter :
Section : Volleyball and Tennis
Version : 00 Facility construction works
Issue date : 06.07.2023

INDEX

SL.NO DESCRIPTION PAGE NO

1 PURPOSE

2 SCOPE OF WORKS

3 DEFINITIONS

4 REFERENCES

5 RESOURCES

6 MATERIALS

7 METHODOLOGY

8 INSPECTION & TESTING

9 RISK ASSESSMENT

Page 6| 7
METHOD STATEMENT
Chapter :
Section : Volleyball and Tennis
Version : 00 Facility construction works
Issue date : 06.07.2023

1. PURPOSE

The purpose of this method statement is to set out the procedures and controls to be implemented
by Citiscape for Al Furjan - Phase 01 Community ( Landscape, Dog Park, and Multipurpose Play area
Works)

2. SCOPE OF WORK

The scope of work covers the Volleyball and Tennis Facility construction works as per tender
requirements.

3. DEFINITIONS

PQP : Project Quality Plan


MS : Method Statement
ITP : Inspection & Test Plan
ITL : Independent Testing Laboratory
IR : Inspection Request
MIR : Material inspection Request
WIR : Work Inspection Request
HSE : Health, Safety & Environment
PM : Project Manager
CM : Construction Manager
QAQC : Quality Assurance/Quality Control
IFC : Issued for Construction
SD : Shop Drawing

4. REFERENCES

4.1 Specification
4.2 BOQ
4.3 Tender documents

Page 5| 7
METHOD STATEMENT
Chapter :
Section : Volleyball and Tennis
Version : 00 Facility construction works
Issue date : 06.07.2023

5. RESOURCES

5.1 Personnel

a. Project Manager
b. Construction Manager
c. Site Engineer
d. QA/QC Engineer
e. HSE officer /Engineer
f. Quantity Surveyor
g. Surveyor
h. Site Foremen
i. Document Controller
j. Machine Operator
k. Technician /Fabricator
l. Labours/ Helpers

5.2 Plant & Equipment’s

All plant & equipment’s as per the work requirements .

6. MATERIALS

All required materials used will be in accordance with contract documents.

7. METHODOLOGY

7.1 Method: Earth work & Asphalt works

 Surface preparation will be done as per the project requirements.


 The aggregates and bitumen to be used in the asphalt works to be supplied by an
approved supplier.
 The proposed-bituminous mix designs shall be approved by the Consultant prior to
commencing any work
 Mixing and Transportation from the approved plant
 Laying and compaction of bituminous material as per specification requirements
 All works will be performed as per approved drawing and specification requirements.

7.2 Method: Acrylic application works

 Approved material to be used for application.


 No. of coats , Mixing and application of coating material shall be as per
manufacturer’s Instructions

Page 6| 7
METHOD STATEMENT
Chapter :
Section : Volleyball and Tennis
Version : 00 Facility construction works
Issue date : 06.07.2023

 All works will be performed as per approved drawing and specification requirements.

7.3 Method: Installation of post and netting system works

 Approved material to be used for Installation.


 Installation of post and netting system will be as per manufacturer recommendation.
 Line marking will be white in color as application works per manufacturer
recommendation
 All works will be performed as per approved drawing and specification requirements.

7.4 Method: Line marking works

 Approved material to be used for line marking works


 Line marking will be white in color and application works per manufacturer
recommendation
 All works will be performed as per approved drawing and specification requirements.

8. INSPECTION & TESTING

All Inspection & Tests shall be conducted in accordance with the project requirements.

Citiscape’s representative will be available at site to supervise and monitor the work area.

9. RISK ASSESSMENT

Risk assessment enclosed

Page 5| 7
RISK ASSESSMENT FORM
Project AL FURJAN - PHASE 01 COMMUNITY ( LANDSCAPE, DOG PARK, AND MULTIPURPOSE PLAY AREA WORKS)
Activity VOLLEYBALL & TENNIS FACILITY CONSTRUCTION WORKS
Reference AFPC.CSHSE44.RA.006.23

Name Signature Position Date


WAQAS MUHAMMAD SADIQ
Completed By HSEM 06.07.23
(CM IOSH)

Reviewed By MOHAMAD AL SHEIKH Construction Manager 06.07.23

Approved by POOVIAH AUTHITHAN Project Manager 06.07.23

Risk After
Description Initial Risk Mitigation
Affected
Control Measures
Sr. Activity Hazard Risk L S R/R L S R/R
Groups
• Personnel • HSE Safety induction
being Run • Pre - task briefing / TBT / MSRA to be conducted
over or struck prior to start the activity.
Mobilization/ by moving • Personal • PTW must be secured.
Demobilization of vehicles. Injury • Use only trained personnel for the work.
personnel • Collision with • Property/ • Stack the materials in one row and never stack two
1 • A, B & D 3 3 9 1 3 3
/materials & existing • Asset/Equipm more bundles at more height.
equipment- setting facilities and ent damage • Stack the materials only at designated areas.
out assets. • Secure the plaster materials.
• Uncontrolled • Never use damaged pallets.
vehicle • Barricade the area with proper warning signage.
movement • Never store the materials at access.

Page 1 of 9 CSHSE44 Version R0


• Entry of • Provide training for manual handling personnel
unauthorized • Provide safety information regarding manual
people into handling.
the area • Ensure that the working nearby road is fully
• Using barricaded
Unauthorized • Provide adequate safety signage
route • Provide flagman directing the traffic movement in
• Equipment / the area
Vehicle failure • Approved Mandatory PPE shall be worn by all
personnel.
• Proper supervision, guidance, instructions must
have always observed.
• Proactive Supervision.
• Maintain good housekeeping at all the times.
• Ensure that workers will follow the demobilization
safety procedure
• Vehicles should travel within traffic routes
designated after obtaining necessary permission
from the security gate.
• Driver must undergo safety induction when
• Injury to entering the site and ensure complete compliance
persons. with site safety and traffic requirements.
• Vehicle •
• Damage to All Vehicles should be fixed with revolving flashing
colliding with light, reverse alarm mirrors.
Vehicle movement site works,
site works and
vehicles/plant. • No using mobile phone when driving onsite.
2 on site other vehicles. • A, B & D 3 4 12 1 4 4
• Fractures, • Seat belts to be always worn while driving.
• Site operatives
minor, severe • Vehicles to be parked in the designated parking
hit by road
or fatal /unloading areas.
traffic.
accident to • Start the unloading works after switching off the
site personnel engine and engaging hand brakes.
• No person should lay/rest beneath a parked vehicle.
• Banks man to be engaged during reversing of
vehicles. Coordinate with logistic team upon arrival
onsite.

Page 2 of 9 CSHSE44 Version R0


• Ensure the vehicle speed should not exceed 20
km/ph inside the site.
• All operatives should have valid driving license.
• Driver/operator must carry out daily pre-
operational inspection prior to mobilize using daily
inspection checklist.
• Any defects will be immediately notified to the
supervisor
• Safe working procedures and precautionary
measure must be followed.
• JSA/Pre-Task Briefing/ MSRA to be conducted prior
to start the work.
• Critical work at height must be controlled under
PTW
• Scaffold must be erected and dismantled by a
competent scaffolder with 3rd party certification
under the competent supervisor
• Working at • Imminent • Ensure that adequate supervision to control the
height death due to behavior of the workforce.
• Fall of person fall of height
• Materials must not be overloaded on the Scaffold
Installation of goal
from scaffold • Serious and must be within the load capacity of the
3 • Fall of personnel • A, B & D 4 4 16
scaffolds.
1 3 4
post
materials / Injuries due to
• Provide full body harness; ensure it is well inspected
objects from fall of material
and good condition.
scaffold from height
• Provide Working at Height & manual handling
• Slip/trip & fall
training to all involved crews.
• Ensure the safety harness inspected and color
coded.
• Any tools to be used on top of scaffoldings shall be
secured to prevent falling.
• Follow the project approved lifting plan procedure.
• Maintain good housekeeping.
• Provide necessary PPE – safety helmet, safety
goggles, vest, shoes, protective clothing.

Page 3 of 9 CSHSE44 Version R0


• Always select the right tool for the job
• Always use the hand tool in accordance with
manufacturer standard
• Modified hand tools is not acceptable at site
• Supervisor must provide training in the use of hand
tools.
• All tools shall be inspected for any damages on daily
basis and at regular intervals
• Ensure the conditions of the hand tools are good,
when obtaining from the stores.
• Hand tools shall not be kept on walkways and
• Damaged
scaffolding platform
tools
• Hand tools shall be kept in toolboxes whenever not
• Improvised • Injury to the
in use.
4 Use of hand tools tools person/person • A, B & D 3 3 9 1 3 3
• Tie off tools with a rope to prevent its fall while
• Sharp edges s
working at height or near edges
• Fall of tools
• Don’t keep any tools unattended at the height after
from height
the work.
• Storekeeper will inspect all the new tools before
issuing to site.
• Ensure that no homemade/makeshift tools are used
at site
• Ensure the operatives are wearing hand gloves
during the activity.
• Workers must be adequately instructed on safe
working procedures through toolbox and/or pre-
start briefing.
• Any damage tools will be removed from service.
• Faulty / • All equipment’s to be inspected by competent
damaged • Electrocution. persons prior to use on site.
equipment. • Fire. • RCD’s, PAT Test every 3 months
5 Use of Power tools • A, B & D 4 4 16 1 4 4
• Site • Injury • Temporary cables, if drawn through the floor should
Environment • Fatality. be placed at the edge of the floor.
• Trailing leads. • Ensure all machines are inspected and colour coded.

Page 4 of 9 CSHSE44 Version R0


• Ensure plug, drill bit, drilling machine and electric
cables are free from defects.
• Ensure the power tools are provided with yellow
coloured Industrial Socket
• Cables to be routed as not to cause trip hazards.
• Cables to not to be routed through wet surfaces.
• Ensure the operatives are not continuously using
the machines to prevent from vibration hazard. Job
Rotation.
• Ensure the operatives are using the appropriate PPE
when operating tools. Ear protection, gloves, eye
protection, dust masks etc.
• Any damaged equipment’s to be immediately
withdrawn from service.
• Plan to eliminate the need to manually lift by using
lifting equipment e.g. forklift truck or pallet trolley
• Lifting heavy • Review the task, the individual’s capability, the load
loads Lifting itself and the working environment. Where
awkward necessary clear any unwanted materials.
• Chronic injury
loads • Check the load prior to lift. Where the load can be
• Twisting while • Disability split into smaller ones.
lifting • Severe back • Check environment for space constraints, uneven,
• Poor pain untidy ground, and variation in work,
Manual Handling
6 • underfoot • Muscle strain • A, B & D 3 4 12 surfaces/height, poor lighting and extremes of 1 4 4
Works
conditions temperature/humidity
• Being struck
• Top heavy • Check individual’s strength limits / physical
bending
• Aggravating disabilities. Where necessary team handling to be
previous
• Previous back done.
condition
problems • Ensure adequate rest periods/recovery periods are
• Sharp edges followed between lifts/activities.
• Slips/trip/fall • Use gloves that offer adequate protection and aid
grip.
• Proper lifting techniques will be followed:

Page 5 of 9 CSHSE44 Version R0


• Position in front of the load with legs balanced and
spread equal to shoulder width.
• Bend the knees to reach the bottom of the load to
get a grip; do not bend the spine.
• Lift load slowly by gradually straightening the legs.
• Do not twist spine if you need to change direction;
turn whole body instead.
• Carry the load as close to your body and as high as
your waist.
• Where possible unloading of materials from the
delivery truck should be close to the storage area.
• Workers to be adequately trained and instructed in
manual handling techniques including adequate
supervision.
• Workers must be trained and aware and comply
with the housekeeping plan on the site.
• TBT on housekeeping to be given to all.
• Removal of all waste from work after the
completion of activity.
• Untrained • Where possible, packaging materials shall be
workers. removed from the site the earliest opportunity in
• Poor order to reduce the fire load.
Housekeeping at housekeeping • Fall, slip and • Materials to be stacked and stored properly.
7 workplace after • Fall, slip and • A, B & D 3 4 12 • All waste to be placed in designated corresponding 1 4 4
trip
the task, disposals trip waste skips/ bins provided for final disposal as per
• Environmental • Personal injury site waste management policy.
factors • Area must be clear at all times to avoid fall, slip and
• Fire hazards trip hazard.
• Proper supervision, guidance, instructions must
have observed at all times.
• Ensure the working area is clean before leaving.
• Ensure all waste generated after work should be
remove and dispose it on proper waste disposal.

Page 6 of 9 CSHSE44 Version R0


• Supervisor to check work areas at close of working
day
• Vehicle speed shall be reduced, keeping a longer
gap from the vehicle in front.
• Warning alarms (audio and visual) for plant and
equipment
• Reduce • Use of high visibility clothing.
visibility or • Lights to be used in poor visibility
vehicles or • Good housekeeping ion place
pedestrians • Regular workplace inspection, equipment plant,
excavations, fences support, etc.)
• Increase
stopping • In case of flooding, stop the work, secure the
distance, slip equipment and plant, clear surrounding area.
• Fog • Regular check and maintenance
and trip
• Heavy rain • Secure the high-risk items, including scaffolding,
• Flooding,
8 Adverse weather • Wind/sandsto • A, B & C 3 4 12 cranes during the extreme high wind 1 4 4
unstable
rm structures
• Avoid driving or walking during the sand storms or
• Hot & humid the extreme winds.
• Objects • Regular breaks during the hot season and all shall
overturned,
adhere to the UAE law (during summer no work
blown, or
from 12.30 until 3.00 pm)
loosing
• Wearing the appropriate PPE
• Heat stress, • Adequate & well shaded area with air conditioner
stroke shall be provided for all the operatives during the
hot season.
• Adequate drinking water & other alternative fluids
shall be provided to avoid dehydration.
• Regular awareness trainings & campaigns covering
the heats stroke and stress

(A) Persons at Risk (Affected Groups)

Page 7 of 9 CSHSE44 Version R0


A: Employees involved with task / activity B: Employees not involved in task / activity C: Contractors / Sub-Contractors

D: Office / Project Visitors E: Members of the Public F: Young Persons / Pregnant Woman

Risk Grading Matrix, Risk Rate

PROBABILITY SEVERITY
Insignificant (1) Minor (2) Moderate (3) Major (4) Catastrophic (5)
Rare (1) 1 2 3 4 5
Possible (2) 2 4 6 8 10
Likely (3) 3 6 9 12 15
Often (4) 4 8 12 16 20
Frequent/Almost Certain (5) 5 10 15 20 25

15 - 25 Absolutely Unacceptably High


Extreme Risk Activity or process should not proceed in current form
Unacceptably High
8 - 12 Activity or process should be modified to include remedial planning and
High Risk
action and be subject to detailed EHS risk assessment
Acceptable but must be managed at “As Low as Reasonably Practicable”
4–6 (ALARP) Activity or process can operate subject to management and / or
Moderate Risk
modification
1–3
Low Risk No action required unless escalation of risk is possible.

Page 8 of 9 CSHSE44 Version R0


☐ ☐ ☐

OSHAD-SF – Codes of Practice. CoP 2.0 – Personal Protective Equipment

Page 9 of 9 CSHSE44 Version R0


Landscape, Dog Park, and Multipurpose Play area Works for Al Furjan Districts 1 - 6

Annexure 4

Proposed HSE staff CV


and certificates

Technical Proposal
Name : WAQAS MUHAMMAD SADIQ (CM IOSH)
Nationality : Pakistani
Year of Birth : 1990
Position : Senior HSE Engineer
Education : BS Hons Geology Engineering
International Diploma in Safety Engineering (Level 6)
National Diploma in HSE (1 year)
Chartered Member IOSH
GRAD IOSH
Certification for: NEBOSH IGC, IOSH Managing Safely, Trakhees SARS, Dubai
Development Authority (DDA), SEWA, OSHAD Abu Dhabi, TSP USA, Lead
Auditor ISO 45001. Train the trainer Certification, First Aid, Fire Marshall

Key Experience Summary

2022 Present CITISCAPE LLC – Abu Dhabi, UAE


HSE MANAGER

Duties & Responsibilities:

- Responsible for Managing a positive safety culture throughout the Company


that will cultivate the value of safety to everyone and be practiced at each
level in order to safeguard Citiscape from possible risk of non-compliance.
- Manage and oversee team performance through performance planning.
- Inspire creativity throughout the implementation of HSE policies and
procedures ensuring that all statistics / incidents are accurately and timely
reported.
- Managing health, safety and environment problems / opportunities within
specific context of the project and clearly communicate solutions to a broad
stakeholder base.
- Review Citiscape’s HSE policy and Health, Safety and Environment
Management System (HSEMS) on an annual basis in keeping with best
practices and local / international standards.
- Work with departmental heads / project managers to protect the health and
safety of all staff members by ensuring that risks in the workplace are
properly controlled, and that impacts on the environment are minimized.
- Develop and monitor effective risk assessment strategies and make
recommendations on the implementation of these strategies.
- Liaise with local and federal HSE / Municipality departments to ensure
Citiscape’s HSE policies, practices and procedures meet their requirements.
- Carryout and arrange HSE audits and ensure that any remedial
recommendations are implemented in the appropriate manner.
- Ensure that all HSE records, statistics and data are accurately collected and
reported on a timely basis; analyze trends in HSE statistics and take remedial
action(s) where necessary to ensure, at minimum, legal compliance and
reduce risk of non-compliance.
- Investigate or arrange for all accidents and near-misses be investigated,
prepare report of findings, including recommendations to prevent

1
recurrence and implement approved course of action; where necessary
prepare reports to the enforcing authority as required by the local law
- Ensure all First Aiders are appropriately trained and provide training to
members of staff to enable them to become First Aiders.
- Provide, or where necessary source, training for staff in relation to Health
and Safety policies, practice and procedures.
- Manage and maintain the COSHH database, ensuring COSHH statements are
available on all hazardous materials and that effective Risk Assessments are
in place to manage the handling and use of such substances
- Perform any other duties as are within the scope, spirit and purpose of the
job, the title of the post and its grading as assigned by the superior(s).

2020 – 2022 DAR AL OMAN ENGINEERING CONSULTANT


HSE MANAGER

Duties & Responsibilities:

- Responsible for HSE supervision of all Expo 2020 overlay contractors.


- Implementing health and safety policies and procedures on site, ensuring
compliance, and keeping updated with key changes to legislation and Expo
Assurance standard.
- Engaging with Contractor project managers, ensuring responsibilities are clear
and answering technical health and safety related enquirers.
- Conducting audits, inspections, and accident investigations.
- Constantly seeking areas for improvement and development in health and
safety performance.
- Engaging with the client and other external stakeholders, acting as a key point
of HSE contact.
- Provides technical support to contractors on any safety related subjects.
- Review Contractors HSE Deliverable Documents,
- Conducting Weekly Environment inspection and Monthly Environment audit.
- Conducting worker’s welfare audit.
- Implementing and monitoring Environment EXPO 2020 assurance standard
compliance
- Actively monitor the contractor HSE performance against the contractual and
legal requirement and project HSE standards
- Conduct HSE meetings and prepare HSE information and advice for staff and
contractors.

2017 – 2020 ALI MUSA & SONS HOLDING


AREA HSE MANAGER

Duties & Responsibilities:


- Duties and Responsibilities included Accountable for field implementation and
management of overall HSE execution plan for construction, managing security
arrangements, medical facilities, and emergency management on the project,
Responsible for overall functions, including corporate HSE with the
accountability of developing and implementing safety policies, conducting
inspections and audits, advising systemic correction in deficiencies and
weaknesses.

2
- Supervising the operation, performance and administration of the health,
medical and emergency response function by designing and developing safety
systems or procedures.
- Assisting in developing and implementing all occupational health and safety
programs, implementing an appropriate workplace monitoring program to
identify specific exposure groups across a site for detecting harmful
environments, agents, and substances.
- Facilitating trainings to new joiners on hazards and safety cautions and
implementing the agreed program and communicating job descriptions,
achievement plans and performance reviews.

2015 – 2017 SCAN ELECTRO MECHANICAL CONTRACTING


PROJECT HSE MANAGER

Duties & Responsibilities:


- Develop, review the HSEMS for the organization and monitor the
implementation at site.
- Preparation, review and implementation of HSE Plan, Procedures.
- Implementing site HSE plans including Environment & protection Plan, Tools
& Equipment
- Inspection Protocols, Emergency Response plans, Environmental
Management Plans etc.
- Preparation &review (EIA) Environments impact assessment
- Carrying out regular site inspections to check policies and procedures are
being properly implemented.
- Keeping records of inspections findings and producing reports that suggest
improvements.
- Keeping up to date with new legislation and maintaining a working
knowledge of all Health and Safety Executive (HSE) legislation and any
developments that affect the employer's industry.
- Employee health and safety orientation.
- Conduct behavioral observation in the workplace.
- Audits and Review
- Work Equipment’s Hazards & Risk Control

2012 – 2014 BEAURO OF ENGINEERING STUDIES CONSULTING ENGINEERS (BEST)


HSE ENGINEER

Duties & Responsibilities:


- Actively monitor the contractor HSE performance against the contractual and
legal requirement and project HSE standards
- Conducting audits, inspections, and accident investigations
- Ensure Contractor is Implementation Permit to Work System and other
procedures at project sites
- Reviewed contractor HSE Documents.
- Taking part in Incident Management - investigation & reporting
- Monitoring contractor Environment performance.

3
- Conduct & participate in regular (weekly & monthly) HSE Meetings with
Contractor and client representatives and prepare minutes of meetings
- Reviewing contractors Monthly HSE reports and submit to client.
- Reviewing contractor Bi Annually Environment data log and submit to DM
Environment Department.

2011 – 2012 SAUD CONSULT


SR. HSE OFFICER

Duties & Responsibilities:


- Reviewing and approving contractor HSE Document.
- Conducting weekly HSE inspection
- Conducting Monthly HSE audit.
- Participating in weekly HSE Meetings.
- Preparing Minutes of meeting for monthly HSE progress and performance
meeting.
- Inspecting emergency equipment i.e., fire extinguishers and first aid facilities.
- Provides technical support to contractors on any safety related subjects.
- Reviewing Monthly and weekly statistic reports

2010 – 2011 AL HARBI HOLDING


HSE OFFICER

Duties & Responsibilities:


- Monitor day-to-day Jobs and ensure that all HSE requirements, policies and
procedures are implemented.
- Monitoring and advising the Safety of workers.
- Providing safety induction and toolbox talk.
- Ensure to keep good standard of housekeeping.

RELEVANT PROJECTS EXPERIENCE

Project Names Scope of work


DUBAI EXPO 2020 Supervision consultant for all overlay projects
Cherry wood Town houses 378 Precast
Villanova Ph 09 / Villanova PA 01,09, 13, 07,
Built Design & Construction of 442 Villas
08D, PG 0011,0030,0050
Mixed Use complex, Twin Tower with 50 Floors
Nakheel Dragon City -Dubai Project
each
Mixed Use complex, Three Towers with 45
AL Fatten Downtown
Floors each
Seyouh Construction Construction of 201 Villas
RTA Bus Terminal -Dubai Construction of RTA Bus Terminal
DEWA Accomodation Buildings -Dubai construction of DEWA Accomodation building

4
Project Names Scope of work
Sharjah Investment Centre 132/33/11 KV Substation Construction
3.2MW (9500 solar panel) Solar System
Aramex Logistic city Dubai South
installation
FEWA AJMAN 87E 10km 132KV cable
1 MW parking construction + solar Pv
ADNOC
installation
ENOC 600 KW solar project
Civil Construction, Transformer installation &
SEWA Turfan Substation
commissioning
SEWA ‘NER” Substation
Power Project in Umal Queen 10 KM OVER HEAD HV, MV, LV Power Project
ENOC 600 KW solar project
Dibba High voltage electrical Transmission system
Nakheel Solar Project 10kw in discovery garden
JVC Tower Design and supervision of JVC Tower.
Design and supervision of DSO Residential
Residential Development Silicon Oasis Dubai
development
Design and supervision of Commercial Bank
Commercial Bank of Dubai
Dubai
Criminal Court Riyadh Landscaping Works
Industrial City Area A, Jubail Infrastructure Work

5
Landscape, Dog Park, and Multipurpose Play area Works for Al Furjan Districts 1 - 6

Annexure 5

Competency details,
training, &certification,
statutory certificate

Technical Proposal
Competency framework for HSE Staff

a. Position: HSE Manager


Competency Framework
Remarks
Particulars Excellent Advanced Good Average Basic
Strategy 
Core Planning 
Leadership and Management 
Health and Safety Law 
Risk Management 
Technical Incident Manage 
Culture 
Sustainability 
Stakeholder Management 
Personal Performance 
Behavioural
Communication 
Working with other 

b. Position: Sr. HSE Officer


Competency Framework
Remarks
Particulars Excellent Advanced Good Average Basic
Strategy 
Core Planning 
Leadership and Management 
Health and Safety Law 
Risk Management 
Technical Incident Manage 
Culture 
Sustainability 
Stakeholder Management 
Personal Performance 
Behavioural
Communication 
Working with other 
c. Position: HSE Engineer/Officer
Competency Framework
Remarks
Particulars Excellent Advanced Good Average Basic
Strategy 
Core Planning 
Leadership and Management 
Health and Safety Law 
Risk Management 
Technical Incident Manage 
Culture 
Sustainability 
Stakeholder Management 
Personal Performance 
Behavioural
Communication 
Working with other 

d. Position: HSE Coordinator


Competency Framework
Remarks
Particulars Excellent Advanced Good Average Basic
Strategy 
Core Planning 
Leadership and Management 
Health and Safety Law 
Risk Management 
Technical Incident Manage 
Culture 
Sustainability 
Stakeholder Management 
Personal Performance 
Behavioural
Communication 
Working with other 
e. Position: HSE Assistant
Competency Framework
Remarks
Particulars Excellent Advanced Good Average Basic
Strategy 
Core Planning 
Leadership and Management 
Health and Safety Law 
Risk Management 
Technical Incident Manage 
Culture 
Sustainability 
Stakeholder Management 
Personal Performance 
Behavioural
Communication 
Working with other 
Doc No. CS. EHS.TM.001.23
CITISCAPE LLC
Issue no. 01
Date 2023
EHS TRAINING MATRIX 2023
Page 1 of 1

HSE Regulations

Statement & RA

Preparedness &
Training Course

Requirement &
Work at height
Environmental

Traffic & Road


Basic First Aid
Orientation /

investigation
Management

Management

Management
Work Permit

reporting /
Emergency
Awareness
Excavation

Equipment

Safe Work
Procedure
Induction

Basic Fire

Response

Accident
Fighting
Method
System

System

Plant &
& laws

Safety

Waste
HSE

PPE

Use
Target Employees
AR A AR A K A K
Project Manager
AR M AR K K A A AR
AR M AR AR C C A A AR A C A AR K
Construction Manager
K
AR M AR AR C C A A AR A C A AR K
Project Engineer
K
K M AR AR C C A K K AR AR A C A K K
Section Engineer/Site Engineer
AR
Support Department Staffs K M C A A A K AR A A A AR A
Supervisor / Foremen and A M K A C A AR K A AR AR A A A AR K
Officers.
Admin staffs A M AR A K A A A A
Technicians M A A A AR A A A A
Trade men M A A A A A A A A A A
Labors and Ground workers M A A A A A A A A A A A
Subcontractors & vendors M A A A A A A A A A A A
M A A AR A A C AR A A A A
Drivers and Operators
Key: A: Aware C: Competence K: Knowledge AR: Access Requirement : Mandatory
Landscape, Dog Park, and Multipurpose Play area Works for Al Furjan Districts 1 - 6

Annexure 6

List of environmentally
friendly products

Technical Proposal
Landscape, Dog Park, and Multipurpose Play area Works for Al Furjan Districts 1 - 6

Annexure 7

Recycling and disposal


Procedure of
packaging material

Technical Proposal
  SUSTAINABILITY 
 
Chapter  : 
  Recycling and disposal Procedure of 
  Section  : 
packaging material, equipment, and   
Version  : 00 
 
 
 

  consumables 
Issue date  : 07.07.2023 
 
 

   CS Recycling and disposal Procedure of packaging material, equipment, and consumables 
 

Ci scape   is commi ed to protec ng and sustaining the 


environment. 

CS Environment Management system  are mandatory and must be applied to all Ci scape Project 
sites  to  ensure  sound  environmental  management  and  compliance  with  applicable  environmental 
laws and regula ons.  

Construc on Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) is a detailed guide on how to monitor, control 
and  mi gate  environmental  impacts.  It  must  be  implemented  by  all  personnel  involved  in  the 
decommissioning phase. 

CITISCAPE Sustainability KPI’S 

 80% of construc on material to be redeployed and recycle. 

 90% of waste segregated and diverted from landfills.  

 100% of green and landscaping waste to be composted. 

Waste Management Infrastructure: 

The  UAE  has  been  working  on  improving  waste  management  infrastructure,  including  recycling 
facili es,  landfill  management,  and  waste‐to‐energy  projects.  Local  municipali es  and  waste 
management authori es oversee the waste collec on and disposal systems. 

Citiscape, as a business, focus on the recycling of waste as a key site responsibility due to the impact 
on  the  environment  and  the  quantity  of  waste  sent  to  landfill  from  the  construction  industry. 
Construction  waste  will  to  be  properly  stored  and  disposed  off  or  recycled  or  reused  in 
environmentally friendly manner. 

Ci scape always ensure that comply with waste management prac ces and regula ons are governed 


by the UAE Ministry of Climate Change and Environment (MOCCAE) Here's a general procedure for 
recycling and disposal across CS project sites. 

 
Segregate  waste  into  different  streams  mainly  organics,  recyclables,  and  landfill  for  disposal  in 
approved recycling facili es. 

•Dedicate a person for waste segrega on. 

•Train all staff on proper waste segrega on. 
  SUSTAINABILITY 
 
Chapter  : 
  Recycling and disposal Procedure of 
  Section  : 
packaging material, equipment, and   
Version  : 00 
 
 
 

  consumables 
Issue date  : 07.07.2023 
 
•Cover tops of organic waste bins to prevent odour and pest a rac on. 

•Store hazardous waste separately and dispose a er obtaining permits.  

•Avoid accumula on of waste and arrange for frequent collec ons. 

•Maintain good housekeeping among all sites. 

Segrega on:  CS  ensuring  that  Separate  packaging  materials,  equipment,  and  consumables  into 
different  categories  based  on  their  composi on,  such  as  plas c,  glass,  metal,  paper,  or  electronic 
components. This step ensures that different materials can be  reused ,recycled or disposed of properly. 

Recycling  Prepara on:  Prepare  recyclable  materials  for  recycling  by  cleaning  and  removing  any 
contaminants. Rinse out plas c or glass containers, remove labels or s ckers, and fla en cardboard 
boxes. This helps op mize the recycling process and improves the quality of recycled materials. 

Recycling Op ons: Ci scape  Iden fy recycling facili es near to our Projects. The UAE has established 


several recycling centres and ini a ves. We are hiring DM approved waste management company for 
collec on of our recyclable waste.  

Waste Collec on: we are  using   designated recycling bins or bags provided by waste management 


companies.  

Disposal of Non‐Recyclable Materials/Hazardous waste : Some packaging materials, equipment, or 
consumables may not be recyclable or may contain hazardous components. In these cases, we are 
applying for DM DG permit once permit is approved. We are removing waste by using DM approved 
waste management company. 

Hazardous  Waste:  Hazardous  materials,  such  as  chemicals,  paints,  solvents,  and  other  hazardous 
materials,  require  special  handling  and  disposal.  CS  always  ensuring  waste  collec on  and  disposal 
method as per applicable legal standard set by Environment agency.  

Packaging Material Recycling: 

Plas cs: Plas cs are commonly recycled in the UAE. Ci scape is  separa ng  plas c packaging waste, 


such as bo les, containers, and bags, and deposit them in designated recycling bins or take them to 
Environmental Group (EEG )recycling centres. 

Paper  and  Cardboard:  Paper  and  cardboard  packaging  can  be  recycled  as  well.  We  are  temporary 
collec ng on site by using specifically marked for paper and cardboard waste and recycled by using 
DM approved waste management company. 

Electronics:  

When disposing of electronic equipment, such as computers, and  printers, we are following proper e‐
waste disposal procedures. Many electronics retailers in the UAE offer take‐back programs where we 
are  returning old devices for recycling or responsible disposal. Alterna vely, we can contact authorized 
e‐waste recycling companies. 
  SUSTAINABILITY 
 
Chapter  : 
  Recycling and disposal Procedure of 
  Section  : 
packaging material, equipment, and   
Version  : 00 
 
 
 

  consumables 
Issue date  : 07.07.2023 
 
Ba eries 

we  are  not  disposing  ba eries  with  regular  waste.  we  are    contac ng    recycling  centres  or 
environmental organiza ons for proper ba ery disposal op ons. 

Documenta on and Repor ng:  

We are Keeping  records of the recycling and disposal processes for documenta on purposes. This can 
be  important  for  compliance  with  environmental  regula ons  and  sustainability  repor ng.  We  are 
Maintaining records of the types and quan es of materials recycled or disposed of and any associated 
cer fica ons or receipts. 

 
Landscape, Dog Park, and Multipurpose Play area Works for Al Furjan Districts 1 - 6

Annexure 8

Are you using any


alternative green
energy such as Solar

Technical Proposal

You might also like